Digitized lii^thie Internet Archive 
 
 W Intel 
 i¥201^ 
 
 https://archive.org/details/discoveriesofworOOgalv 
 
THE 
 
 DISCOVERIES OF THE WORLD, 
 
 FROM THEIR FIRST ORIGINAL UNTO THE 
 YEAR OF OUR LORD 1555, 
 
 ANTONIO OALVANO, 
 
 GOVERNOR O? TERNATE. 
 
 CORRECTED, QUOTED, AND PUBLISHED IN ENGLAND, 
 BY RICHARD HAKLUYT, (1601). 
 
 NOW REPRINTED, 
 
 OTfiti) tljE ©rigmal l^ortuguese ®ext ; 
 
 AND KDlTEn BY 
 
 YICE-ADAIIRAL BETHUNE, CJL 
 
 LONDON: 
 
 PRINTED FOR THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY 
 
 M.DC( fl.T.Nl 
 
LONDON: T, BICHARDS, 37 , GREAT QUEEN STREET. 
 
THE HAKLUYT SOCIETY 
 
 SIK EODEEICE IMPEY MDECHISON, G.C.St.S„ F.E.S., D.C.L., Coi-r. Mem. Inst. F., 
 Hou. Mem. Imp. Acad. Sc. St. Petersburg, etc., etc.. President. 
 
 The MAEQUIS OF LANSDOWNE ] 
 
 I Vice-Presidents. 
 
 Eear-Admiral C. R. DRINKWATER BETHUNE, C.B. j 
 
 J. BARROW, Esq., F.R.S. 
 
 BEEIAH BOTFIELD, Esq., M.P. 
 
 Et. Hon. LORD BROUGHTON. 
 
 Sir CHARLES WENTWORTH DILKE, Bart. 
 
 Et. Hon. Sir DAVID DUNDAS. 
 
 Sir henry ELLIS, K.H., F.R.S. 
 
 JOHN FORSTER, Esq. 
 
 R. W. GREY, Esq., M.P. 
 
 T. HODGKIN, Esq., M.D. 
 
 JOHN WINTER JONES, Esq., F.S.A. 
 
 His Excellency the COUNT DE LAVRADIO. 
 
 R, H. MAJOR, Esq., F.S.A. 
 
 Sir ERSKINE PERRY. 
 
 Major-General Sir HENRY C. RAWLINSON, K.C.B. 
 
 CLEMENTS R. MARKHAM, Esq., Honorary Secretary. 
 
 h 
 
PEEFACE. 
 
 The English text was printed from a manuscript 
 copied from Hakluyt’s version published in 1601. 
 
 We learn from his “ Epistle Dedicatorie,” that “ it 
 was first done into our language by some honest and 
 well affected marchant of our nation.” 
 
 Hakluyt was not the man to be contented with a 
 translation if better materials could be obtained, and 
 he appears to have made diligent inquiry after the 
 original, but without success. 
 
 More fortunate than he, the Hakluyt Society has 
 been able to obtain sight of a copy of the original, 
 published in 1563,^ and believed to be unique. This 
 valuable work is the property of an American gentle- 
 man, Mr. John Carter Brown, of Providence, Bhode 
 Island, who kindly permitted Mr. B. H. Major, of the 
 British Museum, to have it copied ; from this copy 
 
 ^ The Bio(jraphie Universelle speaks of an edition in 12mo. 
 printed in 15t55. 
 
11 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 the Portuguese text has been printed. The Nouvelle 
 Biographie GMrale calls this work “ rarissime/’ but 
 speaks of two copies, one in the National Library 
 at Lisbon, the other in the Library of D. Francesco 
 da Mello Manuel. 
 
 On comparing Hakluyt’s version with the original, 
 some omissions and additions have been noticed. It 
 is not possible at this date to trace the causes of 
 the former, probably they arose from inadvertence 
 in the translator ; they have been supplied within 
 brackets : the latter are due to Hakluyt, who, fail- 
 ing to obtain the original work, supplied what he 
 thought necessary from the “ original histories,” and 
 to him also are probably due the marginal references. 
 
 Antonio Galvano was born at Lisbon in 1503. He 
 embarked for India in 1527, where he soon distin- 
 guished himself. 
 
 He was selected by the Viceroy Don Nunho da 
 Cunha, to reduce and govern the Moluccas. After 
 a time he succeeded, as much by valour as by judi- 
 cious conduct, in bringing these islands under Portu- 
 guese sway ; and by exercising strict justice and kind 
 dealing towards the natives, both rare in those days, 
 he earned the title of the ‘‘ father of the country.” 
 
 But his deeds were not limited to earthly conquest. 
 Galvano, so intrepid at the head of his troops, 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 Ill 
 
 might also be seen, with a crucifix in his hand, 
 preaching the Gospel publicly, whereby he became 
 known as the “ Apostle” of the Moluccas. 
 
 Having spent many years and much treasure in 
 benefiting the people committed to his charge, he 
 was recalled to Europe. But calumny and envy ap- 
 pear to have been at work, and he was coldly received 
 by his sovereign, John III. Finally, he was reduced 
 to such a state of indigence, that he was fain to find 
 refuge in the Boyal Hospital at Lisbon, where he 
 died in 1557. 
 
 Galvano was a man of rare talent, well versed in 
 religious and secular knowledge, and also well in- 
 structed in warlike arts, both military and naval. 
 Faria y Sousa sums up his high qualities in these 
 words : — ^ 
 
 His fame will never perish so long as the world 
 endures ; for neither weak kings, nor wicked minis- 
 ters, nor blind fortune, nor ages of ignorance, can 
 damage a reputation so justly merited.” 
 
 He spent the latter part of his life in compiling 
 an account of all known voyages, and thus he may 
 be styled the founder of historical geography. His 
 papers were left at his death to his friend Don 
 F. y Sousa Tavares, who published them. 
 
 Portiiif uesa. 
 
IV 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 This short sketch of an illustrious and hardly used 
 man is taken from the Biographie Universelle Ancienne 
 et Moderne^ 1816, and Nouvelle Biographie Generale^ 
 1857. 
 
 The editor’s labours have been confined to super- 
 intending the press, and he has been careful to retain 
 the quaint language and spelling both in the original 
 and translation. Perhaps an apology is due for his 
 having undertaken this work, possessing only a slight 
 and superficial knowledge of the Portuguese lan- 
 guage. If excuse be necessary, he has to plead that 
 the work was considered to possess great interest, 
 and that no one else seemed inclined to undertake 
 the labour. He has been relieved from some re- 
 sponsibility by the kindness of his Excellency the 
 Count de Lavradio and the gentlemen of the Portu- 
 guese legation ; but his special thanks are due to 
 M. le Chevalier dos Santos, who kindly undertook 
 to go over the proofs, and who thereby enabled him 
 to supply many deficiencies and avoid many errors. 
 
TRATADO, 
 
 QUE COMPOS 0 NOBRE <& NOTAUEL GAP IT AO 
 
 ANTONIO GALUAO, DOS DIUERSOS & DESUAYRADOS 
 CAMINHOS, FOR ONDE NOS TEMPOS PASSADOS A 
 PIMENTA & ESPECEARIA VEYO DA INDIA AS 
 NOSSAS PARTES, & ASSI DE TODOS OS 
 DESCOBRIMENTOS ANTIGOS & MODER- 
 NOS, QUE SAO FEITOS ATE A ERA 
 DE MIL & QUINHENTOS & 
 
 CINCOENTA. 
 
 COM OS NOMES P ART ICU LARES DAS P ESSO AS QUE OS 
 FIZERAM : & EM QUE TEMPOS & AS SUAS 
 ALTURAS, OBRA CERTO MUY NOTA- 
 UEL & COPIOSA. 
 
 FOY VISTA & EXAMINADA PELA SANTA INQUISI9AO. 
 
 Impressa em casa de JOAAI DE BARREIRA 'nripn-essor del rey 7wsso 
 senhoj', na Rua de sa Mawede. 
 
TREATISE 
 
 COMPOSED BY THE NOBLE AND REMARKABLE 
 
 CAPTAIN ANTONIO GALVANO, OF THE DIFFERENT AND 
 ASTOUNDING ROUTES BY WHICH IN TIMES GONE BY 
 PEPPER AND SPICES CAME FROM INDIA TO OUR 
 PARTS, AND ALSO OF ALL THE DISCOVERIES 
 ANCIENT AND MODERN WHICH HAVE 
 BEEN MADE UP TO THE YEAR ONE 
 THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED 
 AND FIFTY. 
 
 WITH THE PARTICULAR NAMES OF THE PERSONS WHO 
 MADE THEM ; AND IN WHAT SEASONS AND IN WHAT 
 LATITUDES, A WORK CERTAINLY VERY 
 REMARKABLE AND COPIOUS. 
 
 Printed in the house of JO AM DE BARREIRA, pf inter to our lord the 
 Ning, in the Street of S. Mamede. 
 
 EXAMINED BY THE HOLY INQUISITION. 
 
THE DISCOVERIES 
 
 FROM THEIR FIRST ORIGINALL VNTO THE YEERE OF 
 OUR LORD 1555; 
 
 Briefly written in the Portiigall tongue, by Afitonic 
 Galnano, Gouernor of Ternate, the chiefe 
 Island of the Malucos : 
 
 Cornrled, quoted, and now pnblijhcd in English, by Richard Hakluyt, 
 fometimc Jhident of CJuiJlchurch, in Oxford. 
 
 OF THE 
 
 WORLD 
 
 LONDINI: 
 
 I M P E N S I S G. B I S n O P. 
 1601. 
 
THE EPISTLE DEDICATORIE. 
 
 To the Right Honorable Sir Robert Cecill, 
 Kniglit, principall Secretarie to her Maiestie, 
 Master of the Court of Wards and Liveries, 
 the worthy Chancellour of the Universitie 
 of Cambridge, and one of her Majes- 
 ties most honorable privie 
 Coimsell. 
 
 illGHT Honorable, while I went about to publish 
 our English Voyages and Discoveries, I was 
 advised by master Walter Cope, a gentleman of rare 
 and excellent parts, to draw them into a short sum, 
 adding that in his opinion that course woulde proove 
 most acceptable to the world, especially to men of great 
 action and employment. Although in that worke then 
 under the presse I could not conveniently alter my 
 course, yet holding his advice, as in many things else, 
 so in this, for sound and very good, I heere present 
 unto your Honour a briefe Treatie most agreeable to 
 the same. The authour whereof was one Antonie 
 Galuano, a Portugall gentleman : of whose pietie to- 
 wards God, equitie towards men, fidelity to his Prince, 
 love to his countrey, skill in sea causes, experience in 
 histories, li1)eralitie towards his nation, vigilance, 
 
IV 
 
 EPISTLE DEDICATOKIE. 
 
 valour, wisedome and diligence in restoring and 
 settling the decaied state of the Isles of Maluco, 
 (where he remained sixe or seven yeeres governour,) if 
 it please your Honour to read Fernando Lopez de 
 Castagneda, or Ioann es Maffeius in their Histories of 
 the East Indies, you shall finde more written in his 
 singular commendation, then a large Epistle can well 
 comprehend. 
 
 The worke though small in bulke containeth so much 
 rare and profitable matter, as I know not where to 
 seeke the like, within so narrow and streite a compasse. 
 For heerein is orderly declared, who were the first 
 discoverours of the world since the time of the flood : 
 by what waies from age to age the spicerie, drugs, and 
 riches of the East were conveied into the West : what 
 were the causes of the alterations of those courses, as 
 namely the changes of empires and government : the 
 ceasing of all trafficke for many yeeres by the Gothes 
 invasion of the Romane Empire : the rising up of the 
 Mahumetane sect ; with their overrunning of Africke 
 and Spaine : the renewing againe, after many yeeres 
 disturbance, of the traffic and entercourse of the East 
 Indies ; first by the califas of the aforesaid sect : and 
 eftsoones by the Venetians, lenowais and Florentines. 
 Then folio weth the taking of Ceuta in Barbarie by J ohn 
 the first king of Portugall of that name, in the yeere of 
 our Lord 1415, whose third sonne Don Henry (which 
 he had by the vertuous Ladie Philippa, daughter of 
 John of Gante, and sister to Henry the fourth. King of 
 England) was the first beginner of all the Portugall 
 
EPISTLE DEDICATORIE. 
 
 V 
 
 discoveries, and continued the same for the space of 
 fortie and three yeeres even to his dying day. By 
 whose encouragement the Kings of Portugall found out 
 with much patience and constancie the last way of the 
 bringing the Spicerie into Europe by the Cape of 
 Buona Speran^a ; and for these hundred yeeres past 
 have become the chiefe Lords of the riches of the 
 Orient. By emulation of which their good endevors, 
 the Antiles and the West Indies began to be discover- 
 ed by the kings of Spaine. The infancies of both 
 which most important enterprises, the progresse of the 
 same from time to time, the discoveries of islands, rivers, 
 baies and harbours, of many rich provinces, kingdomes, 
 and countries ; the erecting of castles in sundry con- 
 venient islands and places, with the drawing of trafficke 
 unto the same, where, when, by whom, and by whose 
 authority is heere succinctly and faithfully recorded. 
 So that if it please your Honour at your convenient 
 leisure to take a sea card or a mappe of the world, and 
 carie your eie upon the coast of Africa from Cape de 
 Non, lying on the mayne in 29 degrees of northerly 
 latitude, and follow the shore about the Cape of Buona 
 Speranca till you come to the mouth of the Eedde 
 Sea, and passing thence along by the countrey of Arabia 
 crosse over to India, and doubling Cape Comory coni- 
 passe the gulfe of Bengala, and shooting by the citie of 
 Malacca through the Streite of Cincapura, coast al the 
 south of Asia to the northeast part of China, and com- 
 prehend in this view all the islands from the Acores 
 and Madera in the West, to the Malucos, the Phillip- 
 
VI 
 
 EPISTLE DEDICATORIE. 
 
 pinas, and Japan in the East : you shall heere finde by 
 order, who were the first discoverours, conquerours and 
 planters in every place : as also the natures and com- 
 modities of the soyles, togither with the forces, qua- 
 lities, and conditions of the inhabitants. And that 
 which I mention of the Orient, is likewise to be under- 
 stood of the Occident. 
 
 Now touching the translation, it may please you, sir, 
 to be advertised that it was first done into our language 
 by some honest and well affected marchant of our 
 nation, whose name by no meanes I could attaine unto, 
 and that as it seemeth many yeeres ago. For it hath 
 lien by me above these twelve yeeres. In all which 
 space though I have made much inquirie, and sent to 
 Lisbon, where it seemeth it was printed, yet to this 
 day I could never obtaine the originall copie ; whereby 
 I might reforme the manifold errours of the translator. 
 
 For whereas a good translator ought to be well ac- 
 quainted with the proprietie of the tongue out of which 
 and of that into which he translateth, and thirdly with 
 the subject or matter it selfe : I found this translator 
 very defective in all three ; especially in the last. For 
 the supplying of whose defects I had none other reme- 
 die, but to have recourse unto the originall histories, 
 (which as it appeereth are very many, and many of 
 them exceeding rare and hard to come by) out of which 
 the authour himselfe drew the greatest part of this dis- 
 course. And in very deede it cost me more travaile to 
 search out the grounds thereof, and to annexe the 
 rnarginall quotations unto the work, then the translation 
 
EPISTLE DEDICATOEIE. 
 
 Vll 
 
 of many such bookes would have put me unto. Of 
 which quotations there is yet a farther use, to wit, that 
 such as have leasure sufficient, and are desirous to reade 
 these things more at large, (for brevitie oftentimes 
 breedeth obscuritie) may fully satisfie their desires by 
 having recourse by the help thereof to the pure foun- 
 taines, out of which those waters which are drawne are 
 for the most part most sweet and holsome. Now if 
 any man shall marvel, that in these Discoveries of the 
 World for the space almost of fower thousand yeeres 
 here set downe, our nation is scarce fower times men- 
 tioned : hee is to understand, that when this author 
 ended this discourse, (which was about the yeere of 
 Grace 1555) there was little extant of our mens tran- 
 vailes. And for ought I can see, there had no great 
 matter yet come to light, if myselfe had not under- 
 taken that heavie burden, being never therein enter- 
 tained to any purpose, until I had recourse unto your- 
 selfe, by whose speciall favour and bountiful patronage 
 I have been often much encouraged, and as it were 
 revived. Which travailes of our men, because as yet 
 they be not come to ripenes, and have been made for 
 the most part to places first discovered by others, when 
 they shall come to more perfection, and become more 
 profitable to the adventurers, will then be more fit to 
 be reduced into briefe epitomes, by my selfe or some 
 other endued with an honest zeale of the honour of our 
 countrey. In the nieane season nothing doubting of 
 your favourable acceptation of this my labour, I humbly 
 beseech the author of all goodnes to replenish and en- 
 
Vlll 
 
 EPISTLE DEDICATORIE. 
 
 rich you with his l^est blessings, long to protect and 
 preserve your Honour to the profitable service of her 
 iMajestie, and to the common benefit and good of 
 the Realme. 
 
 From London this 
 29. of October 
 1601. 
 
 Your Honors Chaplein, in all dutie 
 most readie to be commanded, 
 
 Richard Hakluyt. 
 
FRANCIS DE SOUSA TAUARES VNTO THE 
 HIGH AND MIGHTIE PRINCE DON 
 JOHN DUKE OF AUEIRO. 
 
 Antonie Galuano vpon his death bed left vnto me in his 
 testament among his papers this booke. And because I am 
 certaine he ordained it to bee presented vnto your Grace, I 
 have thought good herein to fulfill his wil and testament, 
 though in other things I have done nothing, the fault re- 
 maining not in me. And by all reason this treatie ought to 
 be set foorth by a Portugall, seeing it intreateth of the 
 variable waies from whence the pepper and spices came in 
 
 PROLOGO. 
 
 FRANCISCO DE SOUSA TAUAREZ, AO ILLUSTRISSIMO 
 SENHOR DOM JOHAO DALEM CASTRO, 
 
 DUQUE DAUEYRO. 
 
 Dexando me Antonio Galuao que deos tern por sen testamen- 
 teiro, achey antre outros sens papeis este quaderno : & porque 
 sou certo q’ elle o ordenou pera o apresentar a vossa ilhistrissima 
 senhoria, quis ao menos nisto somente comprir sua vontade, pois 
 em seu testamento nam tenho comprido nenhua cousa, nam por 
 minha culpa. Com razam auia cste tractado de scr de pessoa 
 Portuguesa, pois he da materia dos caminhos desuairados, por 
 onde a pimenta <Sf especearia veyo nos tempos passados as nossa 
 
 2 
 
10 
 
 FRANCIS DE SOUSA TAUARES VNTO THE 
 
 times past into our partes, and also of all the navigations and 
 discoueries in the old time. In both of which things the 
 Portugals have most trauailed. In this treatie and in nine 
 or ten bookes of things touching Maluco and India (which 
 the Cardinall willed me to give to Damian de Goes, saying 
 that he should content me, for otherwise I could not deliuer 
 them) this true Portugall occupied himselfe against the 
 vnfortunate and sorrowfull times which he had been in 
 (which were all ended before all our dales and times) : for 
 Gaiuall when he received the captainship and fortresses of Maluco, 
 Maluco! all the kings and gouernours of all the Hands about being 
 agreed to make war against the Portugals, vntill such time 
 as they might drive them all out of the countrey, he fought 
 against them all with onely 130 Portugals, when they were 
 all together, and strong in Tidore ; and he gave them the 
 ouerthrow and killed their king, and one Ternate,^ the prin- 
 cipal author of that war, and he tooke from them their for- 
 tresse : so upon this victorie the 3 " submitted themselves. 
 
 partes : & assi de todas as nauegaQoes & descobrimentos antigos 
 & modernos : ambas estas duas cousas os Portugueses tern feito 
 muita auantajem ao passados. Em este tractado com none ou dez 
 liuros das cousas de Maluco & da India, que me o Cardeal man- 
 dou dar a Damiam de Goes, dizendo que mo^ satisfaria (que doutra 
 maneyra eu nam Ihos podia dar), se ocupou este verdadeiro Por- 
 tugues contra os infortunados & tristes tempos em que se via (como 
 tudo passou ate nossos olhos & tempo), porque entregandolhe a 
 capitania & fortaleza de Maluco co todos os Keys & senhores de 
 todas as ylhas juntos, & conformes a fazer a guerra aos Portugueses 
 ate os deitar de todo fora da terra, pelejou com todos elles com 
 soo cento & trinta Portugueses estando todos juntos & fortes em 
 Tidore, & os desbaratou & matou a el rey, & do Ternate pricipal 
 autor da guerra, & Ihes tomou a fortaleza : com a qual vitoria logo 
 se renderam & vieram a obediencia & seruigo del rey nosso senor. 
 
 * And killed the king of Ternate ? 
 
 2 Me? 
 
PRINCE DON JOHN DUKE OF AUCIRO. 
 
 11 
 
 and came under the obeisance and service of our King of 
 Portugall. Herein two things happened of great admira- 
 tion. The first, that all the kings and gouernours of Maluco 
 agreed togither against vs, a thing that never fell out, nor 
 yet credible to be like to happen : for they are ever at 
 variance among themselves. The seconde, that the Cap- 
 taine of Maluco with onely his ordinarie soldiers should 
 have the victorie against so many being all together. For 
 sometimes it happeneth that some of the captaines of Maluco 
 with many extraordinaire soldiers besides their ordinarie, 
 yea and with the aide of all the kings and lords of Maluco 
 in their favour and aide, went againste one king onely of 
 them, and came backe againe with losse. So there may be 
 reckoned three notable things done in India, I say of quali- 
 tie (but of more quantitie and importance there have been 
 others) ; which were the taking of Muar by Emmanuel 
 Falcon, and the winning of Bitamby Peter Mascarenas, and 
 this, whereof we presently treate. For all these three deedes 
 seemed to be impossible to be atchieved, considering the 
 small quantitie of soldiers which the captaines had in giving 
 
 Duas cousas socederam aqui de grande admiragam : a primeira 
 serem todos os Keys & senhores de Maluco juntos & conformes 
 contra nos (cousa q’ nunca acoteceo ne se cree q’ possa acotecer 
 por qua differentes sempre sam antre si). A segunda o capitam 
 de Maluco com soo a gente ordinaria, auer victoria de todos elles 
 jutos, que per vezes aconteceo que algus capitaes de Maluco 
 com muita gente extraordinaria, alem da sua ordinaria, & com 
 todos os reis & senhores de Maluco em seu fauor & ajuda, foram 
 sobre hum soo rey defies, & vieram de la co muita quebra. Que 
 se pode dizer, q’ tres feitos grandes se fezeram na India, digo em 
 calidade (q’ de mais importancia & de mayor quantidade ouue 
 outros) os quas sam a tomada de Muar por Manoel falcao, a de 
 Bitam por Pedro mascarenhas, & este de que tratamos, porq’ 
 todos estes tres feitos parecia impossiuel auere os capitaes vie- 
 
12 
 
 FRANCIS DE SOUSA TAUARES VNTO THE 
 
 the enterprise against so many ; with the order and maner 
 by them ordained how and which waies to obtaine their 
 purpose as well by their enimies as by themselves. And 
 they could not be atchieved otherwise but by using a meane 
 and order not thought of at the first by the Portugals, nor 
 yet ever suspected by their enimies. And, besides this, his 
 father and fower of his brethren were all slaine in the king’s 
 seruice. And he now being the last of his linage, caried 
 with him into Maluco woorth ten thousand crusadoes [which 
 by share of commercial speculations, and loans, and sala- 
 ries paid to him, was all gained at Diu^], which he spent 
 not in idleness, nor yet in play, but only in bringing of 
 many kings and innumerable townes unto our holy faith, 
 and in the preserving of Maluco, employing all his power 
 and strength that all the clones might come vnto the hands 
 of the kings highnes, which with Maluco yielded unto 
 him every yeere five hundred thousand crusadoes ; being all 
 
 torias com a gente com que os cometeram : & com a ordem ou 
 modo que todos cuidauam, por onde a cousa se auia de cometer, 
 assi dos amigos como dos ynmigos : & nam se acabaram por outra 
 nenhua cousa, se nam porque os capitaes os cometeram por lugar & 
 ordem, que nem dos Portugueses, nem dos mesmos immigos foy 
 nunca cuidado nem pensado. E alem disto sendo seu pay & 
 quatro yrmaos sens todos mortos em serui^o del rey : & sendo elle 
 ja o derradeiro de sua linagem, & leuando cosigo fazenda a Ma- 
 luco que valia dez mil cruzados, de contratos q’ com partes fez, & 
 emprestemos & ordenados, que Ihe pagarao, tudo empregou em Dio : 
 & os gastou, nam em jogos, ne em outros maos modos, se nam soo 
 em trazer muitos reys & innumeraueis peuos‘^ a nossa sancta fee 
 como em seu tempo fez, & na guerra, & em co’seruar Maluco, & 
 em trabalhar & poer^ to das suas forgas, pera que todo o crauo 
 viesse a mao de S, A. com q’ Maluco Ihe renderia cada ano mais 
 
 1 A settlement of the Portuguese in the East Indies. The crusado is 
 now worth about 2s. 
 
 “ Pouos ? 
 
 3 Por? 
 
PRINCE DON JOHN DUKE OF AUCIRO. 13 
 
 to his great preiudice, let, and hinderance. For if he had 
 gathered clones for himselfe, as the captaines of Maluco 
 haue done and doe, then he had come home very rich. But 
 when he came home into Portugall in great hope (such is 
 the simplicite of the best natures) to be rewarded for his 
 good service, and to be more fauored and honored, then if 
 he had brought home with him an hundred thousand cru- 
 sadoes, he was greatly deceived. For he found neither 
 favour, nor yet honor, but oiiely among the poor and mise- 
 rable, to wit, in an hospitall, where he was kept seventeene 
 yeeres vntill the hower of his death ; and there he had 
 allowed vnto him his winding sheete to hurie him in ; and 
 the brotherhood of the convent prepared for his buriall as for 
 a poore courtier cast off by all men, leaving himselfe in- 
 debted in two thousand crusadoes, whereof part came out of 
 India, and part thereof many of his friends had lent him to 
 maintaine him in the hospital] ; for in all these seventeene 
 yeeres he had not of his highnes for to helpe himselfe with 
 so much as one riall of plate, nor yet I of the bookes which 
 I deliuered received any thing to discharge his will with 
 
 de quinhetos mil cruzados, & sedo tudo e gra p’ juyzo sen : porq’ 
 fazendo crauo pera si, como fizeram & fazem todos os capitaes de 
 Maluco viria muito rico. O gram fraqueza da nossa natureza 
 humana, q’ vindo elle a Portugal com grao confianga, q’ pello q’ 
 tinha feito auia de ser mais fauorecido & honrrado, q’ se trouxera 
 cem mil cruzados, se achou muy enganado, porq’ nelle nam achou 
 outro fauor ou honra, se nam o dos pobres miserauees, quero dizer 
 o do hospital : onde o teueram dezasete annos, ate que nelle mor- 
 reo, & delle Ihe derao o lan9ol pera o amortalhar : & a confreria 
 da corte como a cortesao pobre & desamparado Ihe fez o enter- 
 ramento, deixando dous mil cruzados de diuidas, parte que trouxe 
 da India, & parte q’ muitos de sens amigos Ihe emprestaram pera 
 se mant’er no hospital : porq’ em todos estes dezasete annos nunca 
 de S. A. pera se remediar ouue hum soo real, nem eu dos liuros 
 que dey, nem pera deseucarregar sua alma. Com tudo assi como 
 
 Goodseruice 
 full ill re- 
 warded. 
 
14 
 
 FRANCIS DE SOUSA TAUARES VNTO THE 
 
 A Counto 
 is 50,000 
 Crusadoes. 
 
 [nor for the good of his soul]. Yet for all this, even 
 as vpon the prosperitie of his victories he neuer made 
 any boast, so likewise in his adversities his great stomacke 
 did nothing abate his hart.^ As there are good proofes 
 that with soe many and so contiimall disgraces^ as he 
 suffered, he neuer vnto the hower of his death left off 
 to raise and to augment the yeerely rent vnto a counto,® 
 which some made strange"^ and would not give eare 
 unto. So that euen as he was extreme painfull in the per- 
 formance of his service, so he was the like in the things 
 sounding vnto the perfecting of the same,^ (which was the 
 cause that he was brought vnto the state that he died in). 
 For he could not see the qualitie of the time, but onely 
 those of his great seruice, by reason of the great charges 
 that it stood him in. And his saying was, that he was 
 borne, not for to say that his constellation was in the wars 
 victorious, but in the ouercoming of kings by the arte of 
 
 CO as prosperidades das victorias nunca se ensoberueceo, assi ne 
 CO as aduersidades seu grade animo se diminuyo nem abaixou : 
 como heboa proua, que com tamanhos & c6 tarn continuos des- 
 prezos como padeceo, nunca ate ora de sua morte deixou de 
 requerer & importunar por hum conto de renda cada anno. O q’ 
 algus estranhauao, na olhando q’ assi como elle foy extreme no 
 cometer & seruir (de maneira que veyo ao estado em que se vio) 
 assi o era, no que Ihe parecia que seus serui 9 os mereciam. Porque 
 nam podia ver a calidade do tempo, se nam a dje seus seruigos, 
 pelo muito que Ihe custaram. E dizia q’ era nacido por nam dizer 
 que sua estrella era na guerra vecer os reis immigos : com a arte 
 
 1 His great soul was never cast down. ^ Slights. 
 
 ^ To require and insist on a yearly income of a conto. A conto is 
 one million. If a conto of reis is meant, it would be equal to about ,£200. 
 ^ Marvelled at, not seeing that... 
 
 ® So he was in what appeared to him that his services merited. 
 
PRINCE DON JOHN DUKE OF AUCIRO. 
 
 15 
 
 warfare, readines in resolving, prudence in conseruing, and 
 great loialtie and patience with many seruices vnto his king 
 and master. In which of all these he had most contentation 
 it cannot easily be determined. Wherefore your noble 
 Grace may see, that this treatie and the others were made 
 with sighes and afflictions which his inferiour will might 
 have raised vp in him against his superiour reason. Neither 
 was he willing to take for his remedie that which that great 
 Turke Zelim sonne to the great Mahumet did, for he tooke 
 Constantinople and died in Rome, who vsed to make him- 
 selfe drunke, because he would not remember the great 
 estate which he lost : nor yet woulde he give eare vnto those 
 things which many of his friends would tell him, wishing 
 he would settle his mind out of the kingdome (for otherwise 
 he should neuer be able to live) : whereunto he answered, 
 that in this point he would rather be compared vnto the 
 great Timocles the Athenian, then to be like the excellent 
 Romane Coriolanus. Which is a goodly example of a true 
 and faithfull Portugall. Though it were not as I doe say. 
 
 de pelejar & presteza de concluir, & a prudencia no conseruar, & 
 ao seu rey & senhor com muytos seruigos & gram lealdade & 
 paciencia, & de quael dellas tinha mais contentamento, se nam 
 sabia determinar. Pello que vossa illustrissima senhoria pode ver, 
 q’ este tractado & os outros foram feytos de sospiros & affligoes 
 de animo affligido, q’ forgadamente contra a parte superior, a in- 
 ferior Ihe auia de dar. Nam queredo tomar por remedio o que 
 tomaua aquelle gram turco Zizimo filho do gram Maamede, q’ 
 tomou Costantinopla, & morreo em Roma, q’ se embebedaua por 
 se nam alembrar do grande estado que perdera. Nem o que muitos 
 de seus amigos Ihe dauam, dizendo que se possesse fora do Reyno, 
 que doutra maneira nam teria vida. Ao qual respondia que nesta 
 parte mais queria ser comparado ao gram Timocles Atheniense, 
 que ao excellente Romano Curiolano. O que he hum gram ex- 
 emplo de lealde Portuguesa, posto que nam sey como o diga : 
 
1() FRANCIS DE SOUSA TAUARES VNTO, ETC. 
 
 yet I doe heare, that the hospitals be full of the most faith- 
 full subjects to their prince and country.^ Wherefore by all 
 reason this treatie ought to be of your Grace favoured, set- 
 ting apart all oversights, if there be any, in this vvorke, of 
 the author.^ I being not able to attaine vnto the vnderstand- 
 ing of the contrary. God prosper your Grace with long 
 life and increase of honour. 
 
 porque tambe o he, que dos leais estam cheos os hospitaes. Pello 
 que com razao este tractado deue ser de vossa illustrissima sen- 
 horia fauorecido, & leuar em conta algus descuidos se os na obra 
 ouuer que por nam ser neste final corregido & emendado, pello 
 proprio autor pode auer. Cuja vida & estado nosso senhor prospere. 
 
 ^ What a great example of Portuguese loyalty, supposing even that 
 it be not as is said : why, moreover, is it that the hospitals are full of 
 loyal persons 1 
 
 ^ The work not having been finally corrected by its author. 
 
DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND 
 SEASONS, AND ABOUT THOSE WHO 
 FIRST NAVIGATED.i 
 
 While I had a desire to gather together some olde and 
 some new discoueries, which hane beene made by sea and 
 by land, with their iust times and situations ; they seemed 
 to be two things of so great difficulties that being cofused 
 in the authors of thems I determined once to desist fro 
 any such purpose. For touching the course of time the 
 Flebrewes declares that from the beginning of the world to 
 the flood were 1656 yeeres. The Seuentie Interpreters 
 make mention of 2242. And S. Augustine reckoneth 2262, 
 
 ^ de Cmit. 
 
 In the situations likewise there be many differences. Eor 
 
 DESCOBRIMENTOS EM DIUERSOS ANNOS & TEMPOS, & 
 QUE FORAM OS PRIMEIROS QUE NAUEGARAM. 
 
 Querendo ajutar algos descobrimentos antiguos & modernos, 
 quc por mar & terra sam feytos, co suas eras & altiiras (como sain 
 duas cousas ta difficultosas) achey me tarn confuso como os autores 
 delies, que determiney desistir do tal proposito. Porque os Ebreos 
 dizem que da criagam do miindo ao diluuio oiiue. 1656 annos. E 
 os setenta interpretes. 2242. Sancto Agostinho 2260 & tantos. 
 Vj assi nas alturas ha muytas diflcremjas ; porque nimca se ajunta- 
 
 ’ This is the rendering of the Portuguese ; it differs from tlie heading 
 prefixed by the translator, which will appear more proj)erly as the title. 
 
 ;5 
 
Contrarie 
 opinions 
 touching 
 the di scone 
 I’ie of the 
 world. 
 
 18 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 there neuer sailed together in one fleete at sea from ten 
 pilots to the number of 100, but that some of them found 
 themselues by reckoning in one longitude and other some 
 in another. But^ considering better with my selfe, that the 
 difficulties are opened and the differences amended by others 
 of more exact judgement and vnderstanding therein, I pur- 
 posed notwithstanding to proceede in this worke^ of dis- 
 coueries. 
 
 Some there be that say, that the world hath fully beene 
 discouered ; and they alleage this reason, that as it hath 
 beene peopled and inhabited, so it might be frequented and 
 navigable, and the rather for that the men in that age were 
 of a longer life, and of lawes and languages almost one. 
 
 There be others of a contrarie opinion to this, holding that 
 all the earth could not be knowne, nor the people conuersant 
 one with another. For though it had been so once, yet the 
 same would haue beene lost again by the malice of men, 
 and the want of justice among the inhabitants of the earth. 
 But bicause the best and most famous discoueries were 
 made by sea, and that principally in our times, I desire^ to 
 
 ram em hua armada de dez pilotos ate cento, que hus nam esti- 
 nessem em hua altura, & outros em outra. Mas por ser emmen- 
 dado de outros que ho melhor entendam, me despus a fazer isto, 
 ainda q’ algus digam que ho mundo foy jaa descuberto & possam 
 allegar pera isso, que assi como foy pouoado, podia ser frequen- 
 tado, & nauegado. E mais sendo os homes daq’lla idade de vidas 
 mais compridas, leys, linguvages, quasi todas huas. Outros tern 
 disto ho contrario, q’ dizem que nam podia a terra ser toda sabida, 
 & a gente, comunicada hua com a outra, porque quado fosse se 
 perderia polla malicia & sem justiga dos habitadores della. 
 
 ^ E porque os mores descobrimentos & mais compridos foram 
 por mar feytos principalmete em nossos tepos, desejey saber quaes 
 
 1 But being corrected by others of better judgment. 
 
 ^ Although some there be, etc . ^ Desired ? 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 19 
 
 knowe who were the first discoverers since the time of the 
 flood. 
 
 Some afiirme that they were the Greekes, others say the 
 Phoenicians, others also the Egyptians. The people of India 
 agree not hereunto ; affirming that they were the first that 
 sailed by sea : namely, the ^Tabencos, which now we call 
 the Chinois. And they alleage for the proofe of this, that 
 they, be y® lords of the Indiaes, even vnto the Cape of Bona 
 Speranca, and the Island of S. Laurence, which is inhabited 
 by them and al along the sea ; as also the Jauaes, Timores, 
 Celebes, Macafares, Malucos, Borneos, Mindanaos, Lucones, 
 Lequeos, Japones, and other islands, being many in num- 
 ber, and the firme lands of Cauchin-China, Laos [Siamis], 
 Bramas, Pegu, Arracones, till you come vnto Bengala : and 
 besides this, New Spaine, Peru, Brasil, the Antiles, with 
 the rest adioining vnto them, as appeareth by the fashions 
 and manors of the men and women, and by their proportions, 
 hauing small eies, flat noses, with other proportions to be 
 seene. And to this day many of these ilands and coun- 
 treies are called by the names of Batochina, Bocho-China, 
 
 foram os primeiros inuentores disto dospois do delimio. Hus 
 escreuem que os Gregos, outros dize que os Fenicios, outros que- 
 rem q’ os Egipcios, os Indios nani consintem nisso, dizendo q’ 
 elles foram os primeiros que nauegarao, principalmente os Tay- 
 bencos, a que agora chamamos Chins, & alegam pera isso serem 
 ja senhores da India, ate ho Cabo de boa espera9a, & a ilha de 
 Sam Loure9‘o por ser pouoada defies ao logo da praya & os laos, 
 Timores, Selebres, Macasares, Malucos, Borneos, Mindanaos, 
 Lu9oes, Lequios, Japoes, & outras Ilhas que ay muytas & as 
 terras firmes dos Cauchenchinas, Laos, Siamis, Bremas, Pegus, 
 Arracoes, ate Bengala : & alem disto a noua Espanha, Peru, 
 Brazil, Antilhas, & outras cojuntas a ellas, como se paresce nas 
 feigoes dos homes, molheres, & sens costumes, olhos peq’nos, 
 narizes rombos, & outras proporcoes q’ file vemos. E chamare 
 
 Who were 
 lire first dis- 
 couerers 
 since the 
 flood. 
 
 * The people 
 of China say 
 they were 
 the first 
 sailors by 
 sea. 
 
 The inha- 
 bitants of 
 the West 
 Indies 
 descended 
 from China. 
 
20 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 The seas be- 
 tweene the 
 Tropicks 
 very calm. 
 
 which is as much to say, as the countreies of China. Fur- 
 ther it appeareth by histories, that the arke of Noe rested 
 upon the north parts of the mountaines of Armenia, which 
 stands in 40 degrees and upwards : and that immediately 
 thereupon Scythia was first peopled, for that it is an high 
 land and appeared first after the fiood. And seeing the 
 prouince and countrey of the Tabencos is one of the chiefest 
 of all Tartarie, as they report, it is to be thought^ that they 
 were of the most ancient inhabitants, and men of the most 
 ancient nauigations^ [since in them that country terminates 
 on the east], and the seas being as calme as the riuers 
 be in those parts [by cause of] lying between the Tropicks, 
 where the daies and nights do not much differ, as well in 
 the howers as in y® temperature : where there blow no out- 
 ragious windes, to cause the waters to rise or be troubled. 
 And by late experience it is found, that the small barks 
 wherein they saile haue onely a great high bough in the 
 
 ainda agora amuytas destas ilhas & terras Batochinas, Bocochinas, 
 q’ quere dizer terras da China. 
 
 % Alem disto os nossos escritores deyxarao escrito q’ a area de 
 Noe, se assentara da parte do norte nos motes Darmenia, q’ esta 
 de xl. graos pera cirna & que logo daly fora a Scithia pouoada por 
 ser terra alta, & primeyro das agoas descuberta. E como a pro- 
 uincia de Thaibencos, seja hua das principaes da Tartaria (se 
 as si he como dizem) bem se mostra fere elles dos mais antiguos 
 pouoadores & nauegadores, pois nelles se acaba aquella terra da 
 parte do leuante, & os mares sam tarn bos de nauegar como os rios 
 destas partes por jazere artre os tropicos onde dias & noytes, nam 
 fazem muyta differengia, assi nas oras como na quentura : por 
 onde nam ha ventos tarn destemperados que aleuantem as agoas, 
 nem as fagam soberbas, & por experiencia o vemos nos pequenos 
 barcos em q’ nauegauao com hum ramo por masto & vella, & hu 
 
 * Shewn. 
 
 2 The most ancient peoplers and navigators. 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 21 
 
 midclest of the barke, standing insteed both of mast and bougjf^i. 
 saile, and the master holdeth onely an oare in his hande to mast aud 
 
 . saile. 
 
 stirre withall : and so they saile swiftly along the coast ; and 
 the rest of the passengers sit onely upon certaine poles, 
 which are fastened in the barke, which they call catama- 
 rones, and so they passe without rowing.^ 
 
 It is further said, that the people of China were some- 
 times lords of the most part of Scythia, and sailed ordinarily 
 along that coast, which seemeth to reach vnto 70 degrees 
 toward the north. Cornelius Nepos is the author of this, 
 who particularly affirmeth, that in the time that Metellus, 
 the fellowe consul of Afranius, was proconsul in France, the 
 king of Sueuia sent vnto him certaine Indians, which came 
 thither in a ship^ from this countrey, comming by the north 
 and by the flats of Germanie. And it is probable that they 
 were people of China, for that they from 20, 30, and 40 
 degrees vpwards haue strong ships and clynchers,^ that can 
 well brooke the seas, and indure the cold and intemperature 
 of such northerly regions. As for Cambaia there is ship- 
 
 remo na mao com q’ goiierna, corre muito mar & costa. E assi 
 cm hus paos a quo chamao Catamaroes, em q’ se escancham, on 
 assentam, & vam com outro remando. E quere ainda q’ estes 
 Chins fossem senhores da mor parte da Scithia, & q’ nauegassem 
 toda sua costa, que pare^e estar ate seteta graos da parte do norte. 
 
 ^ Cornelio Nepote referido, assi nolo aproua, onde diz, que 
 Metelo colega de Afranio, estando por consul em Franga, el rey 
 de Sueuia Ihc mandara certos Indies, que vierao em hua nao c5 
 mercadorias de sua terra pella parte do norte, aas prayas de Ale- 
 manha : & segundo isto deuia ser da China, j)or estar de vinte, 
 trinta, corenta graos pcra ciina, & te naos fortes & de prcgadura 
 que podiam soffrer mares & terras tain frias & destemperadas como 
 aquellas : que as naos de Cambaya, (pie tainbcm di/em auer multos 
 
 ' Also logs of wood called “ catamarans,” on which they cither S(piat 
 or sit astride, and get along with the others by paddling. 
 
 With goods of their conntry. Well secured by nails. 
 
22 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 Joseph. An- 
 tiquit. 
 Judaic, lib. i; 
 ca. 5. 
 
 Justiiuis, 
 lib. i. 
 
 ping also in it, and the people by report haue vsed the seas 
 many yeeres : but it seemeth not that they were any of them 
 which came into France ; for that they trafficke onely to 
 Cairo, ^ and are men in deed of little trafficke and lesse 
 clothing. 
 
 As for those which escaped the destruction of the flood, 
 they were therewith so amazed, that they durst not descend 
 into the plaines and lowe countreies, but kept the hils. And 
 we reade of Nimrode, who 130 yeeres after the flood built 
 the Tower of Babell, intending thereby to saue hiraselfe if 
 there should come any more such floods. 
 
 Therefore it seemeth, that they which first came to be 
 sailers were those which dwell in the east in^ the prouince of 
 China : although others contrariwise hold them which dwell 
 in^ the west, as in Syria, to haue vsed the trade of the sea 
 soonest after the flood. But this contention about the anti- 
 quitie of nauigation I leaue to the Scythians and Egyptians, 
 who were at great variance and difference in this matter ; 
 for each of them chalenged vnto themselues the honour of 
 the first sea trauaile. But omitting all iars and differences 
 
 annos que no mar andam, nao parecem pera isso por ser cozeitas 
 de Cairo, & os homes de pouco trabalho & vestido. 
 
 ^ Tambem os que escaparam do diluuio ficarao tarn assom- 
 brados q’ nam ousaram de9er aos baxos. Mebroth, depois delle 
 cento & trinta anos, fez a torre de Babylonia, com entenga de se 
 saluar nella vindo outra chea. Pello que parece q’ os que mais 
 cedo ao mar chegarao, ora fossem os que hiam ao Leuante & pro- 
 uincia da China, ora os q’ viessem ao Ponente ao fim da Syria 
 aquelles q’ primeyro ali pouoassem seriam os q’ nauegassem, ho 
 mais deixo aos Scyrios, & Egypcios, q’ tiueram grades debates 
 
 ^ The translator has misunderstood the expression, “ cozeitas de 
 Cairo it means “sewn together with coir rope,” as the Massoolah boats 
 on the Coast of Coromandel at this day. 
 
 ^ Which went to the East and to the, etc. 
 
 ^ Which came to the West to the ends of Syria. 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 2o 
 
 tliereabouts, I will apply myselfe to my purposed discourse, 
 and speake of that which histories haue left in record. 
 
 There be some wel scene in antiquities, which say that in 
 the 143. yeere after the flood. Tubal came by sea into 
 Spaine, whereby it seemeth that in those times nauigations 
 were vsed into our parts out of Ethiopia. 
 
 And they also say farther, that not long after this, the 
 queene Semyramis went against the Indians in that riuer 
 wherof they tooke their name, and therein gaue battaile 
 vnto the king Stabrobates, wherein he lost a thousand ships. 
 Which being credible by the ancient historic, proueth mani- 
 festly that in those parts, in those times were many ships, 
 and the seas frequented in good numbers. 
 
 In the 650. yeere after the flood there was a king in 
 Spaine named Hesperus, who in his time, as it is reported, 
 went and discouered as far as Cape Verde and the Island 
 of S. Thomas, whereof he was princed And Gonsaluo Fer- 
 nandez, of Ouiedo, the chronicler of antiquities,^ affirmeth, 
 that in his® time the Islands of the West Indies were dis- 
 couered, and called somewhat after his name Hesperides : 
 
 sobrisso : porq’ todos q’re adquirir a si esta hora, & eu vir ao poto 
 do q’ os nossos atepassados deixara escripto. 
 
 ^ Aquelles que de antiguidades se prezarao, dizem que no anno 
 de 143 depois do diliiuio, viera Tubal por mar a Espanha : por 
 onde parece q’ ja naquelle tepo se nauegaua a nossa Ethiopia. E 
 estes mesmos contam, que depois disto nao muyto tempo a Raynha 
 Symiramis fora contra os Indios : & naquelle rio de q’ elles toma- 
 ram ho apellido, dera batalha a el rey Escorobatis, na qual elle 
 perdera mil nauios : por onde parece que naquellas partes auia 
 muytos, & muytos annos que se nauegauam. 
 
 ^ No anno de 650 depois do diluuio, ouue hii rey em Espanha 
 que se chamou Hispalo, em cujo tempo diz que foy descuberto ate 
 
 1 A mistranslation, “ the Island of St. Thomas and Princes’ Island,” 
 these islands are in the Bight of Biafra. 
 
 The Antilles. This. 
 
 Berosus. 
 The first 
 nauigation 
 after the 
 flood, 143. 
 
 Diodorus 
 Siculus, 
 lib. ii, cap. 5. 
 
 Berosus. 
 
 Gonsaluo 
 Fernandez 
 de Ouiedo, 
 lib. ii, cap. 3. 
 Generalis 
 Hist. 
 
24 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 Plinius, lib. 
 vi, cnp. 31. 
 
 The ancient 
 nauigation 
 was along 
 the coast, 
 not far into 
 the maine 
 ocean. 
 
 Length of 
 time and 
 force of 
 waters haue 
 much 
 altered the 
 situation of 
 manie 
 places. 
 
 and he alleageth many reasons to prove it, reporting parti- 
 cularly that in 40 dales they sailed from Cape Verde vnto 
 those islands. 
 
 There are others that say that the like was done from 
 this cape vnto the Islands of S. Thomas, and the Isle De 
 Principe, and that they be the Hesperides, and not the 
 Antiles. And they doe not diifer far from reason : seeing 
 in those times and many yeeres after they did vse to saile 
 onely along the coast, not passing through the maine ocean 
 sea ; for they had neither altitude nor compasse then in vse, 
 nor any mariners so expert. 
 
 [According to the opinion of writers] it cannot be denied 
 but that there were many countries, islands, capes, isthmos, 
 and points, which now are grown out of knowledge, be- 
 cause the names of them are found in histories. But the age 
 of the world and force of waters haue wasted and consumed 
 them, and separated one countrey from another, both in 
 Europe, Asia, Africa, New Spaine, Peru, and other places 
 
 o Cabo verde, & algus querem dizer que a ylha de Sam Thome, 
 & Principe. E Gongalo Fernandez de Ouiedo que fez as coronicas 
 das Antilhas, que neste tempo fossem ylhas ja descubertas, & do 
 nome deste rey se chamassem Esperidas : & alega muitas razoes 
 pera ysso, & aquelles quareta dias q’ nauegauam do Cabo verde 
 a estas ylhas. Mas outros querem dizer que o mesmo se fazia 
 deste cabo a ilha de sam Thome, & Principe, q’ estas sam as 
 Esperidas : & nam as Antilhas. E na se apartam da rezam muyto, 
 poys naq’lle tepo & despoys muytos annos se navegou mais ao 
 longo da terra, que pelo mar Oceano, ne auia altura, nem agulha, 
 nem gete do mar podia ser tarn esperta. 
 
 ^ Segundo a openiam dos q’ escreueram nam se pode negar que 
 nam ouue muytas terras, ilhas cabos, ismos, angras, enseadas, que 
 os tempos & as agoas teram gastadas & apartadas huas das outras, 
 assi na Europa, como em Africa, Asia, & Nona Espanha, Peru, & 
 outras que sam descubertas, & estam occultas pella continua dif- 
 fereu9a que tern a humidade d’agoa, com a sequidam da terra. Diz 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 25 
 
 that have been discovered, but have been hidden by the 
 continual struggle going on betwixt the water and land.] 
 
 Plato saith in his dialogue of Timseus, that there were in 
 ancient times, in the ocean sea Atlantiche, certaine great islands 
 and countries named Atlantides, greater than Afrike and 
 Europe : and that the kings of those parts were lords of a great 
 part of this our countrey : but with certaine great tempests the 
 sea did ouerflow it [with all it contained], and it remained 
 as mud and shingle, so that in a long time after no ships 
 could passe that way. 
 
 It is also recorded in histories, that fast by the Island of iib. 
 Cadiz, towards the Straights of Gibraltar, there was a cer- 
 taine^ island which was called Aphrodisias, well inhabited 
 and planted with many gardens^ and orchards, and yet at 
 this day we haue no knowledge of this Aphrodisias, but 
 onely a bare mention of it in ancient authors. The said 
 Island of Cadiz is further said to haue been so large and 
 big, that it did ioine with the firme land of Spaine. 
 
 The Islands of the Acores wmre sometimes a poinC of the 
 mountains of Estrella, which ioine vnto the sea ouer the '^omrumes 
 
 ioined to the 
 
 — tlrme laud. 
 
 Platam em os diologos de Thymeo Eclisio, que ouue antigamente 
 no maar oceano Athlantico grandes illias & terras chamadas 
 Athlantides, mayores que Africa & Europa, & que os reys daquella 
 terra senhorearam^ muyta parte desta nossa : & c5 grande tormenta 
 se fundio com tudo o que tinha, & ficou tanto lodo & ciscallio, que 
 se nam pode por ali nauegar muyto tempo. E assi escreueram, 
 que junto da ilha de Calex, contra ho estreyto auia huas ilhas que 
 se chamauam, Frodisias, bem pouoadas, & frequentadas com 
 muytos jardins, pomares, & ortas, de queja agora nam temos outia 
 memoria, se nam o que representa a escriptura. 
 
 ^ A mesma ilha de Calex se affirma ser tamanha que se ajun- 
 taua aa terra de Espanha, & q’ as ilhas dos A 9 ores era hua ponta 
 
 ^ Were certain islands. ^ Flower and kitchen. 
 
 ^ Or spur. ^ Governaram. 
 
 1 
 
26 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS 
 
 All islands 
 haue their 
 rootes run- 
 ning from 
 the maine 
 land. 
 
 Eratoshenes 
 apud Strabo- 
 nem, lib. i, 
 page 26. 
 
 Huls of 
 ships and 
 ankers 
 found on 
 mountaines 
 farre within 
 land. 
 
 towne of Syntra. And also from Sierra Y erde or the greene 
 mountaine, which adioineth vnto the water hard by the 
 citie of Sasin in the land of Cucu (which is the selfe same 
 Island of Mouchin, where Algarbe is) come^ the Islands of 
 Porto Santo and Madera. 
 
 For it is held as a true and vndoubted veritie, that all 
 islands have their roots running from the firme land, though 
 they be neuer so farre from the continent : for otherwise 
 they could not stand firme. 
 
 There are other histories which say, that from Spaine vnto 
 Ceuta in Barharie men sometimes trauailed on foot vpon 
 drie land, and that the Islands of Sardinia and Corsica did 
 ioine the one with the other, as also did Sicilia with Italic, 
 and Negroponto with Greece. 
 
 We read also that there were found hulles of ships, 
 ankers of iron, and other memorials of shipping vpon the 
 mountaines of Suissa farre within the land : where as it 
 seemeth now no salt water or sea euer came. 
 
 In India also, and in the land of Malabar, although now 
 
 das Serras da Estrella, que se mete no mar na villa de Cintra, E 
 que a Serra Verde que se mete nagoa juto da cidade de Sasim em 
 Teracucu, que he a propria de Mouchim, que do Algarue, & que 
 em estas arrebentam as ilhas do Porto sancto & a Madeira, porque 
 dizem que todas as ilhas tern as ra3^zes na terra firme, por muyto 
 apartadas q’ este della, que doutra maneyra nam se sosteria. 
 Outros querem que Despanha a Ceyta se passase por terra, & q’ 
 as ilhas de Cerdenha & Corcega se juntasse hua co outra, Cecilia 
 com Italia, Negroponte com a Grecia. Assi contam q’ acharam 
 cascos de naos, ancoras de ferro, nas rnontanhas de Suissa, muy 
 metidas pella terra, oude parece q’ nuca ouue mar, ne agoa 
 salgada. 
 
 ^ Tambem dizem que na India & terra do Malabar q’ he ta- 
 
 * Have broken off. 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 27 
 
 there be great store of people, yet many writers affirme that 
 it was once a maine sea vnto the foot of the mountaines ; 
 and that the Cape of Comarim, and the Island of Zeilan 
 were all one thing. As also that the Island of Samatra did 
 ioine with the land of Malacca by the flats of Caypassia ; 
 and not farre fro thence there stands now a little island, 
 which few yeeres past was part of the firme land that is 
 ouer against it. 
 
 Furthermore it is to be seene, how Ptolemey in his tables 
 doth set the land of Malacca to the south of the line in three 
 or fower degrees of latitude, whereas now it is at the point 
 thereof, being called Jentana, in one degree on the north 
 side, as appeereth in the Straight of Cincapura, where daily 
 they doe passe through unto the coast of Sian and China, 
 where the Island of Aynan standeth, which also they say 
 did ioine hard to the land of China : and Ptolomey placeth 
 it on the north side far from the line, standing now aboue 
 20. degrees from it towards the north, as Asia and Europe 
 now stand. 
 
 Well it may be that in time past the land of Malacca and 
 
 manha & tarn pouoada foy ia tudo mar, ate o pe da Serra : & q’ o 
 Cabo de Comorim, & a ilha de Ceilao era tudo hua cousa, & a ilha 
 de Samatra q’ fora pegada co a terra Malaca, por hus baixos d’ 
 Capasia, & iuto de la esta hua ylheta q’ nao ha muito q’ ella & a 
 terra firme tudo era hua cousa. Ptolomeo em suas taboas poe 
 esta terra de Malaca ao Sul da linha, em tres ou quatro graos dal- 
 tura, ficando agora a ponta della, que se chama Ojentana em hum 
 grao da banda do Norte (como se vee no estreito de Sincapura), 
 onde cada dia passam pera a costa de Syao, & China, onde esta a 
 ilha de Aynao, que tambem dizem q’ foy junta co a terra da China 
 q’ Ptolomeo assenta da parte do Norte muyto alem da linha, ficando 
 agora mais de vinte graos della da parte do Norte, de maneira que 
 assi Asia como Europa, ambas agora estam desta banda. 
 
 ^ Bern podia ser q’ nos tempos passados, a terra de Malaca & 
 
2S DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 At this isle 
 of Bah the 
 Hollanders 
 were 1596, 
 and bane 
 largely de- 
 scribed it. 
 
 China did end beyond the line on the south side, as Ptolemey 
 doth set them foorth : because it might ioine with the point 
 of the land called Jentana, with the islands of Bintan, 
 Banca, and Salitres being many that waies, and the land 
 might be alP slime and oaze ; and so y® point of China might 
 ioine with the Islands of the Lucones, Borneos, Lequeos, 
 Mindanaos, and others which stand in this parallele : they 
 also as yet hauing in opinion that the Island of Samatra did 
 ioine with Java by the channel of Sunda, and the Islands of 
 Bali, Anjane, Sambaua, Solor, Hogaleao, Maulua, Vintara, 
 Bosalaguin, and others that be in this parallele and altitude, 
 did all ioine with Jaua [and form one land] ; and so they 
 seeme outwardly to those that descrie them. For at this day 
 the islands stand so neere the one to the other, that they seeme 
 all but one iirme land; and whosoever passeth betweene some 
 of them may touch with the hand the boughs of the trees on 
 the one and on the other side also. And to come neerer to the 
 matter, it is not long since, that in the east the Islands of 
 
 China fossem acabar ale da linha de banda do Sul, como Ptolomeo 
 as pinta, porque pegaria aa ponta da terra D’ojentana c6 as ylhas 
 de Bintao, Banqua, & Salitres, q’ ha por ali muitas, & seria a terra 
 toda mociga : & assi a ponta da China, com as ylhas dos Lugoes, 
 Borneos, Lequios, Mindanaos, & outras que jaze nesta corda, que 
 tambem tern por opiniao aindagora, q’ a ylha de Samatra, foy 
 pegada com a laua, pello canal de Sunda, & a ylha de Baly, 
 Anjane, Simbaba, Solor, Hogaleao, Maulua, Vintara, Rosolanguim, 
 & outras q’ ha nestacorda & alturas, todas foram pegadas co a 
 laua & a terra hua, & assi o parece que as vee defora, porq’ ainda- 
 gora ha nestas partes ylhas tao juntas huas co as outras, q’ parece 
 tudo hua cousa, & que passa per antrellas, vay tocado co a mao os 
 ramos do aruoredo dhua banda & outra. E nam ha muyto tepo 
 q’ ao Leuante das ylhas de Bada se fundiram muitas : & tambe 
 
 1 Solid laud. 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 29 
 
 Banda were diners of them overflowen and drowned by the 
 
 sea. And so likewise in China about nine score miles^ ofn/nesoT'^ 
 
 firme ground is now become a lake, as it is reported. Which ^ 
 
 drowned 
 
 is not to be thought maruellous ; considering that which ciiiua. 
 Ptolemey and others haue written in such cases, which here 
 I omit, to return to my purpose. 
 
 After the flood, 800 yeeres, we reed that the citie of Troy 
 was builded by the Dardans, and that before that time they 
 brought out of the Indies into Europe by the Red Sea, by ^ 1 ^'’ 
 spices, drugs, and many other kindes of marchandises, which 
 were there more abundant than now they be. Whereunto, 
 if credit may be given, we may conceaue that the sea was of 
 old haunted and frequented, seeing that then they of the 
 east had so much and so greate trafiicke with them of the 
 west, that they brought their merchandise vnto an hauen 
 which was named Arsinoe, being that which at this day is 
 called Suez, standing in 80 degrees on the north part of the 
 Arabian Gulfe. It is also by authors farther written. 
 
 dize agora q’ na China se alagara mais de sesenta legoas de terra : 
 por Glide se nao deue auer por muito o q’ Ptolomeo & oiitros 
 antigos deixara escripto, q’ tambem eii deixo por tornar a meu 
 proposito. 
 
 ^ Depois do dihmio 800 annos, diz q’ foy fundada a cidade de 
 Troya pellos Dardanos, & q’ antes disto trazia das Indias a Europa 
 pelo mar Iloxo, especiarias, drogas, & outras muitas & diuersas 
 mercadorias q’ hi auia naquelle tempo mais q’ agora. E se assi 
 foy isto be se pode dar credito q’ auia muyto tempo q’ os mares se 
 nauegauam, pois naquelle tinham tanto comercio ho Leuante com 
 ho Ponete q’ se traziam estas mercadorias a hu porto q’ se chama 
 Arsinoe, q’ quere dizer algus, q’ seja aquelle q’ agora dizemos 
 Cuez q’ esta em trinta graos da parte do Norte neste estreyto 
 Arabico. 
 
 ^1 Declarao mais os escriptorcs, que deste porto d’ Arsinoe, Suez 
 
 ^ Seventy leagues. 
 
30 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 Plinius, lib. 
 6, cap. 29. 
 
 Strabo, lib. 
 17, pug. 560. 
 
 900 yeeres 
 after the 
 flood. 
 
 Strabo, lib. 
 17. 
 
 that from this hauen of Arsinoe or Suez [or whatever it 
 may be called], these marchandises were carried by cara- 
 uans, or great companies of carriers vpon camels, asses, 
 and mules, vnto the Leuant sea vnto a city called Casson, 
 standing on the coast in 32 degress of latitude, yeeld- 
 ing vnto euery degree 17 leagues and an halfe, as the maner 
 is. And there are by account from the one sea to the 
 other 35 leagues, or 105 miles. These carriers, by rea- 
 son of the heate of the countrey, trauailed in the night 
 onely, directing themselues by stars and by marks of postes 
 and canes, which they used to sticke in the ground as they 
 went. But after that, because this course and iourney had 
 many inconueniences they changed and altered the same 
 twise, to find out the most commodious way. 
 
 900 yeeres or there about after the flood, and before the 
 destruction of Troy, there was a king in Egypt called 
 Sesostris, who, perceiuing that^ the former courses and 
 passages for the carrying of marchandises by men and 
 beasts were chargeable to the one and most painfull to the 
 
 (ou como Ihe quiserdes chamar) traziam estas mercadorias em 
 carauanas de camelos, asnos, & azemolas, ao mar de leuante, a hua 
 cidade q’ esta nelle em xxxij graos daltura que se chama Caz5, 
 auera por aqui de hu mar a outro xxxv legoas : dado a cada grao 
 xvii & meyo, como se costumaua : por la terra ser quete & d’area 
 nam andaua se nam de noite, gouernadose por estrellas, de q’ 
 tinham conhecimento & por balisas de paos & canas q’ na terra 
 tinha metidas. Vedo q’ esta estrada nam era tal como elles dese- 
 jauam, diz q’ duas vezes ho mudaram. 
 
 ^ Nouecentos annos poiico mais ou menos despoys do diluuio 
 antes da destroigam de Troya ouue hu rey no Egypto q’ se chamou 
 Sesotres, o qual vendo q’ estes caminhos & diligencias q’ eram 
 feytas nam escusaua muytos custos, homes, hestas, carregas & 
 
 ^ These journeys involved loading and unloading with great labour 
 to man and beast. 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 31 
 
 other, prouided to haue a way or streame cut out of the 
 land from the Red Sea vnto an arm of the riuer Nilus, which 
 runeth vnto the citie Heroum, that by the means thereof 
 ships might passe and repasse with their marchandises from 
 India into Europe, and not be discharged till they came into 
 Italie. So that this Sesostris was the first king which built 
 great caracks to trauaile this way. But this enterprise for 
 all that took little effect. For if it had, Africa had then 
 been made as an island all compassed with water, being no 
 more ground between sea and sea, then the space of 20. 
 leagues or 60 miles. 
 
 About this time the Grsecians gathered together an army niodm-us 
 
 ° ^ ° Siculus, lib. 
 
 or fieete, which now is called Argonautica, whereof Jason 
 and Alceus were captains-general. Some say they went 
 from the Isle of Greta, others from Grsecia, But whence 
 soeuer they departed, they sailed through the Proponticke 
 Sea and Saint George’s Sleeue vnto the Euxine Sea, where 
 some perished, and Jason thereupon returned backe into 
 Greece. Alceus reported that he was driuen with a tempest 
 to the lake Maeotis, where he was forsaken of al his company, ® 
 and they v/hich escaped with great trauaile, passed through 
 
 descarregas, determinou fazer hua vala do mar vermellio a hu 
 bra9o do rio Nilo, q’ vay ter a cidade de Seroum, por onde as 
 naos podessem ir & vir co as mercadorias das Indias a Europa, 
 sem sere tiradas, ne descarregadas ate Italia. E porisso foy este o 
 primeiro rey do Egipto q’ madou fazer carracas grandes pera este 
 caminho, o qual nam teue effeito por que se ho tiuera ficaua Africa 
 em hua ilha toda dagoa rodeada por nam ter mais de vinte legoas 
 este jsmo de terra. 
 
 ^ Neste meyo tempo dizem que os Gregos fizeram hua armada 
 que chamao dos Argonautas, & hiam por capitaes della Jasom & 
 AlceOj hus querem que partissem da ilha de Greta, outros da 
 Grecia, como quer que seja, foram polo mar Pontico & bra9o de 
 sam Jorge ao mar Euxino, onde se perdera. Jasom tornou a 
 Grecia, Al^eo diz que com tormenta foy ter a lagoa Meotis, onde 
 
3,^ DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 gi'e?tanti-^^ bj land vnto the ocean sea of Almaine, where they took 
 the^Ger^"" shipping, passing the coasts of Saxonie, Frisland, Holland, 
 Flanders, France, Spaine, Italie, and so returned vnto Pelo- 
 ponessus and Greece [as far as the province of Thrace], dis- 
 couering the most part of the coast of Europe. 
 
 Strabo, alleaging Aristonicus the grammarian, shev/eth, 
 that after the destruction of Troy, Menelaus the king came 
 out of the straights of the Levant seas into the sea 
 
 1 of Kings, 9, 
 
 2 Ohron., 8. 
 
 Atlanticke and coasted Africa and Guinea, and doubled the 
 Cape of Bona Speranca, and so in time arriued in India ; 
 of which voyage of his there may be many more particulars 
 gathered out of the histories. This Mediterrane Sea was 
 also sometimes called the Adriaticke, the AEgsean, and the 
 Herculean sea, with other names, according to the lands, 
 coasts, and islands which it passeth by, running into the 
 great sea Atlanticke, along the coast of Africa. 
 
 In the yeere 1300 after the flood, Solomon caused a nauie 
 to be prepared on the Bed Sea, at an hauen called Ezeon 
 Geber, to sail to the East India, where by opinion standeth 
 
 se desfez de todo, & os que escaparam co miiito trabalho, atraues- 
 saram por terra ao mar Oceano Dalemanha ode se embarcaram, & 
 por la costa de Xaxonia, Frisia, Holanda, Flandres, Fran 9 a, Es- 
 panha, Italia, tornaram a Peloponeso, ou Morea, & Grecia, ate a 
 prouincia da Tracia, deixando descuberto per costa a mor parte da 
 Europa. 
 
 ^ Strabon citando Aristonico, diz que despois da destrui^a de 
 Troya, el Bey Menalao sahio do estreyto & mar do leuante ao 
 Athlantico, & costa de Africa, & Guine, & dobrou ho cabo de Boa 
 esperan^a & em certo tempo foy ter a India. Disto se pode tomar 
 aos autores mais astreyta conta. Este mar Mediterraneo, tambem 
 se chamou Adriatico, Egeo, Herocleo, & outros nomes, segundo 
 as terras, costas & ilhas, que banha ao mar grande Athlantico & 
 costa de Africa. 
 
 ^ No anno de 1300, despois do diluuio madou Salamao fazer 
 hua armada no mar do mar roxo que se chamaua Eylam, para ir a 
 leuante da India onde dizem estar aquella jlha & terra a que 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. SS 
 
 the islands called Tharsis and Ophir. This nauie was three 
 yeeres on this voyage, and then returned, and brought with 
 them [much] gold, siluer, cypres, [and pine wood]. Whereby 
 it seemeth that those places and islands were those which 
 now be called the Lucones, Lequeos, and Chinaes. For 
 we know few other parts from whence some of those 
 things are brought, or wherein nauigation was so long since 
 vsed. 
 
 It is left vs also in histories, that a king of Egypt called S,!' 
 Neco, desiring greatly to ioyne the Fed Sea with the riuer 
 Nilus, commanded the Phoenicians to saile from the straight 
 of Mecca to the farther end of the Mediterrane Sea, to see 
 if it did make any turne backe againe vnto Egypt. Which 
 commandement they obeied, sailing towards the south all 
 along the coast and countrey of Melinde, Quiloa, Sofala, till 
 they came to the cape of Bona Esperanca, finding the sea^ 
 continually on the left hand : but when they had doubled 
 the cape, and found the coast^ continually on the right hand, 
 they mar nailed much at it. 
 
 Notwithstanding they continued their course forward 
 
 chamauam Tarcis & Offir, & q’ poseram tres annos neste caminho, 
 de q’ trouxera muito ouro, prata, aciprestes, pinho. Poronde pareQC 
 que aquellas terras & jlhas deuiam ser as q’ agora chamao, Lu9oes, 
 Lequios, & Chinas, por que na sabemos la em outras partes auer 
 prata, aciprestes, pinhos ne nauegaga de tatos annos. 
 
 ^ Tambe deyxaram escripto os passados q’ ouue hu Rey no 
 Egipto q’ se chamou Neco, q’ desejou muyto ajuntar ho mar roxo 
 CO ho rio Nillo, & madoii aos Fenicios que deste estreito de Meca 
 nauegassem ate ho fim do mar Mediterraneo pera ver se terncuao 
 ao Egipto, elles assi ho fizerao, indo ao sul ao longo da costa & 
 terra de Melinde, Quiloa, Sofala, ate ho cabo de boa esperanca 
 ficandolhe sempre ho sol a mao esquerda. Mas dobrando este 
 cabo, & vendo ho sol a mao direita, espantaranse muyto : co tudo 
 fizeram ao Norte sen caminho pella costa de Guine, & mar 
 
 ^ Sun. This means proll)ably that the sun rose on their left. ^ Sun, 
 
34 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 toward the north al along the coast of Guiney and the 
 Mediterrane Sea, till they came backe againe into Egypt, 
 whence they first went out. In which discouerie they re- 
 mained two yeares. And these are thought to be the first 
 that compassed by sea all the coast of Afrike, and sailed 
 round about it. 
 
 In the yeere 590 before the incarnation of Christ, there 
 went out of Spaine a fleete of Carthaginian marchants, vpon 
 their owne proper costs and charges, which sailed toward 
 the west through the high seas to see if they could finde 
 any land : and they sailed so farre, that they found at last 
 the islands which now we call the Antiles and Nona Spagna : 
 which Gonzalo Fernandes de Ouiedo saith were then dis- 
 i1b/2?c?p.’3, couered, although Christopher Columbus afterwards by his 
 generall trauaile got more exact knowledge of them, and hath left vs 
 an euident notice where they be. But all these historians, 
 which wrote of these Antiles before, as of doubtfull and 
 vncertaine things, and of places undiscouered, doe now 
 plainly confesse the same to be the countrey of Noua 
 Didorus Spagna. 
 
 T In the yeere 620 before the Incarnation, and after the 
 
 Mediterraneo ate tornar ao Egipto dende partirao, & poserao dous 
 annos neste descobrimento, & querem algiis que fossem os 
 primeyros, qne o fizerao & andassem a costa Dafrica toda em 
 roda. 
 
 ^ No ano de 590 antes da encarnacao de Christo partio de 
 Espanha hua armada de mercadores Cartagineses feita a sua custa, 
 & foy cotra ho Ocidente por esse mar grande ver se achaua algua 
 terra: diz q’ forao dar nella, e que he aq’lla que agora chamamos 
 Antilhas & noua Espanha que Gonzalo Fernandez de Ouiedo, quer 
 que neste tempo fosse ja descuberta, ainda que Christouao Colom 
 nos deu della mais vera certeza, & todos os que escreuera como 
 falao em cousa duuidosa & terra nao descuberta, logo acodem com 
 esta da noua Espanha. 
 
 ^ No anno de 520 antes do nacimeto de Christo dizem q’ 
 
 Aristoteles. 
 lib. de 
 miraiidis 
 ill mitura 
 auditio. 
 
 Gonzalo 
 
 Fernandes 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 35 
 
 setting out of the aforesaid army, Cambyses, king of Persia, 
 tooke Egypt ; after whom succeeded Darius the sonne of 
 Histaspis, and he determined to make an end of the enter- 
 prise which king Sesostris had begun, if they had not told 
 him that the Ped Sea was higher then the land of Egypt, 
 and that by meanes of the salt sea comming into the river 
 Nilus, all the prouince would haue been lost and vndone for 
 hunger and thirst. For the fresh water of the riuer Nilus 
 doth overflowe the whole countrey, and the inhabitants [and 
 cattle] haue no other water then that for their drinke : 
 whereupon he left his first purpose of prosecuting that enter- 
 prise. 
 
 Now by the way I shall not swarue much from my matter, 
 if I speake a word or two of some things incident to this 
 discourse.’ The Egyptians say that [in their country the 
 human race was created, and that in it are still pro- ’'’V 
 duced] they had in their countrey certaine vermine like 
 vnto^ rats, wherof many be halfe like earth and the other 
 halfe like a vermine. One kinde of them keepe the 
 water, and another kinde the land.^ For my part I 
 
 Cambisis rey da Persia tomou ho Egypto, ao qual socedeo Dario 
 filho de Histaspis, determinou de dar fim a empresa q’ el rey 
 Sesostres comegara, selhe nam fizeram certo q’ ho mar Erithreo era 
 mais alto q’ a terra do Egipto & chegando a agoa salgada ao rio 
 Nillo perderse hia esta provincia a fome & sede, porque delle se 
 rega, & os moradores & gados na bebe outra agoa pelo que deixou 
 de auer fim esta obra. 
 
 ^ Ainda que hum pouco me aparte do preposito, nam deixarey 
 dir tocado, em alguas cousas em que vou faiando, por dar repouso 
 a tarn largo caminho. Tinha, os Egypcios, q’ em sua terra se 
 criaua a geragam humana, & que ainda agora na^em nella bus 
 bichos tamanhos como ratos, & se vee muytos meyo torrao, & 
 meyo bicho, ate de todo se despedir da terra: cuydo que sam estes 
 
 ^ To give repose on so long a journey. ^ As big as. 
 
 ^ This translation is wrong : the sense seems to be that several 
 
36 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 Joannes 
 Leo Africa- 
 nus, lib. 9, 
 cap. (le Nilo. 
 
 I’linius, lib. 
 8, cap. 25. 
 
 Joannes Leo 
 Africanus, 
 
 lib. 9. 
 
 thinke that these be they which breake the serpents^ 
 egges, whereof there are many in the riuer Nilus, which 
 also be called crocodiles : which in times past by re- 
 port were so inchanted, that thereby they could not hurt 
 any persons. But when they were deliuered from their 
 inchantment^ made by the Egyptians arte, and letters, then 
 they endeauoured to kill people, wilde beasts and cattell, 
 doing very much harme, specially those which Hue in the 
 water, which oftentimes come to the land, and lining alto- 
 gether on land become very strong poison.^ The people 
 beyond the citie of Cairo vse to fish for them and eate them, 
 and they take their heads, and set them vpon the walles of 
 their citie. 
 
 Of these crocodiles it is written, that they lay themselues 
 [on the sand] along by the riuer with their mouthes open, and 
 that there come vnto them certain e white birds, little bigger 
 then thrusshes, which fiie into the mouth of the crocodile, and 
 picke out the filthines which is betweene his teeth, and in 
 
 os que quebram os ouos aos lagartos, que ha muytos no rio Nilo, 
 a que tambe chamao Cocodrilhos. E querem ainda q’ em tempos 
 passados fossem encantados, por onde nam faziam mal a nenhua 
 pessoa, mas despois de desfazerem sua figura de chumbo, com suas 
 letras Egipcias, tornaram a matar a gente, alimarias, gados, & fazer 
 muyto dano, principalmente os que saem dagoa, & se vam pela 
 terra dentro, que sam muyto mays pegonhetos que os que ficam no 
 Nilo, que estes pescam da cidade do Cayro pera bayxo, & os comem, 
 & poe as cabe^as polo muro. 
 
 ^ Tambe se escreue que estes lagartos se deyta na area ao longo 
 de ribeira com a boca aberta, & que vem huas aues brancas, poueo 
 mayores que mebroas, & se metem dentro, & comem aquella 
 
 look upon themselves as half beast, half worm, until they take leave of 
 the land altogether. 
 
 ^ Lizards. ^ Literally, but after undoing their figure of lead. 
 
 ^ Much more poisonous than those that remain in the Nile. 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 37 
 
 his iaweSj wherewith he is greatly pleased : but for all that 
 the crocodile would close his mouth and deuoure the bird, 
 if nature had not prouided the bird a sharpe pricke as it 
 were, growing out of his head, wherewith he pricketh the 
 crocodile in the mouth ; which causeth him to gape wide, 
 and so the bird flieth away without harme ; yet there come 
 by and by other of those birds, which make an end of 
 cleansing his mouth. 
 
 In the same riuer there are also many beastes like vnto Hippo- 
 
 potanii. 
 
 horses, and vpon the land certaine fowles like vnto cranes, iws. 
 which warre continually with serpents, that come thither 
 from Arabia, and kill many of them. Which birds,^ as also 
 the vermine, which eate the egges of the crocodiles, are 
 greatly esteemed of the Egyptians. 
 
 (But now to returne to my matter, and to proceede in the 
 discoueries) : in the yeere 485 before the incarnation of 
 Christ, Xerxes, the king of Persia, commanded Saraspis his 
 nephew to goe and search and discouer India : who accord- 
 ing to the precept vndertooke the voyage, and went through 
 the straight of Gibraltar, [which lie in 36 degrees north 
 
 gugidade q’ tern antre os dentes, & gengiuas, com q’ folgam muyto : 
 mas com tudo cerram a boca pera as comerem, o qiie fariam se a 
 natureza as nam proiiera de hu ossinho agudo que tern na cabe9a 
 com q’ os picam no ceo da boca, de maneyra que a abrem, & ho 
 passaro se vay embora, mas logo ve outros que acabam de alim- 
 parlha. Tambe ha nesta ribeira muytos caualos marinhos, & na 
 terra quantidade de cegonhas, q’ tern guerra com as serpes que ali 
 ve de Arabia, & matam muytas deltas, & assi estas cegonhas, como 
 os bichos que come os ouos dos lagartos, sam dos Egipcios muy 
 venerados. 
 
 ^ No anno de 485 antes da encarnagam de Christo, diz que 
 mandou el Rey Xerxes a Sataspis sen sobrinho descobrir a India, 
 o qual sahio pelo estreito de Gibaltar fora, que estaa em trinta & 
 
 ^ Storks. 
 
38 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 Plinius, lib. 
 2 , cap. 07. 
 
 latitude], and passed the promontorie of Africa, which now 
 we call the Cape of Bona Speranca, standing southward 
 betwixt 34 and 35 degrees in latitude/ and being weary 
 of so great a nauigation turned from thence backe againe, 
 as Bartholomew Diaz did in our daies. 
 
 Before the comming of Christ 443^ yeeres, Himilco, and 
 Hanno his brother, Carthaginian captaines, gouerning that 
 part of Spaine which is now called Andaluzia, departed 
 from thence each one with his nauie. Himilco, sailing 
 towards the north, discouered the coasts of Spaine, France, 
 England, Flanders, and Germanie. And some write farther, 
 that he sailed vnto Gotland, and came to the island of 
 Thule, or Island, standing vnder the circle Arcticke, in 24 
 degrees from the north pole,^ and continued in his nauiga- 
 tion two yeeres, till he came vnto this Island, where the day 
 hath in June 22 houres, and in December the night also 
 hath 22 houres, whereby it is there wonderfully cold. 
 
 [It seems that the inhabitants of this island cry out 
 
 seys graos da parte do norte, & passou ho promontorio Dafrica, que 
 he aquelle que agora chamamos Cabo de boa esperanga, que esta 
 da parte do sul em trinta & quatro pera cinco graos daltura. E 
 enfadado de tarn gram nauegagam se tornou, como Bertolameu diaz 
 em nossos tempos fez. 
 
 Antes do Saluador do mundo vindo 440 annos Himeleo, & Anno 
 seu hirmao, capitaes Cartagineses, gouernando a Andaluzia, par- 
 tiram della cada bum com sua armada Himeleo contra ho norte 
 descobrio a costa de Espanba, Franga, Frandes, & Alemanba : & 
 algus quere que a Gotica, & q’ chegasse a ilha de Thili, em Hislada, 
 que esta debaixo do circulo artico em sessenta & seys graos do 
 norte, & posera nisto dous annos na viagem, ate cbegarem a esta 
 ilha, que tern os dias de Junho de vinte duas boras, & as noytes de 
 Dezembro doutro tanto, polo que he frigidissima. Parece que 
 
 ^ Which is in thirty-four or thirty-five degrees south latitude. 
 
 2 440 ? Sixty-six degrees north latitude. 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 39 
 
 and groan, whereby it is said to be the Purgatory of St. 
 Patrick. 
 
 This island has three mountains which throw out fire 
 from the base, while the summit is covered with snow, and 
 in one of these w^hich is called Ecla, the fire is so mild that 
 tow will not burn, while at another part it has such force 
 that it burns up water and consumes every thing. 
 
 It is also said that there are in this island two fountains, 
 one like melting wax, the other ahvays boiling, and turning 
 every thing thrown into it to stone, keeping its proper form. 
 
 Further, there are in this island bears, foxes, hares, crows, 
 falcons, and other birds, and wild cattle : and there is so 
 much grass that it is mown twice for the cattle ; and often 
 they are taken from it that they may not burst. 
 
 There are also very large and misshapen fish, and so 
 many as to frighten mariners, and with their bones and ribs 
 a church has been built. There is no bread, wine, oil (olive) 
 nor whereof to make it ; they get light from fish oil, for 
 everywhere God provides.] 
 
 bradam & geme os homes nella, por onde dizem que ali he ho pur- 
 gatorio de sam Patricio. 
 
 ^ Tern esta ylha tres montes que delta fogo pe 16 pee & encima 
 esta neuada, & em hu destes q’ se chama Ecla, he o fogo tarn 
 brando que nam queima a estopa, & per outra parte te tanta foi’ 9 a 
 q’ arde nagoa, & consume a toda. E assi dizem q’ ha nesta ylha 
 duas fontes, liua como cera derretida, & outra que sempre ferue, & 
 toda a cousa q’ Ihe deitam dentro se conuerte em pedra, ficado em 
 sua propria figura. Ha mais nesta ilha vssos, raposas, lebres, 
 coruos, falcoes, & outras aues, & alimarias brauas : & he tanta a 
 crua, q’ asegao duas vezes, pera q’ os gados passem- : & muitas 
 vezes os tiram della, porque nao arrebetem de gordura. Ha hi 
 muy grandes & difformes pescados, & tanto que poe aos nauegantcs 
 medo, & de seus ossos & costas fizeram hua igreja. Na alii pao, 
 vinlio, azcite, nem de que o fa^ao, aliimiam se com o do pescado, 
 porque em toda parte prouec a diuina magestade.^ 
 
 ^ Pasccm ? 
 
 " Omitted in the English translation. 
 
40 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 Plinius, lib. 
 G, cap. 31. 
 
 The nauiga- 
 tion of 
 flainio in 
 Greeke 
 herevnto 
 agreeth. 
 
 Enchanted 
 
 snakes. 
 
 Now the other brother Hanno tooke his course towards 
 Africa and Guiney, and^ he discouered the Fortunate Islands, 
 which we call the Canaries, and besides these he discouered 
 others, as the Dorcades, Hesperides, and the Gorgades, 
 which now be called the Isles of Cape Verde. There he 
 with his company went along the coast till they doubled the 
 Cape of Bona Speranca, and taking their course towards the 
 land, they went along by it vnto another cape, named 
 Aromaticum, which is now called Guardafu, standing south- 
 east^ from Cape Verde in 14 degrees toward the north; and 
 he came to the coast of Arabia, standing in 16 and 17 
 degrees, and was five yeeres in this voiage before he re- 
 turned backe into Spaine. There be others that say that he 
 passed not beyond Sierra Leona, but peopled it,^ and after- 
 wards discouered as far as the line. But it seemeth he made 
 a full nauigation, because he spent so much time in his 
 travaile. It is reported that the inhabitants of the Cape of 
 Bona Speranca are great witches,^ and inchanters of certaine 
 
 ^ Ho capitao Anou tomou na mao a costa Dafrica & Guine, & 
 dizem que descobrio as ylhas bem afortunadas, que agora chamamos 
 Canarias, & alem dellas outras q’ dizem Dorcadas, Esperias, & as 
 Gorganas, que se agora chamao do cabo verde : & forao assi ao 
 longo da costa, ate dobrar o cabo de boa esperanga, & tornado na 
 mao a terra foram ao longo della, a outro cabo q’ se chama Aro- 
 matico, & agora de Guarda fuy, que esta leste hoeste comho verde 
 em quatorze graos da parte do norte : & q’ chegara a costa Darabia 
 q’ esta em dezeseys & dez & sete : & posera cinco anos ate tornar 
 a Espanha. Outros querem q’ nam passasse da serra Lioa, & q’ 
 Publio^ despois delle descobrisse ate a linha. 
 
 ^ Mas parece q’ nam faria tarn coprida nauegagam pois gastou 
 tanto tempo neste trabalho. Algus contam agora q’ os abitadores 
 desta costa do cabo de boa esperanga sam grandes feiticeiros, 
 
 ^ It is said. 
 
 ^ East, west, or in the same parallel with Cape Verde. Modern 
 observations place Cape Verde in 14° 43', Cape Cuardafui, 11° 50'. 
 
 ^ And that afterwards he made public the discoveries as far as the 
 line. 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 41 
 
 snakes/ which they brinar to such seruice and commande- Enchanted 
 
 ^ , snakes, 
 
 ment, that they keepc their churches and churchyards/ 
 gardens, orchards, barnes, and cattell,^ as well from wilde 
 beasts as from theeues. For if they see any to doe or to 
 intend hurt, the snake windes her selfe to him'^ or them, 
 holding them as prisoners, and commanding her yoong ones 
 to call their masters vntill they be taken. If the theeues be 
 many, or the wilde beastes of so much strength, that they 
 dare not meddle with them, then they goe vnto the house 
 of him with whom they doe liue ; and if it be in the night 
 time, they giue so many strokes,'^ that at the last they doe 
 awake them, to cause them to prouide for their defence. 
 
 A certaine Italian called Aloisius Cadamusta writeth, that 
 he being in the discouerie of Guiney, in the kingdome of 
 Budimol, lay in the house of Bisborol, his sonnes sonne ; 
 and lying in his bed, he heard a great noise and many 
 blowes^ giuen about the house ; whereupon Bisborol rose, 
 and went out : and when he came againe, Cadamusta de- 
 manded of him where he had been : and he answered that 
 
 encantadores, principalmete de cobras : & trazem nas tanto a seu 
 mando, que Ihes guardam as semeteiras ortas, pomares & suas 
 graj arias, assi de ladroes, como dalimarias : & se vem algus fazer 
 dano cinginse com elle, & tern nos presos & mandao aos filhos 
 chamar seus amos & entreganos : & se a gente he muita, ou 
 alimaria poderosa co que se nao atreuem, vamse a casa daquelle 
 com que viue, & se he de noyte dam tantos Assouios & chirlos, ate 
 q’ os acorda pera jr defender, o que Ihe entregaram. Aluici 
 Cadamosto Italiano, escreue que se achou no descobrimento de 
 Guine no reyno de Budimol, em casa de Bisborol seu neto : & 
 jazendo na cama ouuio grades siluos darredor da casa, o q’ Bisborol 
 se leuantara da cama & sayra pola porta afora : & quando tornara 
 Cadamosto Ihe pergutara donde vinha, contoulhe como a^udira as 
 cobras q’ o chamaram. O que se nam deue danar por muyto, 
 
 ‘ Chiefly of snakes. 
 
 ^ Not churches, etc. — seed grounds. ^ Not barns, etc. — farms. 
 
 Hound him. ^ Hisses and screams. Whistlings. 
 
 G 
 
42 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 he had been with his cobras or snakes, which called him. 
 [Which cannot be very hurtful, because] in the Indias there 
 be many of these kinde of snakes, and some full of poison, 
 which notwithstanding the Indian people vse to carrie about 
 their necks, and put them into their 'bosomes and vnder 
 their arms : which at some soundes that the people make 
 will dance, and doe diners things at commandement. 
 
 There was a Portugall that sometime told me, that beyond 
 the Cape of Bona Speranca, towards Sofala, Quiloa, and 
 Melinde, where he had been, there were certaine birds, 
 Sriteth^the which would come to' the Black Moores at their call, and 
 tliatbrought according as the Moores did remoue,^ so the birds would 
 ofpartridges doe, from oue tree to another : and they vsed to follow them 
 
 to Trape- 
 
 zuuda. till they did light vpon some tree, from whence they could^ 
 not remooue. And as the negros went^ vp the tree they 
 should finde waxe and honie thereupon [and knew they were 
 to take it, and the bird remained there], not knowing whe- 
 ther it grewe there naturally or not.^ In the same countrey 
 also vnder ground in ant-holes they did finde much honie 
 
 porq’ na India ha muytas & muy pegonhentas, & trazenas derredor 
 do pescoQO, metenas pelos peytos & saenlhes polos braQOS fazelhe 
 som q’ baila, & o mais q’ Ihe mada. 
 
 ^ Assi me disseram algus Portugueses que por aquelia costa do 
 cabo de boa esperan9a pera Sofala, Quiloa, Melide andaram, que 
 auia certos passaros, a que acodia os negros a seu chamado & como 
 os viam mudauanse dhua aruore em outra : & os cafres os seguiam 
 ate q’ se punham em algua donde se nao mudauam : & em olhamdo 
 os negros pera cima viam mel & cera, sobia a tomalo, e ho passaro 
 ficaua ali. Nam me souberam dizer se era isso natural, seho 
 faziam per ter dali mante9a. Tambe affirmaua q’ debaixo da terra 
 emformigueiros se achaua muyto mel & cera que as formigas 
 
 * Awaken. 
 
 ^ And when they saw them they would change from one tree to another. 
 
 ^ Did. 4 Looked. 
 
 ® Nor could he tell me whether this was their nature, or whether they 
 did it to find food. 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 43 
 
 and waxe, which the antes did make, being somewhat bitter. 
 
 Vpon the sea coast also they found certaine fishes, which 
 commonly went vpright in the water, hauing the faces and Mermaides. 
 natures of women, which the fishermen of those places were 
 acquainted with^ [and if they sold them they gave [^‘ the 
 purchasers?”] an oath that they should sleep with them, 
 and if they did not do so they bought them [^^back?”] for 
 on no other terms would they give anything for them.]^ 
 
 In the yeere 355 before Christ, it is said that the Span- Aristotei.de 
 
 mirandis in 
 
 yards sailed through the maine sea till they came vnto the “atura 
 flats^ of India, Arabia, and those coasts adioyning whereunto • 
 
 they caried^ diuers marchandises, which trade they vsed in 
 great ships. And, sailing to the northwest, they came vnto )Siu!gatione 
 certaine^ flats, which, with the flowing of the sea, were bus naui- 
 couered, and with the ebbe were discouered, finding there 
 many tunnies of great bignes, where they commonly vsed to 
 fish them to their great profit, because they were the first vntill 
 that time that they had scene, and were greatly esteemed. 
 
 faziam hu pouco agio. Diziam mais que nesta costa auia grandes 
 pescados que andaua ho mais do tempo nagoa dereytos, & tinham 
 rostos & natiiras de molheres, com que os Pescadores se desen- 
 fadaua quado os tomauam : & se os vendiam dauanlhes juramento 
 se dormiram com ellas, & se ho nam fizeram entamlhas compra- 
 uam, & doutra maneyra nam Ihes dauam por ellas nenhua cousa. 
 
 ^ No anno de 535 antes de Christo, diz que nauegauam os 
 Espanhoes por todo ho maremagno, ate chegare as prayas das 
 Indias, Arabia, & suas costas, donde leuauam & traziam muytas 
 & diuersas mercadorias : & andauam nestes tratos & outros por 
 diuersas partes do mundo em grandes nauios : foram ao noroeste 
 dar em hus canaes & baixos que com a crecete do mar se cobriam, 
 
 & com ho mingoante aparccia, dode achauam muytos atuus de mara- 
 uilhosa gradeza, fizeram nelles grandes pescarias por sere os pri- 
 meyros que ate aquelle tempo tinham visto, & por muyto estimados. 
 
 ^ With which, when they were taken, the fishermen did amuse them- 
 selves. ^ This appears to be something approaching the meaning. 
 
 ^ Shores. ^ Whence they brought. ■'' Channels and. 
 
44 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 The time of Alexander Magnus, as appeereth by the ages 
 of the world, was before the comming of Christ 324 yeeres : 
 we all know that he was borne in Europe ; but he trauailed 
 into Asia and Africa, and passed through Armenia, Assyria, 
 Persia, and Bactria, standing northerly in 44 degrees of 
 latitude,^ which is the farthest countrey in longitude wherein 
 he was in all his iourneyes. From thence he descended 
 into India by the mountaines of Imaus, and the valleyes of 
 Paropanisus, and prepared a nauie in the riuer Indus, and 
 therewith passed into the ocean sea, where he turned by the 
 lands of Gedrosia, Caramania, and Persia, vnto the great 
 citie of Babylon, leaning Onesicritus and Nearcus captaines 
 of his fleete, which afterwards came vnto him by the straight 
 of the Persian sea, and vp the riuer of Euphrates, leaning 
 that countrey and coast discouered. 
 
 After this, Ptolemey raigned king of Egypt, who by some 
 is reputed to haue been bastard sonne vnto Philip, father of 
 the foresaid Alexander the Great. This Ptolemey, imitating 
 the forenamed kings Sesostris and Darius, made a trench 
 
 ^ Alexandre magno segundo polas idades parecem, foy antes da 
 vinda de Christo 324 anos como todos sabemos, era natural da 
 Europa, passou em Asia, & Africa, & atrauessou a Siria, Armenia, 
 Persia Batuana, q’ esta da parte do norte em xliiij graos daltura, 
 q’ he amayor, emq’ se ele pos nesta jornada, dode deceo a India 
 polos montes Imaos & valles Paraponistos, e mandou fazer hua 
 armada no rio Indo, e por elle foy sayr ao mar Oceano, donde se 
 tornou por terra de Gedrosia, Carmania, Persya, & Agram, cidade 
 de Babilonia, deixando por eapitaes darmada Crito & Nearco, q’ 
 despois foy ter co elle polo estreito do mar Persyco, & rio Neu- 
 frates acima, deixado descuberta aq’lla terra & costa. 
 
 ^ Despois disso diz que socedeo por rey do Egipto Tholomeu, 
 q’ algus querem que fosse filho bastardo de Felipe pay de este 
 grade Alexadre : ho qual quis imitar a el Key Secostres & a Dario 
 & pera isso mandou fazer hu canal de cem pes em largo, & trita 
 
 * Which is the greatest which he reached in this journey. 
 
AND ADOITT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 45 
 
 or ditch^ of an hundred footc broad and of thirty foote 
 deepe, and ten or twelue leagues in length, till he came to 
 the bitter welles, pretending to haue his worke run into the 
 sea from a mouth of the riuer Nilus, called Pelusium, pass- 
 ing now by the citie Damiata. But this thing tooke none 
 effect; for that the Bed Sea was thought to be higher by 
 three cubits then the land of Egypt, which would haue 
 overflowed all the countrey, to the mine and loss thereof. 
 
 In the yeere 277 before the Incarnation, succeeded in the 
 gouernment of the kingdome one Philadelphus, who brought 
 to passe that the marchandises should come out of Europe 
 to the citie of Alexandria, upwards by the riuer Nilus, vnto 
 a city named Coptus, and from thence to be conueyed by 
 land to a hauen standing vpon the Bed Sea, called Myos- 
 Hormos ; which way was trauailed in the night, the pilots 
 directing themselues by the stars, which were expert in that 
 practise. And because water was scant that way, they vsed 
 to Carrie it with them for all the companie ; till, at the last, 
 to auoide that trouble, they digged very deepe wels, and 
 made large cisterns for the receipt of raine water, by which 
 the way furnished with that commoditie, which at the first 
 
 Pliiiius, lib. 
 C, cap. 2‘J. 
 
 Strabo, lib. 
 17, pag. 5C0 
 & 5C1. 
 
 Coptus. 
 
 Myos-Hor- 
 nios, now 
 Coflr, on the 
 Red Sea. 
 
 em alto, & dez ou doze legoas em comprido, ate chegar as fontes 
 amargas co enten9am de leuar esta obra ao mar do rio Nillo, q’ se 
 chama Peluzio, qiie entra na cidade Damiata : nam ouue effeito 
 loi desejo, per se achar este mar vermelho ser mais alto tres couo- 
 dos q’ a terra do Egipto, & espalhandose por ella perderse hia tudo. 
 
 ^ No anno de 277 antes da encarna9a de Christo, socedeo neste 
 rcyno Philadelphos, & ordenou q’ viessem as mercadarias da 
 Europa a cidade tie Alexandria polio rio Nillo acima, ate outra q’ 
 se cliama o Copto : & della por terra as lenassem a hu porto que 
 esta cm ho mar roxo que se chama Miosormo, andosse este 
 caminho de noite, gouernandosc pellas estrellas & pilotos que disso 
 tinham conhecimento, & por esta estrada ser prouc dagoa a Icua' 
 uam pera toda a copanhia, ate que fizeram P090S muy fundos & 
 
 ‘ Canal. 
 
46 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 The cause of 
 the greatnes 
 of Alex- 
 andria. 
 
 Strabo, lib. 
 17,pag. 549. 
 
 Strabo, lib. 
 17, pag. 549. 
 
 it wanted, grewe, in continuance of time, to be the more 
 frequented. 
 
 But whereas the straight way was dangerous by reason of 
 flats and islands,^ the aforesaid king, Philadelphus, with his 
 armies, went on the side of Troglodytica, and in an hauen 
 called Berenice caused the ships to arriue^ which came out 
 of India, being a place of more suretie and lesse perill ; 
 from whence they might easily carrie the wares to the citie 
 of Coptus, and so to Alexandria. And by this meane Alex- 
 andria grew so famous and rich, that in those daies there 
 was no citie of the world comparable to it. And to speake 
 briefly and particularly of the abundance of trafiicke there 
 vsed,^ it is left written for an assured truth, that in the time 
 of king Ptolemey Auletes, father vnto Cleopatra, it yielded 
 in customes vnto him yeerly seuen millions and a halfe of 
 gold, although the traflicke was not then scant twenty yeeres 
 old, by way of that citie.^ 
 
 But after that this prouince and countrey became subiect 
 
 cisternas com q’ se sostem, de maneira q’ ficou esta estrada mais 
 frequentada. 
 
 ^ Dizem q’ por este estreito ser perigoso de baixos, Ilhas, Res- 
 tingas, foy este rey Philadelphos com seus exercitos da parte dos 
 Trogoditas & em hum porto q’ se chama Bereniche, mandou q’ se 
 descarregassem as naos que vinha da India por ser lugar mais 
 seguro & podiam chegar sem perigo donde as leuassem a cidade 
 do Copto & dahy a Alexandria : polla qual causa foy esta cidade 
 tarn prospera & rica que dize nam auer naq’lle tempo mais na redo- 
 deza. Veyo este trato em tanto crecimento q’ se escreue render 
 em tempo del Rey Tholomeu Aulete pay de Cleopatra sete contos 
 & meyo de ouro : & ainda naq’lla ydade nam auia mais de xx naos 
 neste maneyo. 
 
 ^ Mas despois de vir esta prouincia, em poder des Emperadores 
 
 * And sandbanks. ^ Ordered the ships to discharge. 
 
 ^ This traffick increased so much. 
 
 ^ Although there were not more than twenty large ships employed. 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 47 ' 
 
 to the emperours of Rome, as they were greater in power 
 and neerer in couetoiisnes, so they enhansed the customes ; 
 so that within a little time the citie yeelded double^ the 
 foresaide summe. For the trafficke grew so exceeding great, 
 that they sent euery yeere into India a hundred and twenty 
 ships laden with wares, which began to set saile from Myos- 
 Hormos about the middle of July, and returned backe 
 againe within one yeere. 
 
 The marchandise which they did carrie amounted vnto 
 one million two hundred thousand crownes f and there 
 was made in returne of euery crowne an hundred. In so 
 much, that by reason of this increase of wealth the matrones, 
 or noble women, of that time and place, spent infinitely in 
 decking themselues with precious stones, purple, pearles, 
 gum benzoin, frankincense, muske, amber, sandal wood, 
 aloes, and other perfumes, and trinkets, and the like ; 
 whereof the writers and historians of that age speake very 
 greatly. 
 
 Cornelius Nepos, alleaged by Plinie, maketh report of a 
 king of Egypt that reigned in his time, called Ptolema;us 
 
 de Roma, como eram mais poderosos, ou cobigosos, em pouco 
 tempo Ihes rendeo o tres dobro : & veo em tanto crecimento, que 
 mandauao em cada hum anno aa India cento & vinte naos de car- 
 rega, partiam de Miosormo meado lulho, & tornauam detro em 
 hu anno : as mercadorias q’ leuauam, dizem q’ valeriam hum mil- 
 hao douro & dozentos mil cruzados, & no retorno faziam cento de 
 hu. Ea fora isto as matronas despendia em cada hu anno muyto 
 infindo dinheiro em pedraria, pulpura, alsofre, bejoim, encenso, 
 almiscre, ambar, sandalos, aguila, & outros cheiros & brinquinhos, 
 nisto se affirmam os escritores daq’lle tempo. 
 
 ^ Tambe escreue Plinio, citando Cornelio Nepote que em su 
 tempo ouue hum rey no Egipto q’ se chamou Tholomeu latiro, & 
 
 1 Three times the double. 
 
 ^ This may mean either one million of gold and two hundred thousand 
 crusadoes, — or, one million two hundred thousand crusadoes. 
 
 Plinius. lib. 
 12, cap. 18. 
 
 Plinius, lib. 
 2, cap. C7. 
 
48 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 Lathyrus, from whom one Eudoxus fled vpon occasion, and 
 the better to auoid and escape his hands, he passed through 
 the Arabicke gulfe, and the sea all along the coast of Africa 
 and the cape of Bona Speranca, till he came vnto the island 
 of Cadiz ; and this nauigation by that course was, in those 
 daies, as often vsed as now it is, if we may giue credit 
 to the histories : which appeereth the more manifest by 
 this, that Cains Caesar, the sonne of Augustus, going into 
 Arabia did flnde in the Bed Sea certaine peeces of those 
 ships which came thither out of Spaine. It was a vse, also, 
 long after those daies, to passe to India by land. For so 
 did the kings of the Soldans and the princes of Bactria, 
 and other famous captaines, who trauailing thither and into 
 Scythia by land, had the view of these prouinces and 
 countreyes so farre till they came that way vnto the 
 west,i and to the seas thereof on the north part, whereunto 
 many marchants then did trauaile.^ Marcus Paulus Venetus 
 • writeth much hereof. And although at the first his booke 
 was taken for a fabulous thing, yet now there is better 
 
 hu Edoxo fogindo delle pello golfam Arabico veyo polo mar ao 
 logo da costa Dafrica & cabo de boa esperan9a a ilha de Calex, & 
 quere ainda que se vsasse esta nauega9am naquelle tepo como 
 agora : pelo qual o filho de Cayo Cesar Augusto andando na 
 Arabia achara neste mar Criteo peda90S de naos da feygam das 
 Despanha. 
 
 ^ Assi contam q’ os reys dos Siidianos & principe dos Batrianos 
 & outros capitaes famosos fora por terra a India & Sythia, & ouuera 
 vista daq’llas prouincias & terras todas ate ho leuante & mares 
 delles da parte do norte, & mercadores & caminhantes que se afiir- 
 mam andare por aquellas partes. Marco Paulo largas cousas 
 escreue dellas ainda que o auiam por fabuloso ja agora Ihe dao 
 mais credito por acharem nomes de terras, cidades, villas, Angras, 
 sitios & alturas conformes a suas escrituras. 
 
 1 East. 
 
 ^ And merchants and travellers declare they have gone in those parts. 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 49 
 
 credit giuen vnto it ; for that by the late experiences of 
 the trauailers and marchants of these daies into those parts, 
 the names of the countreyes, cities, and townes, [anchorages,] 
 with their situations, latitudes,^ and commodities are now 
 found true, as he and other historiographers of that time 
 haue reported. 
 
 In the 200 yeere before the Incarnation it is written, that 
 the Komanes sent an armie into India by sea against the 
 great Can of Cathaia, which, passing through the Straight 
 of Gibraltar, and running to the northwest, found, right 
 ouer against the Cape Finisterre, ten islands, wherein was 
 much tinne. And they may be those which were called 
 the Cassiterides, and being come to fifty degrees of latitude cassite- 
 they found a straight;* and passing through it towards the 
 west they arriued in the empire of India,^ and fought with lauSe 
 
 the king of Cathay, and so came backe againe vnto the citie 
 of Rome. Which thing howsoeuer it may seeme either 
 possible or not possible, true or not true, yet so I finde it 
 left to be recorded in the histories of that time. these be? 
 
 In the 100 yeere after the Incarnation of Christ, the em- 
 perour Traiane prepared an armie by sea vpon the riuers 
 
 ^ No anno de 200 antes da encarna^a de Christo dizem q’ os 
 Romaos niandarao hua armada a India c5tra ho gram cao do Ca- 
 thay o & saindo pello estreito de Gibaltar fora, correram ao Nor- 
 oeste, & defronte do cabo de Finis terra acharam dez ilhas em q’ 
 auia muyto estanho, & deuiao ser aq’llas q’ chamao Cassiteriacs & 
 posto em cincuenta graos daltura acharam hum estreito por onde 
 fora a ioeste a superior India, & pelejando com ho sehor de Cathayo 
 se tornaram a cidade de Roma, se he fabula ou certeza pula como 
 a achey escrita. 
 
 ^ No anno do cento despois da vinda de Christo ho Emperador 
 Trajano mandou fazer hua armada nos rios Eufrates, & Tigres foy 
 por elles as ilhas de Zizara, & estreito de Persya, sayram ao Mar 
 
 ' And latitudes agreeing with his writings. Or Upper India. 
 
50 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 Xiphilinus 
 in vita 
 Traiani. 
 
 Rome taken 
 by the 
 Gothes, 412. 
 
 The origi- 
 nal! of 
 Venice, 450. 
 
 Euphrates and Tigris, and departed from them and sailed to 
 the islands of Zyzara, and passing the Straight of Persia, 
 entred into the ocean sea, and sailed towards India all along 
 the coast till he came to that place where Alexander had 
 been, and there he tooke certaine ships which came from 
 Bengala, of whom he learned the state of that countrey. 
 But because he was then in yeeres and wearie with his 
 trauaile, but especially because he found there small re- 
 liefe for his armie, he returned backe. 
 
 After that the Bomanes had gotten the most part of the 
 world, there were in that age made many and notable dis- 
 coueries. But then came the Gothes, Moores, and other 
 barbarous nations, and destroied all. For in the yeere 412 
 after the Incarnation of Christ, they tooke the citie of Borne : 
 and the Yandales came out of Spaine and conquered Africa. 
 
 And in the yeere 450, the king called Atila destroyed 
 many cities in Italie : at which time the citie of Venice 
 began. And in this age the Frankes and Vandals entred 
 into France. 
 
 In the yeere 474 the empire of Borne was lost, and fell 
 from the Bomanes to the Gothes. 
 
 Oceano da India, & por aqnella costa nauegara alem donde Alex- 
 andre chegara, tomara naos que vinham de Bengala, de que se 
 enformara daquella terra & por ser velho & cansado & achar nella 
 pouco mantimento se tornara. 
 
 ^ Despois que os Bomaos senhorearam a melhor parte do mundo 
 se fizeram muytos & notaveis descobrimentos, mas vieram os Godos, 
 mouros & outros Barbaros & destroira tudo porq’ no anno 412 
 depois da encarnagao de Christo tomarao a cidade de Boma, & os 
 Vandalos sayra de Espanha a conquistar Africa. E no anno de 
 450 el rey Atilla destroyo muytas cidades dTtalia & come^ouse a 
 de Veneza, & neste tempo os Francos, & Vandalos entrarao em 
 Franca. E no anno de 474 se perdeo o Imperio de Roma & 
 despois disto vieram os Longobardos a Italia no qual tempo anda- 
 nam os demonios tarn soltos pella terra que tomaram a figura de 
 
AND ABODT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 51 
 
 And after this came the Lombards into Italie, namely in 
 the yeere 560 [in this period devils were let loose on the 
 earth, which took the form of Moses, and many of the de- 
 luded Jews were drowned in the sea]. 
 
 Also about this time the sect of the Arrians preuailed 
 greatly : and at this time one Merline, of England, was 
 famous for his prophecies. 
 
 To be short, in the veere 611 sproong vp the Mahumetane The sect of 
 
 ° ^ . Mahumet 
 
 sect and Morisco regiment,^ which by force inuaded both 
 Africa and Spaine. 
 
 By all this it may appeere, that in that age all the world 
 was in a huiiy burly, and all places very tumultuous [and 
 for four hundred years was so defaced and benighted], in so 
 much that trafficke and marchandise ceased : for no nation Trafficke 
 
 and uauiga- 
 
 durst trade one with another, neither by sea nor land : tioQ cease, 
 nothing as then remained stedfast, neither in monarchies nor 
 kingdomes, signiories, religions, lawes, artes, sciences, nor 
 nauigations. Nor so much as the records and writings of f 
 such things did remaine, but were all burnt and consumed 
 by the barbarous crueltie and vnbrideled power of the 
 Gothes : who became so couetous and ambitious, that they 
 purposed of themselues to begin a new world, and to roote 
 
 Moyses, & os lucleus enganados foram muytos no mar afogados 
 Ea seita Arriana preualecia. E Merlim em Inglaterra foi neste 
 tempo. E no anno de 611 foi Mahamede & os de sua seita, que 
 tomaram por forga Africa et Espanha. 
 
 ^ Assi que segundo paresce nestas idades todo mundo ardia, 
 por onde dizem q’ esteue quatro centos annos tarn apagado, & escu- 
 recido que nam ousaua nenhum pouo andar dua parte pera outra, 
 por mar nem terra, tarn grande abalo & mudan^-a se fez em tudo q’ 
 nhua cousa ficou em. sen ser, & estado ossi monarchias como rey- 
 nos, & senorios, religoes, leis, artes, sciecias, nauega^oes escrituras 
 q’ disso auia, foy tudo queimado, & consumido segundo conta, 
 porque os Godos eram tarn cobi^osos da gloria mundana q’ quise- 
 
 ^ Mahomet and those of his sect. 
 
52 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 Ramusius, 
 1 vol., fol. 
 373 , 
 
 out the memorie, and blot out the knowledge, of all other 
 nations besides.^ 
 
 But they that succeeded after these times in the govern- 
 ment of things, perceiuing the great and huge losse, that the 
 Christian world had by the want of trafficke and ceasing of 
 nauigation,^ whereby those commodities and marchandises 
 could not be spent, which before went ordinarily from one 
 nation to another by the vse of trade ; to the end that this 
 decay and losse might be repaired, and the treasures of the 
 east might be imparted with the west, as it was woont in the 
 times of quietnes and peaceable lining, they began to deuise 
 a way to passe to India, which was not as the former way 
 was by the Red Sea and the riuer Nilus, but a way of far- 
 ther sailing and farther length and cost also.^ For they 
 brought their ware vp the riuer Indus, and there vnladed 
 it, carrying it by land through the countrey of Paropanisus 
 by carauans vnto the prouince of Bactria, and then shipped 
 
 ram come 9 ar em si outro nouo mundo et q’ do passado na ouuesse 
 nhua memorias. 
 
 ^ Os que despois socederam sentindo tamanha perda e puerto^ 
 como era ho comercio & trato das gentes huas com as outras, & q’ 
 na podiam gastar suas mercadorias, nem auer as alheas sem este 
 meo determinaram de buscar maneira como se nam perdesse de 
 todo, & as mercadorias do leuante toruassem ao ponete como 
 sohiao. Desesperados de as trazeram polio mar roxo & rio Nilo, 
 abriram outro caminho, ainda q’ muito mais comprido & custoso, 
 porque as traziam pello rio Indo acima : & desembarcadas as pas- 
 saua por terra & portas Peraponesas a prouincia de Batriana & 
 
 1 The foregoing paragraph is very freely translated. 
 
 ^ And that neither could they dispose of their own goods nor have 
 others without it, determined to devise means by which all might not 
 be lost, but that the merchandize of the east might flow to the west as 
 before. 
 
 ^ Despairing of bringing them by the Red Sea and river Nile they 
 opened another route, though much longer and more costly. 
 
 ^ Prejuizo ? 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 53 
 
 it in barks on tbe riuer Oxus, which falleth into the Caspian 
 
 i the nuer 
 
 Sea, and so sailed oner that sea vnto an hanen of the riuer cSiJan ' 
 Rha, named Citracan or Astracan, and so vpwards in the said and oner 
 riuer which now is called Volga; and as it appeareth they caffa. 
 carried it to the citie of Nouogrode, in the prouince of 
 Resan, which now belongeth to the great duke of Moscouia, 
 standing toward the north in 5R degrees of latitude: and 
 therehence they trauailed oner land vnto the prouince of 
 Sarmatia, vnto the riuer Tanais, which is the diuision of 
 Europe from Asia ; where they againe laded it in barks, and 
 caried it downe the riuer, into the lake Meeotis, and to the 
 citie of Caffa, which in ancient time was called Theodosia, 
 which then belonged to the Genowais, who came thither 
 for those wares in their galliasses or great ships. 
 
 It is also left written, that the trade this way endured 
 vntill the raigne of Commodita, emperour of Armenia, who^ 
 prouided for a better course, and commanded this trafficke 
 of the spices to be conueied by the Caspian Sea, and so 
 through the kingdome of Hiberia, which now is called 
 Georgiana, and from thence they entred by the riuer Phasis, 
 
 embarcauanas no rio Oxo, que se mete no mar Caspio & yam a 
 hum porto do rio Ram, q’ se chama Sicatrum, et por este rio acima 
 q’ se agora diz Volga segundo parece as leuauam aa cidade de 
 Nouogardia, que he agora do gram Duque de Moscouia, & esta da 
 parte do norte em 57 graos d’altura & atrauessauam por terra a 
 prouincia de Sarmacia ao rio Tanais, q’ a deuide da Europa, onde 
 embarcaua & por elle abaixo as leuaua a alagoa Meotas & cidade 
 de Cafa que antigamente se dezia Theodosia & por ser de Genoeses 
 ■sdnham por ellas as suas galea^as. 
 
 ^ E dizem que durou este trato ate ho tepo do Commodita 
 Emperador Armenio que madou mudar este caminho ao rio Carius, 
 na fim do qual desembarcauam & atrauessauam ho Reyno de 
 Hiberia q’ se agora diz lorgiana, & tornauain a embarcar no rio 
 
 1 57 ? 
 
 ^ Ordered this route to be changed to the river Cariuscyrus or Kur. 
 
54 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 The marte 
 
 of spices at 
 
 Trape- 
 
 zunda, 
 
 Ramusius 
 
 ibidem. 
 
 Strabo, lib. 
 H. 
 
 Plinus, lib. 
 6, cap. 11. 
 
 Another 
 ■way to 
 Boghar, and 
 so by cara- 
 uans into 
 Persia by 
 the riuer of 
 Ganges. 
 
 now Phasso, into Pontus Euxinus, and so vnto the city of 
 Ph’apezunda, standing in 40 and odde degrees of northerly 
 latitude* And to that place came shipping for the mar- 
 chandises out of Europe and Africa. 
 
 It is further left recorded concerning this way of trafficke, 
 that Nicanor determined or had already begun to open 
 aboue 120 miles of land, which lieth betweene the Caspian 
 Sea and Pontus Euxinus, that they might come and goe by 
 water with their spices, drugs, and other commodities^ there 
 vsed. But^ in the meane time this mischiefe happened, 
 that Ptolemey Ceraunvs killed him, and by his death this 
 woorthy and famous enterprise ceased without effect. 
 
 But the other way being also at last lost by reason of the 
 wars of the Turks, it pleased God to open^ another way to 
 these marchandises [and others that were brought] from the 
 isle of Samatra, the citie of Malacca, and the island of Jaua, 
 vnto Bengala, and so carrying them vp the riuer Ganges 
 vnto the citie of Agra, from whence they trauailed ouer 
 
 Eacis : & por elle hiao ao mar de Latana & cidade de Trapezoda, 
 q’ esta em quarenta & tatos graos d’altura, onde vinha por estas 
 mercadorias as naos da Europa & Africa : & dize ainda que Nicana 
 determinaua ou tinha ja posto per ohra de abrir mais de cento & 
 vinte legoas de terra q’ ha deste mar Caspio ao Euxinio pera que 
 podesse yr & vir por agoa as especearias, drogas, & outras merca- 
 dorias que por aqui entam caminhauam, se ho nam matara Tholo- 
 meu Carauno, por onde na executou sen generoso pensamento, 
 
 ^ Assi que perdido este caminho, pellas guerras do grao Turco, 
 a industria huraana abrio logo outro a estas mercadorias & a outras 
 que traziam da ilha de Samatra, cidade de Malaca, ilha da Java: 
 a enseada de Begala, et pello rio Gaje acima as leuauam a cidade 
 Dagra, donde atrauessauam por terra a outra que estaa no rio 
 
 ^ Which travelled this way at that time. 
 
 ^ He was killed by Ptolemey Ceraunus, whereby he did not execute 
 his generous intention. 
 
 ^ Human industry opened. 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 55 
 
 land vnto another citie standing neere the riuer Indus, 
 named Boghar/ where they discharged, bicause the citie of 
 *Cabor^ standeth too farre within the land,^ being the prin- ^'Oi’Laor. 
 cipall citie of the Mogores.^ From thence they went forward 
 to the great citie of Samarcand, standing in the countrey of 
 Bactria ; and there the marchants of India, Persia, and 
 Turkic met, bringing thither their seuerall commodities, as 
 cloth of gold, veluets, chamolets, scarlet [carpets, felt] and 
 woollen clothes, which were carried'^ to Cathay and the cToTh^good 
 great kingdome of China : wherehence they brought againe d!S?or° 
 gold, sillier, precious stones, pearles, silke, muske [camphor, 
 aloes, sandal wood] and many other things of great value, 
 and much rubarbe. After this [it is said] these marchan- 
 dise, drugs, and spiceries were carried in ships vpon the onnus^Imi 
 Indian Sea vnto the Streight of Ormus, and to the riuers folrAieppo 
 Euphrates and Tigris, and were vnladen in the citie of 
 Balsara, standing in 31 degrees towards the north, and from 
 
 Indio qiie se chama Bacar, clonde hiam polio sertam dentro a cidade 
 de Cabor, qiie he a principal dos Mogores : & dahi a gram cidade 
 de Samarcante que estaa na prouincia de Batriana : & juntos os 
 mercadores da India, Persia, Turquia, que traziam borcados, velu- 
 dos, chamalotes, escarlatas, Alcatifas, fetros,® & outros panes de 
 lam que hiam gastando ate ho Cathayo & gram prouincia da China : 
 donde traziam ouro, prata, pedraria, Aljofre, seda, almisere, cam- 
 fora, aguila, sandalos, & muyto ruybarbo, & outras cousas que ca 
 tinham valia. 
 
 ^ Despois disto diz que leuarao estas mercadorias, drogas & 
 especearias, em naos polo mar Indico ao estreyto Bormuz, & rio 
 Eufrates & Tigres & as desembarcauam na cidade de Ba^ora, que 
 estaa em trinta & hum grao ao norte. Dahi hiam por terra aa 
 
 ^ Bokhara or Bukkur. ^ Cabul ? 
 
 ^ Whence they went further inland to the city of Cabor, which is the 
 capital of the Mogores. 
 
 ^ Moguls. ^ Which went to be consumed as far as. ® Feltros ? 
 
56 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 thence they were caried ouer land vnto the cities of Aleppo, 
 Damascus, and Barutti, standing on the same side, in 35 
 degrees. And there the Venetian gallies or galiiasses, which 
 transported pilgrims into the holy land, came and receiued 
 of those goods. 
 
 In the yeere 1153, in the time of Fredericke Barbarossa, 
 it is written that there came to Lubec, a citie of Germanie, 
 one canoa with certaine Indians, like vnto a long barge ; 
 which seemed to haue come from the coast of Baccalaos, 
 which standeth in the same latitude that Germanie doth.^ 
 The Germaines greatly woondered to see such a barge, and 
 such people, not knowing from whence they came, nor vnder- 
 standing their speech, especially because there was then no 
 knowledge of that countrey, as now there is : it may be 
 credible that though the boate was small in respect of those 
 huge seas, yet the winde and water might bring them 
 thither as we see in these our days that the Almadie, 
 
 cidade Dalepo, Damasco, Baruti, que estaa da mesma banda em 
 trinta & cinco graos : donde as vinham tomar as galees de Veneza, 
 que traziam romeiros a casa sancta. 
 
 No anno de 1353,^ em tempo do Emperador Federico Barba roxa, 
 diz q’ foy ter a Lubres cidade Dalemanha hua nao co certos Indies 
 em hua canoa, que sam nauios de remo, parecendo-se aos tones de 
 Cochim : pore esta canoa deuia de ser da costa da Florida bacal- 
 haos & aquella terra, por estar na mesma altura Dalemanha : de 
 que os Tudescos ficaram espantados do lal nauio & gente, por nam 
 saberem donde eram, nem entenderem sua lingoagem, nem terem 
 noticia daquella terra, como agora, porque bem os podia ali leuar 
 ho vento & agoa, como vemos que trazem as almadias de Quiloa, 
 
 ^ There came to Lubeck a vessel bringing certain Indians in a canoe, 
 which is a vessel propelled by oars, similar to the Cochin boats ; but this 
 canoe must have come from Florida, the country of cod fish, which lies 
 in about the same latitude as Germany. 
 
 ^ Nevertheless it is quite possible that the winds and currents might 
 bring them there, as we see, etc. ^ 1153 ? 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 57 
 
 which is but a small boate, commeth notwithstanding from 
 Quiloa, MosambiquOj and Sofala, to the island of St. Helena, 
 being a small spot of land standing in the maine ocean off 
 the coast of Bona Speranca so farre separated.^ 
 
 In the yeere loOO after the comming of Christ, the great 
 Soldan of Cayro commanded that the spiceries and drugs, 
 and marchandises of India, should be carried through the 
 Red Sea, as it was vsed before : at which time they vnladed 
 on the Arabian side, at the hauen of Juda, and carried them 
 vnto the house at Mecca, and the carriers of it were the 
 pilgrims.^ So that each prince vsed a custome to augment 
 the honour and increase the profite of his countrey. And 
 these Soldans had speciall regarde to Cayro, from whence 
 the wares were carried vnto the countreyes of Egypt, 
 
 Lybia, Africa, the kingdomes of Tunez, Tremessen, Fez, 
 Marocco, Suz : and some of it was carried beyond the 
 mountaines of Atlas vnto the citie of Tombuto, and the Tombuio. 
 kingdome of the Jalophos : vntill afterwards that the Portu- 
 
 Mogambique, Sofala, a ilha de sancta Ilena que he hum ponto de 
 terra, que estaa naquelle gram mar daquella costa & Cabo de boa 
 esperanga tarn separada. 
 
 ^ No anno de 1300 despoys da vinda de Christo ho gram Sol- 
 dam do Cayro mandou q’ tornassem as especiarias, drogas, mer- 
 cadorias das Indias ao mar Roxo, como ern principio acostumauam: 
 somente que desta vez desembarcauam da band a de Arabia, & 
 porto de Juda, as leuauam aa casa de Meca, & as carauanas q’ 
 hiao a ella em romaria as traziam dode cada hu era, por ennobrecer 
 sua terra, principalmente a cidade do Catro, dode as passauam 
 pola prouincia do Egipto, Libia, Africa, ao reyno de Tunez. Tre- 
 mecem, Fez, Marrocos, Sus, alguas leuaua alem dos monies Atlan- 
 ticos a cidade de Tungubutum, & reyno dos Jalopsos, ates que os 
 
 ^ Far separated from that coast and the Cape of Bona Speran§a. 
 
 2 And the caravans that went there in pilgrimage carried them, each 
 to ennoble or enrich their own country ; principally to the city of Cairo, 
 whence the caravans passed by the province of Egypt, Libia, Africa, to 
 the kingdom of Tunez, etc. 
 
 8 
 
58 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 gals did bring it about the Cape of Bona Speranca vnto the 
 citie of Lisbone, as in place conuenient we purpose to shew 
 more at large.^ 
 
 In the yeere 1344, king Peter, the fourth of that name, 
 reigning in Arragon, the chronicles^ of his time report, that 
 one Don Luis of Cerda, sonne vnto the sonne of Don John 
 of Cerda, craued aide of him to goe and to conquere the 
 The canarie isles of the Canaries, standing in 28 degrees of latitude to 
 the north, because they were giuen vnto him by Pope Cle- 
 ment the Pirst, which was a French man. Whereby in 
 those dales there grew a knowledge of those islands in all 
 Europe, and specially in Spaine : for such great princes 
 would not begin nor enterprise things of such moment with- 
 out great certaintie. 
 
 About this time also the island of Madera was discouered 
 by MacSm, degrees] by an English man called Macham : who 
 
 Sailing out of England into Spaine, with a woman of 
 his,^ was driuen out of his direct course by a tempest, and 
 arrived in that island, and cast his anker in that hauen. 
 
 Portugueses as trouxeram Polo cabo de boa esperaga aa nobre 
 cidade de Lisboa, corno se diraa a seu tempo. 
 
 ^ No anno de 1344 reynando dom Pedro Daragam ho quarto, 
 dizem os coronistas de seu tepo, que Ihe pedio ajuda dom Luys 
 de la cerda neto de dom Joam de lacerda pera ir coquistar as ilhas 
 Canarias que estam em vintoyto graos desta mesma banda, por 
 Ihe sere dadas polo Papa Clemente vj natural de Franca. E 
 segundo isto ja naquelle tempo auia muyta noticia daquellas ilhas 
 por toda Europa, quanto mays e Espanha, porque tamanhos prin- 
 cipes nam se auiam de mouer a esta empresa sem muyta certeza. 
 
 ^ Tambem quere que neste meyo tempo fosse a ilha da Madeira 
 descuberta, que esta em trinta & dous graos, por hum Ingres que 
 se chama Machim, que vindo de Inglaterra pera Espanha com 
 hua molher furtada, fora ter a ilha co tormenta, & fundiaram naq’lle 
 
 1 At the proper time. 
 
 ^ Having run away with a woman. 
 
 ^ Chroniclers. 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 59 
 
 which now is called Machico, after the name of Macham. 
 And bicause his louer^ was then seasicke, he there went on 
 land with some of his companie, and in the meane time his 
 ship weyed and put to sea, leauing him there : whereupon 
 his louer for thought died.^ Macham^ which greatly loued 
 her, built in the island a chappell or hermitage to burie her 
 in, calling it by the name of Jesus Chappell : and wrote or 
 graued vpon the stone of her tombe his name and hers, and 
 the occasion whereupon they arriued there. After this he 
 made himselfe a boate all of a tr^e, the trees being there of a 
 great compasse about, and went to sea in it with those men 
 of his companie that were left with him, and fell with ^ the 
 coast of Africke without saile or oare, and the Moores 
 among whom he came tooke it for a miracle, and presented 
 him vnto the king of that countrey : and that king also ad- 
 miring the accident, sent him and his companie vnto the 
 king of Castile. 
 
 In the yeere 1395,^ king Henrie the third of that name 
 reigning in Castile, the information which Macham gaue of 
 this island, and also the ship wherein he went thither. 
 
 porto que se agora chama Manchico, de seu nome tornado, & pella 
 amiga vir do mar enjoada sayo em terra com algus da companhia, 
 & a nao co tempo se fez a vela, & ella faleceo danojada. Machim 
 q’ a muyto amaua pera sua sepultura fez hua ermida do bo Jesu, 
 & escreueo em hua pedra o nome sen & della : & a causa q’ os ali 
 trouxera, & poslha por cabeceira : & ordenon hu barco do tronco 
 de hiia aruore, q’ ali auia muyto grossos & embarcouse nelle com os 
 q’ tinha, & fora ter a costa Dafrica sem velas, nem remos. Os mouros 
 ouuera isto porcousa milagrosa, & por tal os apresentaram ao senor 
 da terra, & elle pella mesma causa os mandou a el rey de Castella. 
 
 ^ No anno de 1393 reynando em Castcla el rey dom Enrique iij 
 pela enforma^am q’ Machim desta ilha dera, & a nao d’ sua cojDan- 
 
 ^ Mistress. 
 
 ^ x\nd in the meantime the ships made sail and she died of grief. 
 ^ Reached. ^ ^393 'l 
 
60 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 The first 
 discouerie 
 of the Cana- 
 ries by the 
 Christians, 
 1405. 
 
 The first 
 conquest 
 of the Por- 
 tugals in 
 Barbarie, 
 1415. 
 
 This vie- 
 torie was 
 gotten by 
 the helpe of 
 the English 
 as Wal- 
 singham 
 writeth. 
 
 moued many of France and of Castile to goe and discouer 
 it, and the great Canarie : and they which went were prin- 
 cipally the Andaluzes, the Biscaines, and the Guepuscoes, 
 carrying with them many people and horses. But I know 
 not whether the charge of that voiage was theirs or the 
 kings. But by whom soeuer it was set out, they seeme to 
 be the first that discouered the Canaries and landed in them, 
 where also they tooke 150 of the islanders prisoners. Con- 
 cerning the time of this discouerie, there is some difference 
 among the writers, for some affirme this to be done in the 
 yeere 1405. 
 
 The chroniclers of Portugall haue this record, that after 
 the incarnation of Christ 1411-16, [in the month of July], 
 king John the first of that name king of Portugall, 
 departed from the citie of Lisbon with the Prince Don 
 Duarte or Edward, and Don Peter and Don Henry his 
 sonnes, with other lords and nobles of his realme, and sailed 
 into Africa, where he tooke the great citie of Ceuta, stand- 
 ing on the north side thereof, betweene 35 and 36 degrees 
 in latitude : which was one of the principall causes of the 
 enlarging of the dominions of Portugall.^ 
 
 hia, moueo a muytos de Fran 9 a & Castela ire a descobrirla & a gram 
 Canaria, principalmente Andalezes Bizcainhos, Lepuzcos : leuado 
 assaz gente & caualos, mas na sey se foi isto a sua custa, se d’el 
 rey: como quer que seja, querem q’ fossem os primeiros que 
 ouiiessem vista das Canarias, & saissem nellas, & captiuassem 
 cento & cincoeta pessoas outros querem q’ fosse isto no anno de 
 1405. 
 
 Segundo os nossos cronistas deyxara escripto, despoys da encar- 
 nagam de Christo 1411 ou 16 annos, no mes de Julho partio el rey 
 do Joam o primeyro de Portugal da cidade de Lisboa, & o principe 
 dora Duarte, & o ifante do Pedro, & dom Aurique seus filhos, & 
 outros senhores & nobres do reyno pera Africa, & tomaram a gram 
 
 ^ Spain. Ceuta was afterwards annexed to Spain, and finally ceded 
 in 1668. 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 61 
 
 When they were come from thence, Henry, the kings 
 third sonne, desirous to enlarge the kingdome and to dis- 
 couer strange and unknowne countryes,^ being then in 
 Algarbe [at Cape St. Vincent] gaue direction for the dis- 
 couery of the coast of Mauritania. For in those daies none Joimde 
 of the Portugals had euer passed the Cape de Non, stand- 
 ing in 29 degrees of latitude. And for the better accom- ^Ipe^de 
 plishing of this discouerie, the aforesaid Don Henry pre- 
 pared a fleete, and gaue commandement to the chiefe cap- 
 taines to proceede in discouerie from the aforesaide cape 
 forward which they did. But when they came to another 
 cape named Bojador, there was not one of them that durst 
 goe farther or beyond it at which fearefull and cowardly 
 faintnes of theirs the prince was exceedingly displeased. 
 
 In the yeere 1417, king John the second reigning in 
 Castile, and his mother, Ladie Katharine, then vsing the 
 gouernment, one Monsieur Ruben of Bracamonte, which 
 
 cidade de Ceyta, que esta da parte do norte em trita & cinco ate 
 seys graos d’altura, que foy hua das principays causas, alargarense 
 os termos Desj)anha. 
 
 ^ Vindos de la, o ifante dom Anrique desejoso de acrecetar este 
 reyno, & descobrir outro mudo nouo, se’^assentoii no algarue ao 
 cabo de sa Vicente, donde come^ou a mandar descobrira costa de 
 Mauritania, porque naquelle tepo ne nhu Portugues passaua do 
 cabo de Nao, q’ esta em xxix graos daltura. E pera isto se por 
 em effeyto, mandou ho Ifante aparelhar certos nauios : & deo aos 
 capitaes por regimento q’ deste cabo por diante fosse sen desco- 
 brimento : elles assi o faziam, mas como chegauao a outro q’ se 
 chama Bojador, nenhua pessoa ousaua auenturar a vida: de q’ o 
 Ifante andaua assaz agastado. 
 
 ^ No anno de 1417 reynando em Castela dom Joam ho ij & 
 gouernando sua may dona Caterina, hum Mossem Rubem de Bra- 
 
 ^ Another new world. 
 
 ^ And instructed the captains that from this cape forwards should be 
 his own discovery. 
 
 ^ Burst risk his life. 
 
62 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 The Cana- 
 rie Islands 
 conquered. 
 
 Porte 
 
 Santo. 
 
 was then admirall of France, craned the conquest of the 
 islands of the Canaries, with the title to be king of them, 
 for a kinsman of his called Monsieur John Betancourt : 
 which being granted him by the queene, and farther also 
 partly furnished out, he departed from Siuill with a goode 
 armie : but the chiefe or principall cause that mooned him 
 to enter into this action, was to discouer and perfectly to 
 take a view of the island of Madera, whereof Macham before 
 had giuen so much information^ But for all that he went 
 vnto the Canaries, and carried with him a friar called Mendo 
 to be as bishop thereof, admitted by Pope Martine the fift. 
 When they were landed they wonne Lancerota, Forteuen- 
 tura, Gomera, and Ferro : from whence they sent into 
 Spaine many slaues, honie, waxe, camfora or camfire, hides, 
 orchall, figs, sanguis draconis, and other marchandises, 
 whereof they made good profit : and this armie also as they 
 report, discouered Porto Santo. The island that they in- 
 habited was Lancerota, where they built in it a castle of 
 stone for their better defence and securitie.^ 
 
 camonte que fora almirante de Franga, Ihe pedira a coquista das 
 ilhas Canarias, co titolo de rey pera hu seu parente, q’ se chamaua 
 Mossem lam Betancor, & que a raynha lhas dera & ho ajudara. 
 Partio de Seuilha com boa armada, & querem ainda que a prin- 
 cipal causa que a isto ho mouera era descobrir a ilha da Madeyra, 
 que Machim achara : mas foram ter as Canarias, leuando consign 
 hu Frey Mendo pera Bispo della, concedido pelo Papa Martinho 
 quinto. Saidos em terra ganharam Langarote, Forte vetura, 
 Gomeyra, & ho Ferro, dode mandaram a Espanha muytos escra» 
 uos, mel, cera, cafora, couros, orchiga, figos, sangue de dragam, & 
 outras mercadorias, em que fizeram bom dinheyro, por q’ esta 
 armada diz que descobrio a ilha de Porto sancto, assentaram em 
 Langarote, onde fizeram hum castelo de pedra & barro, c5 que 
 sostineram o que tinham ganhado. 
 
 ’ Which Machan had found out. ^ To secure what they had gained. 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 63 
 
 In the yeere 1418 one John Gonzales Zarco, and Tristam John de 
 Yaz Teixera, householde gentlemen vnto Don Henry thecRcad. i, 
 
 . . . . ‘ lib. i, cap. 2. 
 
 kings third sonne, perceiuing the desire that their master 
 had to discouer new countreyes, and willing in that course 
 to doe him some seruice^ craued of him a barke, and licence 
 to vndertake the action : which they obtained, and sailed to 
 the coast of Africa : where they were ouertaken with a 
 terrible tempest J but they were succoured by falling with 
 the land, and entring into an hauen called Santo, where 
 they landed, and remained two yeeres. 
 
 In the yeere 1420 they discouered the Island of Madera Banos, 
 [and passed ouer to it], where they founde the chappell and iib.i,ca’p.3. 
 
 The chap- 
 
 the stone and tomhe, whereupon the foresaide Macham had pen buut 
 
 ^ bj' Macham 
 
 grauen his name.^ There are others that write that a cer- 
 taine Castillian, perceiuing the desire and fauour to naui- 
 gation which Don Henry had,^ told him that they had found 
 the Island of Porto Santo ; which being but a small thing Porto santo 
 
 No anno de 1418 Vendo Joam gongaluez ho zarco, & Tristam 
 vaz teixeyra, caualeyros da casa do Ifante, os desejos qne elle 
 tinha de descobrir terra : & elles de ho seruirem na tal impresa, 
 Ihe pediram hum nauio & licenga em que foram a este descobri- 
 mento, & junto da costa de Africa Ihes deu tal tormenta que se na 
 poderam j untar a ella, & se perderam de todo se os Deos nam 
 socorrera co Ihes amostrar hua terra & porto a que poseram nome 
 sancto, onde se saluaram : & estiueram aqui dous annos. No 
 anno de 1420 descobriram as ilhas da madeira, & se passaram a 
 ella, onde ainda acharam a hirmida & pedra que contaua, como 
 Machim ali estiuera. Outros dizem que vendo hum Castelhano 
 os desejos que ho Infante tinha de descobrir nouo mundo, Ihe 
 dera conta como elles acharam a ilha do Porto sancto, & por scr 
 
 ^ And near the African coast they fell in with such a tempest that 
 they could not reach it, and they would have been lost had not God 
 succoured them by showing them a haven, which they named Sancto, 
 where they saved themselves. 
 
 2 Which Machan placed there, as already related, 
 
 ^ The desire the Infante h ad to discover a new world. 
 
64 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 The Cana- 
 rie Islands 
 sold oner to 
 a Spanyard. 
 
 they made no reckoning of it. Don Henry sent Bartholo- 
 mew Perestrello, John Gonzales Zarco, Tristam Vaz Teixera, 
 and by the signes and likelyhoods that they had receiued, 
 they went to Porto Santo, and there remained two yeeres : 
 and after that, namely in the yeere 1420, they sailed also to 
 the Island of Madera, where they found the memoriall and 
 monument of the aforesaide Macham the English man. 
 
 As for Monsieur Betancourt, who entred into the conquest 
 of the Canaries as is aboue mentioned, he was slaine in the 
 middest of the action, and left behind him for his heire a 
 kinseman of his called Monsieur Menante, who after that 
 sold the said Islands of the Canaries vnto one Peter Barba 
 of Siuill. There are other which speake otherwise, and 
 say that the Monsieur John Betancourt went into France to 
 prepare a new army about this conquest, and left there a 
 nephew of his ; who, because he heard no more of his 
 vncle, and sawe that he could not maintaine the warres any 
 longer, he solde the Canaries to Don Henry the king of 
 Portugals third sonne, for a certaine thing that he gave him 
 in the Island of Madera. 
 
 coiisa pequena nam faziam della estima. Que foy causa de man- 
 dar la ho Ifante Bertolameu perestrelo, Joam goncaluez ho zarco, 
 Tristam vaz teyxeira: & polos sinaes & derrotas que ho Castelhano 
 dera do Porto sancto, foram ter a elle & despoys de ali estar dous 
 annos, no de 1420 se passaram a ilha da madeyra, onde acharam 
 como Machim ali estiuera. 
 
 ^ Estando assi Mossem Joam Betancort na coquista das Cana- 
 rias (como he dito) dizem que ho mataram, & deixara por seu 
 herdeiro hum parente que se chamaua Mossem Menante, & q’ este 
 as vendera a hum Pero Barba de Seuilha. Outros quere dizer q’ 
 Mossem Joam Betancort se fosse a Franqa refazer de nouo pera 
 esta conquista, & deixara aly hu sobrinho, & como nunca mays 
 de la viera, vendo ho parente que nam podia sostentar a guerra, 
 vendera as Canarias ao Ifante dom Anrique por certa cousa que 
 Ihe dera na ilha da Madeira. 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 65 
 
 In the yeere 1424 they write that the saide Don Henry Banos, 
 
 ^ ^ / decad.l, lib. 
 
 prepared a nauie and armie to conquer these islands, wherein 
 there went as captaine general!, one Don Fernando de 
 Castro ; and by reason of the valiantnes and warlike beha- 
 uiour of the people they had the repulse : whereupon Don 
 Ferdinando, considering the great charge, and little or no 
 good successe, he gave ouer the action, and returned backe 
 again e. After this Don Henry resigned ouer these islandes 
 to the crowne of Castile, in consideration of the aides which 
 Betancourt had receiued. But the Castillians agree not 
 vnto this report. For they say, that neither the kings of 
 Portugall nor Don Henry would render the islands, till 
 they came in question before Pope Eugenius the fourth [a 
 Venetian] ; who fully vnderstanding the matter, gaue the 
 conquest of the islands by order of iudgement vnto the king Thecana- 
 [Don John] of Castile in the yeere 1431, whereupon this SlpS'L 
 contention ceased touching the title of the Canaries be- 1431 ^^^^ 
 tweene the kings of Portugall and of Castile. 
 
 These islands being in number seuen, were called by the 
 name of [the Blessed or] Fortunatee, standing in 28 degrees 
 
 No anno de 1424 diz qne mandou o Ifante fazer hua armada para 
 coquista destas ilhas, hia por capitam mor della d5 Fernando de 
 castro, & como as gentes deltas eram belicosas, defenderam bera 
 suas casas. E vendo dom Fernando ho grande gasto q’ fazia, se 
 tornoU; & despois ho Ifante alargou esta terra a coroa de Castella 
 pellas ajudas q’ Abetacor dera. Mas os Castelhanos contain isto 
 doutra maneira, qne nem os Keys de Portugal ne o Infante do 
 Anrique as quiseram alargar, ate chegarem a direito diante do 
 Papa Eugenio quarto Venezeano, ho qual vido isto deu a coquista 
 daquelas ilhas por senten 9 a a el Rey dom Joam de Castella, no 
 anno de trinta & hu, por onde cessou esta contenda das Canarias 
 ante os Reis de Portugal, & Castella. 
 
 ^ Estas ilhas das Canarias diz q’ sam scte & q’ se chamaua as 
 Beatas ou bcm Afortunadas, cstao em vintoito graos da parte do 
 nortc, te o mayor dia de trczc oras, & a noitc de outras tatas, cstam 
 
66 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 The ancient 
 mauers of 
 the C ana- 
 rians. 
 
 The com- 
 modities of 
 the Cana- 
 ries. 
 
 A tree yeel cl- 
 ing abund- 
 ance of 
 water in 
 Ferro. 
 
 to the north : where the longest day is but 13 bowers, and 
 the longest night as much, lying distant from Spaine SOO 
 leagues, and from the coast of Africa 18^ leagues. [In times 
 past] the people were idolaters, and did eate their flesh raw 
 for want of fire : they had no iron, and sowed without any 
 toole : they tilled and raised the ground with (oxe homes 
 and) goats homes. Euery island did speake a seuerall 
 language. They tooke many wines, and knew them not 
 carnally vntill they had deliuered them to the superiours. 
 They had diners other (Paganish)^ customes : but now the 
 Christian faith is planted among them. 
 
 The commodities of these islands are wheate, barley, 
 sugar, wine, and certaine birdes, called Canarie birdes, 
 much esteemed in Spaine and other places. 
 
 In the Island of Ferro they haue none other water, but 
 that which proceedeth in the night from a tree, compassed 
 with a cloud, whence water issueth, seruing the whole 
 island, both men and cattell, a thing notorious and knowne 
 to very many. 
 
 In the yeere 1428 it is written that Don Peter, the king 
 
 de Espanha duzentas legoas, & da costa de Africa dezasete. Em 
 tepos passados adoraua os ydolos, comia came crua, por falta de 
 fogo, nam tinham ferro, semeaua sem nada, lauraua a terra com 
 cornos de bodes, & cabras, cada ilha falaua sua lingoagem, casa- 
 uase CO muitas molheres, & primeiro que as conhecessem as dauam 
 aos senhores : tinham outros diuersos custumes, agora todos sam 
 da ley de Christo, tern muito trigo, ceuada, agucares, vinho, & hus 
 passaros q’ chama canaries, que em Espanha sam estimados. Na 
 ilha do Ferro nam ha outra agoa senam a que de noite deita hua 
 aruore, sobre q’ esta hua nuue, desta bebem as gentes, & gados, 
 cousa a todos muy notorio. 
 
 No anno de 1428 diz q’ foy o Infante dom Pedro a Inglaterra, 
 
 1 17, 
 
 ^ Dele. 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 67 
 
 of Portugals eldest sonne, was a great traueller. He went 
 into England, France, Almaine, and from thence into the 
 Holy Land, and to other places ; and came home by Italie, 
 taking K-ome and Venice in his way : from whence he 
 brought a map of the world, which had all the parts of the 
 world and earth described. The Streight of Magelan was 
 called in it The Dragons taile : The Cape of Bona Speranca, 
 The forefront of Afrike, (and so foorth of other places :)^ by 
 which map Don Henry the kings third sonne was much 
 helped and furthered in his discoueries. 
 
 It was tolde me by Francis de Sosa Tauares, that in the 
 yeere 1528, Don Fernando, the kings sonne and heire, did 
 shew him a map, which was found in the studied of Alco- 
 baza, which had beene made 120 yeeres before, which map 
 did set foorth all the nauigation of the East Indies, with the 
 Cape of Bona Speranca, according as our later maps haue 
 described it. Whereby it appeereth, that in ancient time 
 there was as much or more discouered, then now there is. 
 Notwithstanding all the trauaile, paines, and expences in 
 this action of Don Henry, yet he was neuer wearie of his 
 
 A most 
 rare and 
 excellent 
 map of the 
 world. 
 
 A great 
 helpe to 
 Don Henry 
 in his dis- 
 
 As much 
 discouered 
 iu ancient 
 times as 
 now is. 
 Barros, 
 decad. 1, 
 lib. 1, cap. 4. 
 
 Franga, Alemanha, a casa sancta, & a outras de aquella bada, 
 tornou por Italia, esteue em Roma, & Veneza, trouxe de la hu 
 Mapamundo q’ tinha todo ambito da terra, & o estreito do Magal- 
 haes se chamaua, Cola do dragam, o cabo de Boa esperanga, frun- 
 teira de Africa, & q’ deste padram se ajudara ho Infante doni 
 Anrrique em sen descobrimento. Francisco de sousa tauarez me 
 disse q’ no anno de 1528 ho Infante dom Fernando Ihe amostrara 
 hua Mapa que se achara no cartorio Dalcobaga que auia mais de 
 cento & vinte annos que era feito, o qual tinha toda naiiegagam da 
 India, com ho cabo de Boa csperanga, como as dagora, se assi he 
 isto, ja em tempo passado era tanto como agoro, on mais dcscu- 
 berto. 
 
 Com todo do traballio & gasto que ho Ifante dom Aurique tinlia 
 
 ^ I)cie, 
 
 ^ Collection. 
 
Cape Boja- 
 dor first 
 passed, 
 anuo 1132. 
 
 The death 
 of Don 
 John the 
 first of 
 Portugall. 
 
 Barros, 
 decad. 1, 
 lib. 1, cap. 5 
 
 68 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 purposed discoueries. At length there was a seruant of his 
 called Gilianes^ that first passed the Cape Bojador, a place 
 before terrible to all men : and he brought word that it was 
 not so dangerous as it was reported : for on the other side 
 of it he went on land, and in maner of taking possession, set 
 in the ground a crosse of wood, to be as a marke and token 
 afterwards of his discouery so farre. 
 
 In the yeere 1433, in the moneth of August, Don John 
 died, and his sonne, Don Duarte or Edward, succeeded him 
 in the kingdome. 
 
 In the yeere 1434 Don Henry sent out one Alfonso Gon- 
 sales Baldaia [a sea captain] and Gilianes aforesaid, and they 
 went to another cape, which was beyond the former, and 
 going on land perceiued the countrey to be inhabited : and 
 because they were desirous to satisfie Don Henry with as 
 much relation and knowledge as they could get, they con- 
 tinued their voyage, and went forward, till they came to a 
 certaine point of land, from whence they turned backe 
 againe. 
 
 In the yeere 1438 king Edward, whom the Portugals 
 
 feyto, nunca desistio de seu preposito & descobrimento, & pera isso 
 mandou a elle Gilianes seu criado, q’ foy ho primeiro que passou 
 ho cabo Bojador, tanto por todos arreceado, & trouxe noua nam 
 ser ta perigoso como se dezia, da outra bada sayo em terra, & como 
 quern tomaua posse, pos hua Cruz de pao nella por marco : & no 
 anno de 1433 no mes de Agosto faleceo el Rey dom Joam, & 
 aleuantaram por Rey dom Duarte seu filho. 
 
 ^ No anno de 1434 madou ho Ifante d5 Anrrique Afonso gon- 
 ^aluez baldaya, capitam de hu nauio, & Gilianes que descobrio o 
 cabo em outro cabo alem delle, saydos em terra conhecera ser 
 pouoada, & como sabiam q’ ho Infante desejaua auer della lingua 
 fora ter a hua pota sem ver neuhua cousa, donde se tornaram, & 
 
 ^ And to pursue them he sent forth a servant, etc. 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 69 
 
 call Don Duarte, died, and Don Alplionso the prince being 
 yoong, Don Peter his vncle gouerned the kingdome. 
 
 In the yeere 1441 Don Henry sent out two ships, and the 
 captaines were, in the one Tristan, and Antonie Gonsales in 
 the other. Being put to sea they tooke a prise vpon the 
 coast, and sailed on to Cape Blanco, that is the White Cape, 
 standing in 20 degrees, and informed Don Henry of the 
 state of that coiltrey by the Moores which they brought 
 from thence. Whereupon he sent one Fernan Lopez de 
 Sanado to give knowledge thereof to Pope Martine, trusting 
 to make these things commodious to Holy Church. Ypon 
 which knowledge the Pope^ granted indulgences and euer- 
 lasting pardon, and all other things demanded of him, vnto 
 those which should die in this enterprise. 
 
 After this, in the yeere 1443, Don Henry commanded 
 Antonie Gonsales to carrie backe the slaves which he had 
 brought and to ransome them in their country, (which he 
 did),^ and the Moores gaue them in trucke for them againe 
 blacke Moores with curled haire, and some gold ; so that 
 
 no anno de 1438 faleceo el Rey dom Duarte : & pelo Principe do 
 Afonso hear menino gouernou ho Infante dom Podro suo tio. 
 
 ^ No anno de 1441 mandoii ho Infante dom Anrriq’ dous 
 nauios, capitaes delles Nuno tristam & Antam gonqaluez, sairam 
 na costa, & fizeram presa, & chegaram ao cabo Branco, qiie esta 
 em vinte graos, enformado ho Infante das cousas daquella terra 
 jielos mouros q’ estes trouxeram, mandou Ferna lopez dazeuedo 
 dar cota ao Papa Martinho do que passaua, & como esperaua re- 
 sultar gram proueito aa sancta madre igreja, ho Papa Ihe concedeo 
 indulgecia & doaQam perpetua, & tudo o mais que pedia a os que 
 nesta empresa falecessem. 
 
 ^ Despois disto no anno de 1443 mandou ho Infante Antam 
 go 9 aluez resgatar os escrauos q’ trouxera, & os mouros dera por 
 elles negros de cabelos reuolto, & algum ouro : donde ficou nome 
 
 ^ And as the Pope hoped that great advantage would result to 
 Holy Church, etc., etc. ” Belc. 
 
 The death 
 of Dou 
 Duarte king 
 of Portugall. 
 
 Barros, 
 decad. 1, 
 lib. 1, cap. G. 
 
 Cape 
 
 Blanco. 
 
 Indulgences 
 granted to 
 encourage 
 to this 
 enterprise. 
 
 Barros, 
 decad. 1, 
 lib. 1, cap. 7. 
 
70 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 Rio de Oro, 
 why so 
 culled. 
 
 The Islands 
 of Arguiu. 
 
 The Islands 
 of Garze. 
 
 Barros, 
 decad. 1, 
 lib. 1, cap. 9. 
 
 Angra de 
 Gonsaluo 
 de Syntra. 
 
 now that place is called Rio de Oro, that is, the Golden 
 Riuer, whereby the desire of the discouerie might be^ the 
 more increased. 
 
 Not long after he sent out another, named Nunnez Tris- 
 tan, who came vnto the Islands of Arguin, where he tooke 
 more slaves, and brought them to Portugall, in the yeere 
 [following] 1444. 
 
 Hereupon, also, one Lansarote, a groome of Don Gilians 
 chamber,^ with others associated with him, armed out certaine 
 ships, which went coasting til they came to the Islands of 
 Garze, where they tooke [nearly] two hundred slaves, which 
 were the first that were brought from thence to Portugall. 
 
 In the yeere 1445, there went, as captain of a bark, one 
 Gonsala de Syntra, an esquire belonging to Don Henry, 
 into those parts ; and he went on land, where he was taken 
 with sixe or seuen more of his company, which place was 
 therefore called after his name, Angra de Gonsaluo de 
 Syntra. This was the first losse, which the Portugals re- 
 ceived in their discoueries. 
 
 In the yeere following, Don Henry sent out three cara- 
 uels, wherein went as captaines, Antonie Gonsales, Diego 
 
 rio douro, & mais acrecentou ho desejo ao descobrimento : & por 
 isso foy logo la Nuno tristam, & chegou as ilhas Darguim, donde 
 fez presa, & se tornou co ella no anno seguinte de 1444. Lan^a- 
 rote mogo da camara do Infante, Gilianes, & outros armaram certos 
 nauios, foram por costa ate as ilhas da Gar 9 a, tomarao perto de 
 dozentas almas, que fora as primeiras que ate entam de laa 
 vieram. 
 
 ^ No anno de 1445 foy por capitam de hum nauio Goii 9 alo de 
 Sintra escudeiro do Infante, saidos em terra nua Angra que se 
 agora chama de seu nome, tomaram os mouros com seys ou sete 
 copanheiros, foy esta a primeira perda que recebeo Portugal desta 
 epresa & no anno seguinte mandou ho Infante tres carauellas, & 
 
 ^ Was. 
 
 2 Groom of the chamber to the Infant, Don Gilians, etc. 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIBST TRAVELLED. 
 
 71 
 
 Aloizio^ and Gomez Perez, who had their direction not to 
 enter into Pio de Oro, nor to beare themselves disorderly, but 
 to trauaile in peace, and to conuert as many infidels as they 
 could to Christianitie. But none of these things were per- 
 formed by them ; for they returned without doing any 
 memorable act. 
 
 In the same yeere, 1446, another esquire belonging to 
 the king of Portugall, called Denis Fernandes, of the citie of 
 Lisbon, entered into these discoueries, more to win fame, 
 than to reape commoditie by them. And he being in his 
 voiage, came to the riuer of Sanaga, standing between 15 
 and 16 degrees of latitude towards the north, [and bor- 
 dering upon the moors of Jalophos], where he tooke certaine 
 Negroes ; and not contented therewith, he went forward 
 and discouered Cape Verde, standing in 14 degrees on the 
 same side ; and there he set vp vpon the land a crosse of 
 w^ood, and then returned with great contentation. 
 
 In the yeere 1447, one Nunnez Tristan, went foorth to ^^rros, 
 discouer in a carauell, and he passed the aforesaid Cape 
 Verde, and Bio Grande, and went past it vnto another i^ioOmnde. 
 
 capitaes dellas Anta gogahiez, Diego Afonso, Gomez pirez, a que 
 cleu regimento que nam entrasse no rio do Ouro : & asseitassem 
 pazes, & fizessem qnantos Christaos podessem : & sem nada d’isto 
 se tornaram. 
 
 ^ No anno de 1446 hu esciideiro del Rey do Afonso q’ se cha- 
 maua Dinis fernandez da cidade de Lixboa, foy a este descobri- 
 mento, mais por honra q’ por proueito : cliegon ao rio a Sanaga, 
 que esta cm quinzc on dczaseis graos d’altura da parte do nortc, 
 
 & cstrema os niouros do laloplios, ondc tomou algus ncgros : na 
 cdtcntc disto diz q’ passou aiiantc, & descobrio o Cabo verde, q’ 
 esta cm catorzc da mcsma parte, & posta sua Cruz de pao nellc 
 tornou cotentc. 
 
 No anno de 1417 tornou Nuno trista cm liua carauella & passou 
 o Cabo verde, & rio Grade ; & saliio cm outro (f esta alem dellc 
 cm vinte graos, ondc o mataram com dezoilo Portuguescs, & com 
 
The island 
 of seven 
 cities. 
 
 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 standing beyond it in twelve degrees/ where he was also 
 taken with eighteen Portugals more ; but the ship came 
 home againe in safetie, conducted by fower or fiue (which 
 escaped the hands of the Negroes.)^ 
 
 In this yeere also, 1447, it happened that there came a 
 Portugall ship through the streight of Gibraltar ; and being 
 taken with a great tempest, was forced to runne westwards 
 more then willingly the men would, and at last they fell 
 vpon an Island which had seuen cities, and the people 
 spake the Portugall toong, and they demanded if the Moores 
 did yet trouble Spaine, whence they had fled for the losse 
 which they received by the death of the king of Spaine, 
 Don Roderigo. » 
 
 The boateswaine of the ship brought home a little of the 
 sand, and sold it vnto a goldsmith of Lisbon, out of the 
 which he had a good quantitie of gold. 
 
 Don Pedro vnderstanding this, being then gouernour of 
 the realme, caused all the things thus brought home, and 
 made knowne, to be recorded in the house of justice.^ 
 
 There be some that thinke, that those Islands -whereunto 
 the Portugals were thus driuen, were the Antiles, or Newe 
 Spaine, alleaging good reasons for their opinion, which here 
 
 quatro ou cinco se tornou ho nauio em saluamento. Contam mais 
 que neste meyo tempo vindo hua nao de Portugueses pelo estreito 
 de Gibraltar fora, Ihe dera tal trometa, q’ correra a loeste muito 
 mais do q^ quisera, & fora ter a hua ilha em q’ auia sete cidades 
 & falaua a nossa lingoa & preguntara se tinham os mouros ainda 
 occupada Espanha d5de fogira pola perda del rey do Rodrigo. 
 O contra mestre da nao diz q’ trouxe hua pouca d’area & q’ a ven- 
 dera a hu ouriues em Lixboa de q’ tirara boa catidade douro : 
 sabedo isto ho Infante d5 Pedro que ainda gouernaua, diz q’ ho 
 madou escreuer na casa do tobo. E algus querem q’ estas terras 
 & ilhas q’ os Portugueses tocara, sejam aquelas que se agora 
 chama as Antilhas & noua Espanha, & alegam muitas razoes 
 
 1 20 1 
 
 2 Dele. 
 
 ^ Record. 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 73 
 
 I omit, because they serue not to my purpose. But all 
 their reasons seeme to agree, that they should be that 
 countrey, which is called Nona Spagna. 
 
 In the yeere 1449, the king, Don Alfonso, gave licence 
 vnto his vncle, Don Henry, to inhabit^ the Islands of the 
 Acores, which were long before discouered. 
 
 And in the yeere 1458, this king went into Africa, and 
 there he tooke the towne called Alcacer. 
 
 And in the yeere 1461, he commanded Signior^ Mendez, 
 a gentleman of his house, to build the castle of Arguin, 
 whereof he gave vnto him the gouernment, as to^ his lieu- 
 
 Don Al- 
 fonso king 
 of Portu- 
 gal! come 
 to age. 
 Bai’ros. 
 decad. 1, 
 lib. 2, cap. 1, 
 The Acores 
 first in- 
 habited. 
 Alcager 
 taken. 
 
 The castle 
 of Arguiu 
 builded. 
 Ibidem. 
 
 tenant. 
 
 In the yeere 1462, there came into the realme of Portu- Banos, 
 
 ^ decad. 1, 
 
 gall three Genowais of good parentage, the chiefe of whom liRs, cap.i. 
 was called Antonie de Noli, and of the other two, the one 
 was his brother, the other was his nephew, and each of 
 these had his seuerall ship, craning libertie of Don Henry 
 to discouer the Islands of Cape V erde, which was granted 
 them. Others say that the places which they discouered, discouSed^ 
 were those which Antiquitie called the Gorgades, Hespe- oenowTis. 
 
 pera isso, em que nam falo por na tornar isto a minha conta, mas 
 com tudo toda a cousa de que nam sabiam dar rezam era dizer, he 
 a noua Espanha. 
 
 ^ No anno de 1449 el Rey do Alonso deu licenga ao Infante do 
 Anrriq’ sen tio p’ra mandar pouoar as ilhas dos Azores q’ auia dias 
 q’ era descubertas : & no anno de 1458 passou este Rey a Africa, 
 & tomou a villa Dalcacere, & no de 61 mandou Soeiro mendez 
 fidalgo de sua casa fazer o castello Darguim aque deu alcaydaria. 
 
 No anno de 1462 vieram a este reyno de Portugal tres lanoeses 
 pessoas nobres, o primeiro delles era Anta de Noly & hu seu 
 jrmao & sobrinhc, cada hu ein seu nauio, pedira lice 9 a ao Infante 
 p’ra descobrir as ilhas do Cabo verde & elle Ihe aprouue : algiis 
 querem dizer que fossem aquellas que os antigos chamaram Gorga- 
 
 ' People. ^ Soeiro. ^ Dele. 
 
 10 
 
74 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 rides, and Dorcades ; but they named them Mayo, Sainct 
 Jago, and Sainct Philip, because they discouered them on 
 those Saints daies : but they are also called by some, the 
 Islands of Antonio. 
 
 DonHeSy^ [In this Same year or] in the yeere following (1463, this 
 good noble man)^ Don Henry died, leaning from Cape De 
 lSI Non discouered vnto the mountaine called Sierra Leona, 
 standing on this side the line in eight degrees of latitude 
 (where no man had beene before that time.)^ 
 
 In the yeere 1469, the king [Don John] of Portugall did 
 Barros, l^t out for yeerely rent the trade of Guiney vnto one called 
 lib. 2, cap. 2. Pernan Gomez, which countrey afterwards was called The 
 
 The coun- , , 
 
 trey of Mine. He let it out for fine yeeres, for two hundred 
 
 Guiney let . 
 
 outtofarme. Peyes by the yeere (which is of our English 
 
 money £138 17s. 9d. ob.)‘^ and added vnto his lease this 
 condition, that euery yeere he should discouer an hundred 
 leagues. 
 
 jbidem. In the yeere following, which was 1470, this king went 
 Arziia into AMca with his sonne. Prince John, where they tooke 
 
 Tanger the towne of Arzila, and the people of the citie of Tanger 
 
 nas, Esperidas, Orcadas, mas elles Ihes poseram nome a Maya, 
 Sanctiago, Sam Felipe, polas verem em seu dia, outros Ihe chamao 
 as ilhas Dantao ou Dantonio. Neste mesmo ano, ou no outro 
 seguinte faleceo este Infante dom Anrique, deixando descuberto 
 do cabo do Nao ate a Serra lioa que estaa desta nossa banda, em 
 oyto graos daltura. 
 
 ^ No anno de 1469 arrendou el rey dom loao, o trato de Guine 
 a Fernam Gomez, que se despois chamou da Mina, por cinco annos, 
 a reza de dozentos mil reis cada hum anno, & q’ mandasse em 
 cada hum delies descobrir cem legoas alem das descubertas. No 
 anno seguinte de 1470 passou este Rey & o principe dom Joao 
 seu filho em Africa, & tomarao a villa Darzilla & a cidade de Tan- 
 gere se despejou com medo, tedo muyto custado, paresce que per- 
 
 1 Dele. 
 
 2 Dele. 
 
 Present value about £40 or £50. 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 75 
 
 fled out for fear, and that he tooke also. It seemeth that 
 good fortune followeth a couragious attempt.^ 
 
 In the yeere 1471, Fernan Gomes gave commandment ibidem, 
 that the coast should be discouered as it lay.^ Which was 
 vndertaken by John de Santeram, and John de-Scouar ; and 
 they went and found the Mine in 5 degrees of latitude. uaMma. 
 
 And the next yeere, which was 1472, one Fernando da iMdem. 
 Poo discouered the Island, now called after his name. Also pernarfd^ 
 about this time the Islands of Sainct Thomas and Del sainct 
 
 Thome. 
 
 Principe were discouered, standing vnder the line, with the Rha del 
 
 ^ o ^ ^ Principe. 
 
 firme land also, wherein is the kingdome of Benin, reaching Benin, 
 to the Cape de Santa Catarina, standing on the south side capede 
 
 ^ ^ ^ Santa 
 
 of the line in S degrees. The man that made this dis- catanna. 
 
 couerie was a seruant of the king, and his name was 
 
 Sequeira. 
 
 Many suppose, that then also there were those places, 
 countreys and Islands discouered, which before were neuer 
 knowne to vs since the flood. 
 
 In the yeere 1480, the magnanimous and valiant king 
 
 mitio Deos isto por amostrar q’ os ousados sam delle fauores- 
 cidos. 
 
 ^ No ano de 1471 mandou Feniam Gomez descobrir a costa 
 como se obrigara, & foram a isso, Joao de Santarem & Joao 
 Descouar, & em cinco graos daltura acharam a Mina. E no ano 
 seguinte de 1472 descobrio Fernao do poo a ilha q’ se chama como 
 elle, & neste mesmo tempo foram descubertas as ilhas de Sam 
 Thome & pricipe qiie estam na linha, & na terra firme o reyno de 
 Benij ate ho cabo de Caterina que estaa da parte do Sul em tres 
 graos, & o q’ fez este descobrimento era criado de S. A. chamauase 
 Siqueira. Muitos quere dizer que neste tempo fossem terras & ilhas 
 descubertas, de que ja na ha memoria q’ sera de Noe ate agora. 
 
 ^ No anno de 1480 faleceo este magnanimo & esfor^ado Rey 
 
 ^ It appears that God permitted this to show that He favours the 
 brave. 
 
 ^ As he had bound himself. 
 
76 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 Don John 
 the Second. 
 Barros, 
 decad. 1, 
 lib. 3, cap. 2. 
 Castell de 
 Mina built. 
 
 Bairos, 
 decad 1, 
 lib. 3, cap. 3, 
 
 Rio de 
 Congo. 
 
 Discouerie 
 ueere vnto 
 the Tropick 
 of Capri- 
 corne. 
 
 An ambas- 
 sadour from 
 the king 
 of Congo. 
 
 Don Alphonso died, and left many things woorthy of 
 memorie behinde him ; and his sonne Don John the second 
 succeeded him. Who in the yeere 1481, gaue direction 
 for the building of the castle De Mina to one Diego d’Azam- 
 buxa, who did so, and was made captaine of it. 
 
 In the yeere 1484, the foresaid king John sent out one 
 Diego Caon, a knight of his court, to discouer ; and he 
 went to the river of Congo, standing on the south side, in 
 7 or 8 degrees of latitude ; where he erected a pillar of 
 stone, with the royall armes and letters of Portugall, wherein 
 he wrote^ the commandement that he had receiued from the 
 king, with the time and day [in which were placed the 
 wooden crosses] (of his being there).^ From thence he went 
 vnto (a riuer neere)^ the Tropicke of Capricorne, setting still 
 vp pillars of stone where he thought it conuenient, and so 
 came backe againe vnto Congo, and to the king of that 
 country : who thereupon sent an ambassadour and men of 
 credite into Portugall. 
 
 In the next yeere or the second following, one John 
 Alonso d’Aueiro came from the kingdome of Benin, and 
 
 dom Afonso deixando muytas cousas feytas dignas de memoria, & 
 come^ou logo a Reynar d5 Joao seu filho, q’ no anno de oytenta 
 & hum mandou por Diogo Dazambuja fazer a fortaleza da Mina, & 
 ficou por capitam della. 
 
 No anno de 1484 foy madado por este Rey dom Joao a este 
 descobrimeto Diogo Cao caualeiro de sua casa : chegado ao rio de 
 Manicogo, que estaa da parte do Sul, em sete ou oyto graos 
 daltura, pos nelle Padram de pedra com armas & letras reaes q’ 
 denunciauam que o madaua, & o anno & era em q’ se poseram as 
 Cruzes de pao, daqui foram ter ao rio Pico de Pico® de Capri- 
 cornio, pondo padroes, oude Ihe pareceo ser necessario, tornando a 
 Manicogo viose co el rey delle, q’ mandou embaixador & homes 
 de credito a este reyno, & no anno sequinte ou no outro despois 
 
 ^ Were set forth. 
 
 2 Dele. 
 
 Ao Tropico 1 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 77 
 
 brought home pepper with a taile : which was the first of 
 that kinde scene in Portugall. 
 
 [In the year 1486 the king Don John sent on this dis- 
 covery Bartholomew Diaz, a gentleman of the court, with 
 three sail : coasting along he placed pillars of stone, and 
 discovered the Cape of Good Hope, and beyond as far as 
 the river Infante,^ and it may be said that he saw the land 
 of India, but, like Moses and the promised land, did not 
 enter in.] 
 
 In the yeere 1487 king John sent to discouer India ouer Banos, 
 
 ^ decad. 1, 
 
 land. In which iourney went one Pedro de Couillan, a ^ 
 
 servant of the kings, and Alfonso de Payna, because they S Ai^Snso 
 could speake the Arabian toong. They went out in the sent to dis- 
 
 couer India. 
 
 moneth of May of the same yeere, and they tooke shipping 
 at Naples, and arriued in the isle of Rhodes, and lodged in 
 the house that was prouided for the Portugall knights of 
 
 delle chegou Joao alonso Daueiro do Reyno de Benij com pimenta 
 de rabo, qiie foy a primeira que se vio nesta terra. 
 
 ^ No anno de 486 mandou el rey do Joao a este descobrimento 
 Bertholameu diaz cavaleiro de sua casa co tres vellas, yndo assi ao 
 longo da terra poseram padroes de pedra, & descobrio o cabo de 
 boa esperan^a & alem delle ate ho rio do Infante, q’ se pode dizer 
 q’ via terra da India, mas na entrou nella, como Mouses na terra 
 de proraissam. 
 
 No ano de 487 madou el Rey dom Joao descobrir a India por 
 terra, foy a isso hu Pero de couilha seu criado, & Afoso de Paiiia 
 por sabere a lingoa Arabia, partiram no mes de Mayo do mesmo 
 ano, & na cidade de Napoles embarcara. Chegaram a ilha de 
 rodes, pousaram em casa dos comendadores Portugueses, passaram 
 
 ^ Probably a little beyond Cape Agathere : this seems but a meagre 
 account of the remarkable voyage of Bartholomew Diaz, who pushed 
 discovery a thousand miles further than his predecessors. The cape he 
 reached was named by him Cabo Tormentoso ; but on his return to 
 Portugal the king, with what seems a presentiment that it lay on the 
 road to the Indies, gave it the name Good Hope. 
 
78 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS, 
 
 Alexandria. 
 
 C ayro. 
 
 Toro. 
 
 Aden. 
 
 Cananor. 
 
 Calicut. 
 
 Goa. 
 
 Sofala. 
 
 Mozam- 
 
 bique. 
 
 Quiloa. 
 
 Monbaza. 
 
 Meliude. 
 
 that order : from thence they went to Alexandria, and so 
 to Cayro, and thence to the hauen of Toro,^ in the companie 
 of the carauans or carriers which were Moores. There they 
 tooke shipping, and being on the Red Sea they arriued at 
 the citie of Aden, and there they separated themselues : for 
 Alfonso de Payna went towards Ethiopia, and Pedro de 
 Couillan into India. Who came vnto the cities of Cananor 
 and Calicut, and came backe vnto Goa: where he tooke 
 shipping vnto Sofala, being on the coast of Africa, in the 
 southerne latitude of 20 degrees, to see the mines that were 
 of so great name. Prom Sofala he turned backe to Mosam- 
 bique, and vnto the cities of Quiloa, Mombaza, and Melinde, 
 till he came backe againe vnto the citie of Aden : where he 
 and Alfonso de Payna diuided themselues : and thence he 
 sailed againe through the Red Sea vnto the citie of Cayro, 
 where he thought to haue met with his companions : but 
 there he heard that he was dead^ by the letters that he re- 
 ceiued from king John his master ; in which letters he was 
 farther commanded to trauaile into the countrey and domi- 
 nions of Presbyter John., 
 
 Vpon this commandement he^ prouided for his farther 
 
 a cidade Dalexandria, dahi foram ao Cayro, & ao porto do toro em 
 Carauanas, & em Recouas de mouros, onde embarcara no mar roxo, 
 chegaram a cidade Dadem, onde se apartaram Joao de paiua pera 
 Thiopia, & Pero de Couilhaa a India, & foy ter aa cidade de Cana- 
 nor, Calecut, & tornou a Goa, onde embarcou pera Sofalla, costa 
 Dafrica, a ver aquellas Minas cousas tarn nomcadas. 
 
 ^ De Sofala tornou a Mo9ambique, & aa cidade de Quiloa, 
 Bomha9a, Melinde, ate a cidade Dadem donde Afonso de paiua se 
 apartara delle, & foy pelo mar roxo a cidade do Cairo, ode ficaram 
 de se ajuntarem, mas achou noua como ahy falecera, & cartas del 
 Rey dom Joam em q’ mandaua q’ se visse co o preste Joa da India. 
 
 ^ Vendo Pero de couilham este recado, partio do Cairo ao porto 
 
 ^ Cosseir ? ^ And at the same time received letters from, etc. 
 
 ^ Set out from, etc. 
 
AND ABOUT THOSE WHO FIRST TRAVELLED. 
 
 T9 
 
 iournev, and from Cairo went backe a^aine to the hauen of Pedro^de 
 of Toro, and from thence to Adens, where he had keen 
 twise before : and there hearing of the fame of the citie 
 of Ormuz, he determined to goe thither; and therefore 
 went along the coast of Arabia vnto the Cape Kazal- 
 gate, standing vnder the Tropicke of Cancer, and from 
 thence he went to Ormuz, standing in twenty-seuen degrees 
 on that side. There he learned and vnderstood of the 
 streight of Persia, and of that countrey : and entred there 
 into the Ped Sea, and passed ouer to the realme of the 
 Abassini, which commonly is called Presbyter Johns conn- 
 trey or ^Ethiopia : and there he was detained till the yeere 
 1520, when there came thither the ambassadour Don Pode- SmYcame 
 rigo de Lima. This Pedro de Couillan was the first Portu- East India 
 
 ° , and 
 
 gall that euer knew and saw the Indias and those sea, and Ethiopia by 
 other places^ adioyning thereunto. 
 
 In the yeere 1490 the king sent vnto Congo one Gonzalo 
 de Sousa, a gentleman, with three ships, and in them gent 
 home the ambassadour of Congo, which was sent into Por- 
 tugal!, whom Diego Caon had brought from thence : who 
 at his being in Portugall was baptised, both himselfe and 
 others of his companie. 
 
 do Toro, & dahi a cidade Dadem onde ja duas vezes estiuera, & 
 tendo noticia de camanha cousa era & quam prospera a cidade 
 Dormuz, determinou d’ir a ella, & foy ao longo da costa Darabia 
 ao cabo de Pesalgate que estaa no Tropico de Cancro, & dahi a 
 Ormuz, que estaa situada em vinte sete graos da mesma banda. 
 Enformado do estreito da Persia, & daquella terra, se tornou ao 
 mar roxo & passouse ao Peyno do Abexim, que vulgarmete se 
 chama Preste Joao da india, onde esteue ate ho anno de 520 que 
 ho achou la o embaixador do Rodrigo de Lima. Este Pero de 
 couilhaa foy o primeiro Portugues que eu sayba q’ vio as Indias & 
 sens mares, & outras cousas a nos muy remotas. 
 
 ^ Far removed from us. 
 
80 DISCOVERIES IN DIFFERENT TIMES AND SEASONS. 
 
 The aforesaid Gonzalo de Sousa died in that iourney by 
 the way, and in his roome they chose his nephew, Euy de 
 Sousa, for their capitaine ; and so being come vnto Cogo, the 
 king was very glad of their comming, and yeelded himselfe 
 and the greater part of his realme to be baptized whereof 
 pai?eofthe Portugals had good cause to reioice, seeing by them so 
 many Infidels were conuerted from gentilitie and paganisme 
 baptized. Christianitie. 
 
 ^ No anno de 1490 mandou el Rey a Manicongo com tres nauios 
 Gon 9 alo de Sousa home fidalgo, tornou em sua companhia o em- 
 bayxador de Manicongo, que Diogo cam trouxera, tendo ja tornado 
 agoa de baptismo & outros que com elle vieram, Gongalo de Sousa 
 faleceo no caminho & enlegeram por capita mor a seu sobrinho 
 Ruy de Sousa, chegado a Manicongo, fez Ihe el Rey muyto gasal- 
 hado & baptizouse logo com a mor parte de sua terra, que foy 
 grande louuor, & honra ao reyno de Portugal & sua coroa. 
 
 '* Which was cause of great praise and honour to the kingdom of 
 Portugal and its crown. 
 
[DISCOVEEIES OF THE ANTILLES AND 
 INDIES MADE BY THE SPANIARDS.] 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE DISCOIJERIES 
 OF THE SPANYARDS, WITH THE CONTINUATION 
 OF THE DISCOUERIES OF THE PORTUGALS, 
 
 In the yeere 1492, in the time of Don Ferdinando, king of 
 Castile, he being at the siege^ of Granada, dispatched one 
 Christopher Columbus, a Genoway,^ with three ships to goe 
 and discouer Nona Spagna : who first had^ offered his ser- 
 uice for a westerne discouerie vnto king John of Portugal ; 
 but he would not entertaine him. 
 
 He bem^ sufficiently furnished for this enterprise f de- 
 parted from the towne of Palos the third day of August, 
 hauing with him as captaines and pilots, Martin Alfonso 
 Pinzon, Francis Martinez Pinzon, Vincent Yannes Pinzon, 
 
 HESGOBRIMENTOS HAS ANTILHAS & INHIAS POLLOS 
 ESPANHOES FEYTOS. 
 
 No anno de 1492 estando el Rey dom Fernando de Castella sobre 
 a cidade de Grada, despachou Christouam Colorn Italiano, co tres 
 Nauios ao descobrimento da noua Espanha o qT primeiro viera a 
 Portugal a el rey dom Joao & o nam quis aceitar. Partio da villa 
 de Pallos aos tres dias do mes Dagosto leuando consigo por capi- 
 taes & pilotos Martim Alonso pi^ao, Francisco martiz pi^ao, Vicete 
 
 ^ Near the city. An Italian. 
 
 Come to Portugal to the king Hon John, who did not desire to 
 accept him. 
 
 Not in Portuguese. 
 
 11 
 
82 
 
 THE FIKST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 The first 
 that ill sail- 
 ing are 
 thought to 
 haue ob- 
 serued 
 latitudes. 
 
 The Isle of 
 Guanahany 
 first dis- 
 couered. 
 
 Lucaios 
 
 Islands. 
 
 and Bartholomew Columbus his brother, with ISO persons 
 more in his companie : and some affirme that they were the 
 first that sailed by latitudes. They tooke the Canaries in 
 their way, and there refreshed themselues ; taking their 
 course thence [through the Sargassum Sea] towards Ci- 
 pango d but finding the sea by the way full of weeds they 
 were amazed, and with great feare arriued at the Antiles 
 the tenth day of October, and the first island that they 
 descried was called Guanahany : where they went on land, 
 and tooke possession of it, and named it San Saluador. This 
 island standeth in'25 of degrees northerly latitude? And after 
 that they found many islands, which they called the Princes,^ 
 because they were the first that they had discouered. 
 
 The sauages of these parts call these islands by the name 
 of Lucaios, hauing in deede seueralP names for them. And 
 they doe stand on the north side almost vnder the Tropicke 
 of Cancer. As for the Island of S. James or Jamaica, it 
 standeth betweene 16 and 17 degrees. 
 
 Thence they went to the islands which the naturals of the 
 
 anez pigao, & Bartholameu Colo seu hirmao, & ceto & vinte 
 pessoas. E querem dizer algus q’ fossem os primeiros q’ naue- 
 gassem por alturas, Nas ilhas Canarias tomara refresco, dahi foram 
 na volta do Sagar^o : & vendo o mar delle coalhado ficaram espan- 
 tados, & com grande arreceo chegaram as Antilhas a dez dias do 
 mes de Ouctuhro. E a primeira ilha que viram se chamaoa 
 Greinani,^ sayram em terra, tomaram posse della, poseram Ihe 
 Home sam Saluador : despois viram muytas a q’ chamaram as 
 princesas, per sere as primeiras por elles vistas : mas os da terra 
 Ihes chama os Lucayos, ainda q’ todas te nomes separados, & 
 estam da parte do Norte, quasi debaixo do Tropico de Cancro, de 
 parte do Norte de dezeseys graos ate dezesete, que he a ilha de 
 Santiago. 
 
 ^ Daqui foram a ilha a que os da terra chama a Cuba, & os 
 
 ’ Not in Portuguese. ^ Not in the Portuguese. 
 
 ® The Princesses. ^ Distinct. ® Guanani? 
 
DISCOUEllIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 83 
 
 countrey call Cuba, and the Spanyards call it Ferdinandina, 
 bicause their kings name was Ferdinando, standing in 22 
 degrees : from whence the Indians conducted them vnto 
 another island, which they call Hayti, and the Spanyards 
 called it Isabella, in the memorie of the Queene of Castile, 
 which was so called, and they named it also Hispaniola. Hispaniola. 
 In that island the admirall ship of Columbus was cast 
 away : of the timber and planks whereof they made a forte,^ 
 wherein they left 38 men, and a captaine called Foderigo de 
 Arana, to learne the language and customes of the countrey. 
 
 They brought from thence musters and shewes of gold, 
 pearles,^ and other things which that countrey yielded ; and 
 ten Indians also, whereof six died,^ the rest were brought 
 home and baptized. 
 
 Hereupon there grewe such a common desire of trauaile^ 
 among the Spanyards, that they were ready to leape into 
 the sea to swim, if it had been possible, into those new 
 found parts. The aforesaid company of Columbus at their 
 comming home tooke in their way the isles of the Acores, 
 and the 4 day of March, in the yeere 1493, they entred into 
 
 Castelhanos poseranome Fernandina por el rey do Fernando, a qual 
 estaa em vlte dons graos, donde os Indios os leuara a outra que elles 
 chamao Ahyti, & os Castelhanos Isabela, em memoria da Kainha 
 de Castella : & tabem a Espanhola. Aqni se perdeo a nao capi- 
 tania, & da madeira della fizeram hua tranqueira, onde deixara 
 trinta & oyto homes, & capitam delies Rodrigo darena, pera 
 aprenderem a lingoa & costumes da terra, donde trouxeram 
 mostras douro, papagayos, & outras cousas q’ la auia, & dez 
 Indios de que escaparam seys que se ca baptizaram. E pos isto 
 tarn grande aluoro 9 o & desejo aos Espanhoes q’ a nado queria hir 
 aq’lla terra. E na volta viera pellas ilhas dos Azores, & a quatro 
 dias de Mar 9 o do anno de 1493 entraram pella barra de Lisboa : de 
 
 ^ Or blockhouse. 2 i^arrots. 
 
 " Whereof six did not die, and were brought home and baptized. 
 
 And this raised such transport and desire. 
 
84 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Contention 
 betweeue 
 the kings 
 of Spaine 
 and Portu- 
 gal!. 
 
 The bull of 
 donation. 
 
 Gomara, 
 histovise 
 general, 
 lib. i, cap, I?'. 
 
 the bar of Lisbon : which discouerie pleased not the king of 
 Portugall. Whereupon rose a contention betweene those 
 two kings. 
 
 Christopher Columbus being arriued went presently into 
 Castile with the newes of all things, and acquainted the king 
 Fernando with the discontentednes of the king of Portugal : 
 whereupon he and the Queene Isabella his wife sentstreight 
 word thereof vnto Pope Alexander the 6., whereat he and 
 the Italians were in great admiration, marvailing that there 
 was any more land besides that which was vnder^ the 
 Pomanes. But the end of this matter was this : Alexander 
 the Pope gaue these countreies by his judgement vnto the 
 kingdomes of Leon and Castile ; with this condition, that 
 they should labour to extirpate idolatrie, and plant the holy 
 faith in those countreyes. 
 
 Fernando the king hauing receiued this answere, was 
 glad of it, and sent Christopher Columbus againe on the 
 former voiage, hauing made him admirall, and giuen him 
 other honors, with particular armes,^ and a posie written 
 about his armes to this effect : 
 
 q’ el rey dom Joam Ihe pesou tanto q’ teue differenQa sobre estas 
 terras com ho de Castella. 
 
 ^ Tanto q’ Christoua colo chegou a Castella co esta noua, & de 
 como el rey do Joa Ihe pessaua della, el Rey do Fernado & dona 
 Isabel, madara logo ao Papa Alexandre sexto, da qual noua elle & 
 todo 0 pouo ficaram marauilhados, auer terra q’ os Romaos nam 
 tiuera noticia, auedose por sehores da redondeza & fez logo doa- 
 pam dellas aos reynos de Lyam & Castella, c6 tal codi^am q’ 
 trabalhasse com q’ a jdolatria desarreigasse, & a nossa sacta fee 
 multiplicasse. Chegada esta reposta tornou logo el rey do Fernado 
 madar Christouam col5 ao descobrimeto, ja Almirante co outras 
 honras, merces & insignias, & derredor das suas armas hua letra 
 q’ dezia, por Castella & Leo nouo mudo achou Colo. 
 
 ^ Known to. 
 
 2 Favours and decorations. 
 
mSCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 85 
 
 For Castile and for Leon 
 A new world found out Colon. 
 
 In the yeere l49o, the 2o of the moneth. of October, 
 Christopher Columbus went backe vnto the Antiles, and fro 
 Cadiz he tooke his course, hauing in his companie 17 ships, 
 and 1500 men in them, with his brethren Bartholomew 
 Columbus and Diego Columbus, with other knights, gentle- 
 men, men of law, and religious men, with chalices, crosses, 
 rich ornaments, and with great power^ and digniiie^ from 
 Pope Alexander ; & the 10 day after their setting foorth, 
 they arriued at the Canaries ; & from thence, in 25 or 30 
 daies, they sailed vnto the Antiles ; & the first island that 
 they saw standeth in 14 degrees towards the north, due west 
 from Cape Verde, on the coast of Africa. They say that the 
 distance from thence to the Canaries is 800 leagues. The 
 name they gaue it was Deseada, that is, the desired or ceseada 
 
 '' ^ discouered. 
 
 wished Island, for the great desire which the company had 
 to come to sight of land. After that they discouered many 
 more, which they named the Virgines, which the naturals 
 of the countrey call the Caribas, for that the men of that caribas. 
 countrey are good warriors, and shoote well in bowes. 
 
 No anno de 1493 aos 25 do mes Doctubro, tornou Christoua col5 
 as Antilhas, & da barra de Calez tornou sua derrota, leuado de- 
 zasette vellas, & mil & quinhentos homes nellas, & sens hirmaos, 
 Bertholameu colom, & Diogo colom, & outros fidalgos, caualeiros, 
 & letrados, & religiosos com calezes, Cruzes, & ricos ornamentos, 
 & grandes poderes do Papa Alexandre. E aos dez dias cbegaram 
 aas Canarias : & dellas a vinte cinco ou trinte dias as Antilhas. 
 A primeira ilha que viram estaa em quatorze graos da parte do 
 Norte leste hoeste com ho cabo Verde, diz que auera della as 
 Canarias oito centas legoas, poseran Ihe nome a Desejada, pelos 
 desejos que leuaua de ver terra, logo viram outras muitas, a que 
 poseram nome as Virgens ; ainda que os da terra llie cliama as 
 
 2 Not in Portuguese. 
 
 ^ Powers. 
 
86 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Boriqnen, 
 or S. John 
 de porlo 
 rice j. 
 
 Jamaica. 
 
 They poison their arrowes with an herbe, whereof he that is 
 hurt dieth, biting himselfe like as a mad dog doth. 
 
 From these islands and others they went vnto the prin- 
 cipal! island there, which they of the countrey doe call 
 Boriquen, and the Spanyards call it S. John, and thence to 
 Hispaniola or Isabella, where they found all the men dead 
 which they had left [from injuries (or diseases) incident to 
 the countrey]. Here the admirall left the most part of the 
 people to plant it,^ and appointed his brethren to be gouer- 
 nours there : and so tooke two ships, and went to discouer 
 the other side of the Island of Cuba, and from thence to 
 Jamaica [which is now called Santiago]. All these islands 
 stand from 16 vnto 20 degrees of northerly latitude. In the 
 meane time that the admirall sailed about, his brethren and 
 they that were left with them were much troubled, because 
 the sauages did rise against them. So that Christopher 
 Colon went backe againe into Spaine, to tell the king and 
 queene of his aduentures. 
 
 Quiribas, por ser de homes guerreiros & b5s frecheiros, tirarn com 
 erua ta pe 9 onhenta que quern morre della morde a si mesmo como 
 cao danado. 
 
 ^ Destas ilhas em outras foram ter a principal dellas, a que os 
 da terra chama Boriquem, & os Castelhanos sa Joao, dode chegara 
 a Espanhola ou iiha Bela^ & acharao todos os homes mortos que 
 nella deixararn, por offensas que aos da terra fizeram aqui, deixou 
 ho Almirante a mayor parte da gete pera pouoala, & seus jrmaos 
 gouernadores della, & embarcando em dous nauios foy descobrir a 
 costada da ilha da Cuba, & dahi a Jamaica, q’ se agora chama 
 Santiago, todas estas ilhas estam de dezasete ate vinte graos 
 daltura da parte do norte. E em quanto laa andou ho Almirante, 
 seus jrmaos com os q’ aly ficaram passaram assaz trabalho & de- 
 sauetura por se aleuantar a terra, tornou Christoua colo outra vez 
 a Castella a da conta a el Rey & a Rainha do que la passara. 
 
 ’ Or people it. 
 
 ^ Isabella? 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 87 
 
 In the yeere 1494^ and in the moneth of Januarie, there 
 was an agreement made of the differences which were be- 
 tweerie the two kings of Spaine and Portugall. For the 
 which agreement there were sent out of Portugall Puy de 
 Sosa, and Don John his sonne, and the Doctor Ayres de 
 Almada : and for the king of Spaine there were Don Henry 
 Henriques, Don John de Cardenas, and the Doctor Mal- 
 donado, All these met in the towne of Tordesillas, and 
 they deuided the world fr5 the north to the south by a The first 
 meridian which standeth west from the Islands of Cape titiou. 
 Verde SOOMeagues : so that the one halfe which lay vnto 
 the east should belong vnto Portugall, and that which lay 
 to the west to the king of Spaine, whereby notwithstanding 
 libertie to trauell [by sea and land] was left equall vnto 
 both. 
 
 In the yeere following, 1495, John king of Portugall The death of 
 died, and Emmanuel his cosen began to reigne. second. 
 
 In the yeere 1496 there v»tas a Venetian in England called The great 
 
 discouerie 
 
 John Cabota, who hauing knowledge of such a new disco- cabotaand 
 uerie as this was, and perceiuing by the globe that the 
 
 No anno de 1494 & mes de Janeiro se auerignarao as differen^as 
 que antre estes dons Keys auia : & foy a isso Puy de sousa & do 
 Joao seu filho, & o doctor Ayres Dalmada : & da parte de Castela 
 dom Anrique Anriquez, dom Jorge de Cardines, & o doctor Mal- 
 donado, ajuntaramse todos em Torresilhas, & partiram ha redon- 
 deza de Norte Sul por hum meridiano q’ esta ao ponente das jlhas 
 do Cabo verde 370 legoas, & que ametade que ficasse ao Leuante 
 fosse de Portugal, & Ocidente de Castella, & o mar & terra pera 
 caminhar fosse a todos iqual. No anno seguinte de nouenta & 
 cinco faleceo el Hey dom Joao, & come^ou a reynar do Manoel seu 
 primo. 
 
 No anno de 149G achandose hum Venezcano por nome Sebas- 
 tiao Gaboto em Inglatcrra, & ouuindo noua de tarn nouo dcscobri- 
 
 ^ 370 ? 
 
88 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 islands before spoken of stood almost in the same latitude 
 with his countrey, and much neerer to England than to 
 Portugall, or to Castile, he acquainted king Henrie the 
 seuenth, then king of England, with the same, wherewith 
 the saide king was greatly pleased, and furnished him 
 out with two ships and three hundred men : which de- 
 parted and set saile in the spring of the yeere, and they 
 sailed westward til they came in sight of land in 45 degrees 
 of latitude towards the north, and then went straight north- 
 wards till they came into 60 degrees of latitude, where the 
 day is 18 howers long, and the night is very cleere and 
 bright. There they found the aire cold, and great islands 
 of ice, but no ground in [seventy, eighty] an hundred 
 fathomes sounding [but found much ice, which alarmed 
 them] : and so from thence [putting about] finding the 
 land to turne eastwards they trended along by it [on 
 the other tack] discouering all the bay and riuer named 
 Deseado,^ to see if it passed on the other side : then they 
 sailed backe againe [diminishing the latitude] till they came 
 
 mento como este era : & vendo em hua poma como estas jlhas 
 acima ditas estao quasi em hu paralelo & altura, & muyto mais 
 perto de sua terra hua a outra, que de Portugal ne Castella, o 
 amostrou a el Rey do Anrrique o septimo de que elle ficou tarn 
 satisfeito, que mandou logo armar dous nauios, partio na prima- 
 vera c6 trezetos companheiros, fez seu caminho a Loeste a vista da 
 terra, & quareta & cinco graos daltura da parte do norte, forao por 
 ella ate sessenta onde os dias sam de dezoyto horas, & as noytes 
 muy claras & serenas. Auia aqui muyta frialdade & ylhas de 
 neue que nao achauam fundo em setenta, oitenta, cem bra 9 as, mas 
 achaua grandes regelos, do que tambem se arreceaua. E como 
 daqui por dianta tornasse a costa ao leuante, fizeraose na outra 
 volta ao logo della descobrindo toda t baya, rio, enseada, p’ra ver se 
 passaua da outra banda, & foram assi diminuindo naltura ate trinta 
 
 Or inlet. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 89 
 
 to 38 degrees toward the equinoctiall line, and from thence ™Vouth of 
 returned into England. There be others which say that he pJan^Bay®’ 
 went as far as the Cape of Florida, which standeth in 25 
 degrees. 
 
 In the yeere 1497 the king of Spaine, Don Fernando, coiumbus 
 
 •' o X ^ ^ third voiage 
 
 sent out Christopher Columbus with sixe ships, and he him- 
 selfe prouided two ships at his owne cost, and sending his f cap^k.'^’ 
 brother before, he made saile from the Bay of Cadiz, carry- 
 ing with him his sonne, Don Diego Colon. It was then 
 reported that he went to take the Island of Madera, because 
 he mistrusted the French men, and therefore sent thither 
 three ships : others say it was to the Canaries. But how- 
 soeuer it was, this is true, that he and three more went vnto 
 the Islands of Cape Verde, and ran along by the line, find- 
 ing great calmes and raine, and the first land which they 
 came vnto of the Antiles was an island standing in 9 degrees 
 of latitude towards the north, ioining fast vnto the maine 
 land, which they called La Trinidada ; and so he entred 
 into the Gulfe of Faria, and came out of the mouth which 
 they named Bocca de Dragone, or the Dragons mouth : and 
 
 & oyto graos, donde se tornaram a Inglaterra. Outros querem 
 dizer que chegasse a ponta da Florida que estaa em vinte cinco 
 graos. 
 
 No anno de 1497 tornou el rey do Fernando a mandar as Antil- 
 has Christouao Colo com seys nauios, elle armou dous aa siia custa, 
 mandou sen yrmao diante : partio elle da baya de Calez, leuando 
 consigo do Diogo Colon sen filho. Diz que foy tomar a ylha da 
 Madeira, c6 receyo de Franceses, dode madou tres nauios, outros 
 querem dizer das Canarias, como quer que seja, elle & tres foy aa 
 ylha do cabo Verde, & correo ao longo da linha, em que achou 
 gra calmaria & chuueiros. Ea primeira terra quo viram das An- 
 tilhas, foy hua ylha que estaa em none graos daltura da parte do 
 norte, pegada com a terra firme, poscralhe nome a Trindade : 
 entraram ne golfam de Parea, & sayra por hua boca, a q’ chamam 
 
 do Dragd, tornaram na mao a costa, & acharam tres pontas, a que 
 
 12 
 
90 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Testigos. 
 
 Cubagua. 
 
 Frailes, 
 Roques, 
 Aruba, Cu- 
 ra9ao, &c. 
 
 Cabo de 
 Vela. 
 
 Beata. 
 
 they tooke their course hard by the coast, where they found 
 three^ small islands, which they named Los Testigos, that is 
 to say, the Witnesses, beyond which standeth the Island of 
 Cubagua, where is great fishing of muscle pearles : where 
 also, as they say, there springeth a well of oile : and beyond 
 that island they came to the Isles of Frailes, Roques, Aruba, 
 and Curacoa, with other small ones all along the bay and 
 they came to the point of Cabo de Vela, and discouered 
 along the coast almost 200 leagues,^ from whence they 
 crossed ouer to Hispaniola, hauing had also sight of the 
 island called Beata. 
 
 [There are in these parts certain insects or birds, called 
 Cocoyos ; they are furnished with four stars ; two in the 
 eyes, and the others under the wings, which shine like 
 candles. They write, spin, sew, and weave with them, and 
 carry them to give light, and when these stars are stuck on 
 their hands and faces they seem to be on fire. 
 
 There is another insect called Nigu ; it skips like a flea. 
 
 poseram nome Testigos, & diante a ylha Cubaga, que he gram 
 pescaria D’aljofre. Tambem dizem q’ tern fonte d’azeyte, & mais 
 adianteviramas ylhas de Paragry, Roques, & Heruma: & o Coraceo, 
 & outras pequenas ao longo da praya. Chegaram aa ponta que se 
 chama da Vela, descobriram por costa cento & cincoenta ou do- 
 zentas legoas, onde atrauessaram a ylha Espanhola & ouueram 
 vista da que se chama Beata. 
 
 Ha nestas ylhas & terras hus bichos ou passaros a que chamam 
 Cocoyos, tern quatro estrelas, duas nos olhos, & as outras dehaixo 
 das asas, dam claridade como candeas : podem escreuer, fiar, 
 cozer, & tecer com ellas, & as leuam pera alumiarem, & se untam 
 as maos & rostros com estas estrelas, parece que ardem em 
 fogo. 
 
 Ha outro Bicho que chamam Nigu, salta como pulga, he muyto 
 
 ^ Peaks. 2 Shore. 
 
 ^ One hundred and fifty or two hundred leagues. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 91 
 
 but is smaller : it fixes itself in the fiesh under the nail, and 
 there produces so many grubs, that if not presently removed 
 they multiply in such a way that people lose their fingers, 
 and some become maimed for life. 
 
 There is also in these parts another vermin as large as a 
 cat, it lives among trees, hanging from the branches by the 
 tail, and after its young ones are born they take to a pouch, 
 with which nature has furnished them ; in this entresol of the 
 belly there is a teat which suckles them, whence it appears 
 that it goes big with its young until of such age that nature 
 delivers them, and then the young ones go to seek their own 
 living. 
 
 There are in these islands many different fishes, and one 
 which no one knows whether it be beast or fish : it has 
 hands and feet like a lizard, snout and tail like a greyhound, 
 feeds in the water, and on land among the trees, lays eggs 
 like a fowl, from which they are produced : these have a soft 
 shell, and if fried with oil or butter they do not thicken ; 
 with water I do not know. When these creatures are 
 small they pass on the surface of the water so rapidly that 
 
 mais pequeno, mete se entre a unha & came, & poem aly empro- 
 uiso tanta lendea, que se Ihe nam acode logo multiplicam : de 
 maneira que perdem os dedos & ficam aleijados algus a vida. Ha 
 tambem nestas partes outro bicho de tamanho de hum gato, anda 
 pellas aruores, dependura se dos ramos pello rabo, & depois que 
 pare, hos filhos tornam se a meter por hum buraco que tern junto 
 da natura : neste antresolho da barriga tern hua mama co que ho 
 cria, por onde parece que anda prenhe ate ser de ydade one ha 
 natureza o despede, & vay buscar sua vida. 
 
 ^ Ha nestas jlhas muitos & diuersos pescados, & hum que se 
 nao entende se he alimaria se pexe, tern pes & maos como lagarto, 
 focinho & rabo como galgo, cria se nagoa & na terra pelas aruores, 
 poe ouos como de galinhas, de que se geram, tern a casca delgada, 
 se os frigem nam sc coalham com azeite nem manteiga, senao com 
 agoa ; em quanto estes bichos sam pequenos, passam per cima 
 
92 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 they do not sink ; it further appears that at a certain season 
 they run upon land, then turning about they go under the 
 water along the sand, for they know not how to swim, nor 
 have they that fashion. They are eaten during carnival 
 and Ijent. 
 
 There is also a fish called Monatim : it is large and in- 
 durated ; it has the head and countenance of a cow, and also 
 resembles it much in its meat ; it has arms joined to its 
 shoulders with which it swims ; its principal food is the 
 grass that grows along the edge of the water; it is very 
 savoury ; it has some stones in its head which are profitable 
 for the grief of stone, and the female has teats on her 
 breast, with which she suckles her young, which are born 
 living. 
 
 There is another fish called E-everso, a little greater than 
 a span ; it has spikes like a hedgehog. They feed them 
 in the sea in a basket tied to a long line, and take by 
 their means monads and other large fish, and use them 
 as ferrets for rabbits. Here are many sardines ; these 
 small fish are seen in Maluco and among those islands. 
 
 d’agoa com tata presteza, que se nam vao ao fundo, mas parece que 
 corre por terra ate certo tempo, dahi por diante andam por baxo 
 dagoa ao longo d’area por nam sabere nadar, nem tern pera isso 
 maneira, comem nos no carnal & quaresma. 
 
 Ha la ham pexe que se chama Monatim, he grande & de coiro, 
 tern a cabe9a & rostro de vaca, & tabe na came parece muito a 
 ella, te bus bragos junto dos hombros com que nada, o mais de seu 
 comer heeru a q’ nace ao longo d’agoa, he muy saboroso, tern hu 
 as pedras na cabega q’ sam proueitosas pera a dor de pedra, & a 
 femea tern tetas nos peitos com q’ criam os filhos que nacem viuos. 
 Ha outro pescado a q’ chama Reuerso pouco mayor de hum palmo, 
 te espinhos como ourigo cacheiro, criao nos no mar em hu couao, 
 atam nos em hu cordel comprido, toma com elles monatis, & outros 
 grandes pescados & trazenos como forais aos cohelhos. Aqui ha 
 muitas sardinhas, estes bichos pescados se vem em Maluco, & 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 93 
 
 and the inhabitants resemble those of New Spain, and also 
 some eat human flesh.] 
 
 In this same yeere 1497, on the 20 day of the moneth of ub. 
 June, one Vasques de Gama sailed from Lisbon by thetoofeekT 
 king Emmanuels commandement to India with three ships, chapter, 
 wherein there went for captaines, Vasquez de Gama, Paulus 
 de Gama his brother, and Nicolas Coello, with 120 men ; 
 with whom also there went one ship laden only with vittailes, 
 and in 14^ daies they came vnto Cape Verde, vnto the 
 Island of Saint Jago, where they refreshed themselues, and 
 from thence they went along the coast beyond the Cape of 
 Bona Speranca, whereupon they erected certaine pillers of 
 stone, and so came vnto Mosambique, standing in 15^ de- 
 grees to the south of the line, where they staied not long, 
 but went from thence to Mozamba, and vnto Melinde : Mombaza. 
 where the king of that place gaue them pilots, which con- 
 ducted them into India, in which discouerie they found out 
 Los Baxos do Padua, that is to say, the flats of Padua. depSu'a!^ 
 
 In the yeere 1498, in the moneth of May, they came to 
 
 naq’llas ylhas, & a gente se parece co a da noiia Espanha, & assi 
 comem algus a came humana. 
 
 No mesmo anno de 1497 a vinte dias do mes de Julho, partio 
 Vasco da Gama por mandado del Key dom Manoel, de Lisboa pera 
 aa India com tres vellas, hiam por capitaes Vasco da Gama, & 
 Paulo da Gama seu hirmao, & Nicolao Coelho, & ceto & vinte 
 homes nellas, hia mais hum nauio c6 mantimento, & em treze dias 
 foram ao Cabo verde a ilha de Santiago a tomar refresco, & dahi 
 foram ao longo da terra : & alem do cabo de Boa esperaiiQ? posera 
 padroes nella. Chegados a Mozambique, que esta em treze graos 
 da parte de meyo dia, fizeram alii pouca detenga : foram a Mom- 
 baza & a Melinde, el Iley delle Ihe deu pilotos, que os poseram na 
 India, na qual trauessa descobrirao os baixos de Padua. 
 
 No anno de 1498 no mes de Mayo, surgira na cidadc de Calecu 
 
 1 13? 
 
 J3? 
 
94 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Calicut. 
 
 Gomara, 
 liistoriEc 
 general, lib. 
 
 an anker before the citie of Calient and Panana, where they 
 remained all the winter : and the first day of September they 
 set saile towards the north, discouering the coast all along 
 till they came to the Island of Angediua, which standeth on 
 that side in 15 degrees of latitude, where they came to an 
 anker in the beginning of October, and so they departed 
 from Angediua in Februarie in the yeere 1499, and came in 
 sight of the coast of Africa about Melinde, towards the 
 north 3 or 4 degrees, and from thence they sailed vnto the 
 said citie, and so vnto Mozambique againe, and to the Cape 
 of Bona Speranca, sailing along by the coast, and then they 
 came to the Islands of Cape Verde, and last of al to the citie 
 of Lisbon in the moneth of September, hauing beene in the 
 voiage 26 monethes. 
 
 In the yeere 1499, on the 13 day of the moneth of 
 Nouember, there departed fro Palos one Vincent Yannez 
 Pinson and his nephew Aries Pinson with fower ships well 
 appointed at their owne cost and charges, to discouer the 
 new world vnder the licence of the king of Castile, and with 
 commandement not to .touch there, where the admirall 
 Columbus had beene. And so they went to the Islands of 
 
 & Panane, & estiuera todo ho inuerno, & o primeiro de Setembro se 
 fizeram a vella, & foram contra ho Norte descobrindo aquela costa 
 atee a ylha D’angediua que esta daquella parte em quinze graos 
 d’altura, onde surgiram na entrada do mes Doctubro, partiram de 
 Angediua, & no de Feuereiro do anno de 1499 ouueram vista da 
 terra de Africa, acima de Melinde cotra ho norte tres ou quatro 
 graos : d’ahi foram aquella cidade, & della a Mo 9 ambique, & ao 
 cabo de boa Esperanga, & tomaram na mao a costa, & vieram as 
 ylhas do Cabo verde, & a cidade de Lisboa na entrada do mes de 
 Setembro, & poseram vinte & seis meses neste caminho. 
 
 No anno de 1499 a treze dias do mes de Nouembro, partiram de 
 Pallos, Vicente Anez piga & sen sobrinho Aires pigam co quatro 
 nauios que armaram a sua custa, pera descobrimeto do nouo mudo, 
 CO licenga del rey de Castella, & regimeto q’ nam tocasse no q’ o 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 95 
 
 Cape Verde, and passed the line to the southward, and dis- 
 couered the Cape of Saint Augustine standing on that side The cape of 
 in 8 degrees of latitude, and there they wrote on the rindes 
 of pine trees the names of the king and of the queene [with 
 some of their own], also the yeere and day when they 
 arriued there. They fought with the people of Brasil, but 
 got nothing ; they tooke their course all along the coast 
 towards the west vnto the riuer Maria Tambal, and at that Rio<leMaria 
 time they had taken thirtie and odde prisoners.^ The chiefe 
 places where they touched were the Cape of S. Augustine, f“fLu1;as 
 and the angle or point of S. Luke, and Tierra de los Humos, 
 the riuers of Marannon and of the Amazons, and Rio dolce, zoJs.'and 
 or the Sweete riuer, and other places along the coast : and 
 they came to [Para in] ten degrees of latitude on the north 
 side, where they lost two ships and their companie, and re- 
 mained in that voiage of discouery ten moneths and 15 
 daies. 
 
 In the yeere 1500 and in the moneth of March, one Pedro beitos, 
 
 ^ decad. 1, lib, 
 
 Aiuarez Cabral sailed out of Lisbon with 13 ships, with com- cap. 2 . 
 
 almirante Colo tinha descuberto, pelo q’ foram as ilhas do Cabo 
 verde & passara a linha da outra parte do sul, & descrobrira o cabo 
 de sancto Agostinho q’ estaa daquella banda en oyto graos daltura, 
 & escreueram em troncos de aruores & penedos ho nome del Rey 
 & Raynha com algus delles, & ho anno & dia q’ ali chegaram, 
 pelejaram c6 hos Brasis, & nam guardaram nada. Tomaram na 
 mao ha costa contra ho Ponente, & no Rio Maria, Tambal, capti- 
 iiaram neste tempo trinta & tantos Indios, tomaram ho cabo 
 primeiro, Angra de sam Lucas a terra dos Fumos, o rio Maranho 
 & o das Mazonas, & rio Do 9 e & oiitras partes ao longo da costa, 
 chegara aa Paria em dez graos daltura da parte do norte, perderao 
 dous nauios & gente. Posera na viagem & descobrimento dez meses 
 & meyo. 
 
 No anno de 1500 & entrada de Maiyo, partio Pedraluarez Cabral 
 
 ^ Indians. 
 
96 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Puerto 
 Seguro in 
 Brazil. 
 
 Sofala. 
 
 mandement not to come neere the coast of Africa to shorten 
 his way ; and he losing the sight of one of his ships went to 
 seeke her, and in seeking of her lost his course, and sailed 
 till he came within sight of the land. The generall was so 
 long in seeking his ship, that the companie were wearie of 
 it, and entreated him to leaue his enterprise. The next 
 day they fell in sight of the coast of Brasil : whereupon the 
 generall commanded a barke to goe to land and seeke an 
 hauen : which they did, and found a good and safe hauen, 
 and they named it Puerto Seguro, that is to say, the Safe 
 Hauen, standing on the south side in 17 degrees of latitude. 
 From thence they sailed towardes the Cape of Bona Spe- 
 ranca and Melinde, and crossed ouer to the riuer of Cochin, 
 which before was not knowne, where they laded themselues 
 with pepper, and at their returne Sancho de Thouar dis- 
 couered the citie of Sofala vpon the coast of Africa. 
 
 In this same yeere 1500 it is reported that Caspar Corte- 
 real craned a generall licence of the king Emmanuel^ to 
 discouer the New found land. He went from the Island 
 
 com treze velas, com regimento que se afastasse da costa D’Africa, 
 para encurtar a via. E tendo hua nao perdida em sua busca perdeo 
 a derrota, & indo fora della, topara finaes da terra, por onde o 
 capitao mor foy em sua busca tantos dias, q’ os d’ armada Ihe re- 
 quererao que deixasse aquella profia : mas ao outro dia virao aa 
 costa do Brasil. E mandou o capitam mor hum nauio apalpar se 
 achaua porto, tornou, dizendo, que achaua hem & seguro, & assi 
 Ihe poserao o nome, & dizem que esta da parte do sul em dezasete 
 graos daltura. Daqui se fizerg, a vela na volta do cabo de Boa 
 Esperanga & de Melinde, & atrauessarao a outra banda, & no rio 
 de Cochim que se ainda na sabia, & carregarao de pimeta. E a 
 tornada Sacho de Thouar descobrio a cidade de gofala. 
 
 Neste mesmo anno de 1500 diz q’ pedio Caspar corte real licenga 
 a el Bey dom Manoel pera yr descobrir a terra Nona. Partio da 
 
 Don Manuel. 
 
DISCOUERIKS OF THE SPANYARDS, 
 
 97 
 
 Tercera with two ships well appointed at his owne cost, and 
 he sailed vnto that climate which standeth vnder the north 
 in 50 degrees of latitude, which is a land nowe called after 
 his name ; and he came home in safetie vnto the citie of 
 Lisbon : and making another time this voiage the ship was 
 lost wherein he went, and the other came backe into Portu- 
 gal!. Wherefore his brother, Michael Cortereal, went to 
 seeke him with three ships well appointed at his owne cost ; 
 and when they came vnto that coast, and found so many 
 entrances of riuers and hauens, euery ship went into her 
 seuerall riuer, with this rule and order, that they all three, 
 should meete againe the day of August. The two other 
 ships did so, and they seeing that Michael Cortereal was 
 not come at the day appointed, nor yet afterwards in a cer- 
 taine time, returned backe into the realme of Portugall, and 
 neuer heard any more newes of him nor yet any other 
 memorie. But that countrey is called the land of Cortereall 
 vnto this day. 
 
 In the yeere 1501, in the moneth of March, John de 
 Nona departed from the citie of Lisbon with fower ships. 
 
 ilha terceira com dous nauios armados a sua custa, foy aquelle 
 clima que esta debaixo do nortc em cincoeta graos daltura. He 
 terra que se agora chama de sen nome, tornou a saluamento a 
 cidade de Lixboa. Fazendo outra vez este caminho, se perdeo o 
 nauio em que elle hia, & o outro tornou a Portugal. Pola qual 
 causa seu yrmao Miguel corte real foy em sua busca co tres nauios 
 armados a sua custa. Chegados aquella costa, como virao muytas 
 bocas de rios & abras, entrou cada hum pela sua com regimcnto 
 que se ajutasse todos ate vinte dias do mes Dagosto : os dous 
 nauios assi o fizerao. E vendo quo nao vinha Miguel corte real ao 
 prazo, nem despois algum tempo, se tornava a este Reyno, sem 
 nuca mais dclle se saber noua, nem dear outra memoria, se nao 
 chamarse esta terra dos Corte reaes ainda agora. 
 
 No anno de 1501 & mes do Marqo, partio Joao de noua com 
 quatro vclas da cidade de Lixboa, & alem da linlia da parte do sul 
 
 13 
 
 Terra Cor- 
 terealis. 
 
 Many en- 
 trances of 
 riuers in the 
 northwest. 
 
 Barros, 
 (lecad. 1, lib. 
 5, cap. lU. 
 
98 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Isle (le 
 Ascension. 
 
 The Isle of 
 
 Santa 
 
 Helena. 
 
 Bezequiche. 
 
 Brasil clis- 
 couered to 
 32 degrees. 
 
 and passed the line on the south side into 8 degrees of lati- 
 tude, and he discouered an island, which he called the Isle 
 de Ascension : and he went vnto Mosambique, and to 
 Melinde, and from thence he crossed oner vnto the other 
 side, where they tooke lading, and so came back and 
 doubled the Cape, and found an island called Santa Helena, 
 being but a small thing, but yet of great importance in 
 respect of the situation thereof. 
 
 In this same yeere 1501 and in the nioneth of May there 
 departed out of Lisbon three ships, upon the commandement 
 of Emmanueh the king, to discouer the coast of Brasil; 
 and they sailed in the sight of the Canaries, and from thence 
 to Cape Yerde, where they refreshed themselues in the towne 
 of Bezequiche, and passed from thence beyond the line 
 southward, and fell with the land of Brasill in five degrees 
 of latitude, and so went forward till they came in 32 degrees, 
 little more or lesse, according as they accounted it, and 
 from thence they came backe in the moneth of Aprill, be- 
 cause it was there at that time cold and tempestuous. They 
 
 em oyto graos daltura descubrira a ilha a qiie poserao nome da 
 Concepgao- & forao a Mozambique, & de Melinde atrauessaram a 
 outra banda, tornado carregase tornaram, & dobrado o cabo em 
 dezasete graos daltura, acharam a ilha aque poseram nome de 
 Santa Elena cousa pequena, mas muito nomeada. 
 
 Neste mesmo anno de 501 & mes de Mayo partira tres nauios 
 da cidade de Lixboa por mandado del Rey dom Manoel, a descobrir 
 ha costa do Brazil, & foram a ver vista das Canarias, & da hi a 
 cabo Verde, tomara refresco em Beziquiche, passada a linha da 
 parte do sul, foram tomar terra no Brazil em cinco graos daltura, 
 & fora por ella ate trinta & dous pouco mais ou menos, segundo 
 sua cota, donde se tornaram no mes de Abril por auer ja la frio, 
 
 1 Don Manuel, 
 
 2 There is here some confusion betwixt the names Conceicao and 
 Ascensao. The discovery of Ascension is attributed to Tristran da 
 Cunha in 1508. 
 
mSCOUERIES OF THE SPAKYARDS. 
 
 99 
 
 were in that voiage fifteene monethes, and came to Lisbon 
 againe in the beginning of September, 1502. 
 
 In the yeere 1502, one Alfonso Hoieda went to discouer 
 Terra firma, and followed his course till he came to the pro- 
 nince of Vraba. 
 
 The next year following, also, one Roderigo Bastidas of 
 Siuill went out with two carauels at his owne cost, and the 
 first land of the Antiles that he saw was an island, which he 
 named Isla Verde, that is, the Greene Island, standing fast 
 by the Island of Guadalupe, towards the land ; and from 
 thence they took their course towards the west to Santa 
 Martha, and Cape De la Vela, and to Kio Grande or the 
 great riuer, and they discouered the hauen of Zamba, the 
 Coradas, Carthagena, and the islands of S. Barnard of Baru, 
 and Islas de Arenas, and went forward vnto Isla fuerte, 
 and to the point of Caribana standing at the end of the Gulfe 
 of Vraba, where the}^ had sight of the Farallones standing on 
 the other side hard by the riuer of Darien, and from Cape 
 De la Vela vnto this place are two hundred leagues^ ; and 
 
 & tormenta, poseram neste descobrimento & viage quinze mezes, 
 por tornarem a Lixboa na entrada de Setembro. 
 
 ^ Neste anno ou no seguinte, fora ao descobrimento da noiia 
 Espanha Alonso de hijada, & trouxe sua derrota ate reconliecer a 
 prouincia de Sinta. E no anno seguinte partio Rodrigo de bastidas 
 de Seuilha, com duas carauellas armadas a sua custa & ha pri- 
 meira terra que das Antilhas tomaram, foy liua ylha a que poseram 
 nome Verde, que esta junto Daguadalupe contra a terra, & tornado 
 na mao ha volta contra ho Ponente a sancta Martha, & a cabo 
 dauclla & ao Rio grande, & descobriram ho porto do Zamba, hos 
 Coroados, Cartagena, & lias ylhas de sam Bernardo de Baru, & 
 has areas, foram diaiite a ylha forte, & a ponta da Caribana, que 
 estaa no cabo do golfam de Vraba, vicram hos Eareloncs, que 
 estam da outra banda junto Dariem, & do cabo da villa atee esta 
 
 ^ The distance from Cape de la Vela to the Point of Cariboua is about 
 one hundred and fifteen leagues. 
 
 Gomara, 
 liisloriiB 
 general, 
 lib. 2. 
 
 Vraba. 
 
100 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 The fourth 
 voiage of 
 Columbus. 
 
 Gomara, 
 liistoriffi 
 general, 
 lib. 1, cap. 
 24 . 
 
 Cabo de 
 Jligueras. 
 
 Cabo de 
 Honduras. 
 
 Cabo de 
 Gracias a 
 Dios. 
 Yeiagua. 
 
 it standeth in 9 degrees and two parts of latitude. From 
 thence they crossed over vnto the island of Jamaica, where 
 they refreshed themselues. In Hispaniola they graued their 
 ships because of the^ holes which certaine wormes of the 
 water had eaten in the planks. In that country they got 
 fower hundred markes of golde, although the people there 
 be more warlike than in Nona Spania, for they poison their 
 arrowes which they shoote. 
 
 In this same yeere, 1502, Christopher Columbus entered^ 
 the fourth time into his discouerie with fower ships at the 
 commandement of Don Fernando, to seeke the Streight, 
 which, as they said, did diuide the land from the other side, 
 and he carried with him Ferdinando, his sonne. They went 
 first to the Island of Hispaniola, to Jamaica, to the riuer 
 Azua, to the Cape of Higueras, and vnto the Islands Ga- 
 mares, and to the Cape of Honduras, that is to say, the Cape 
 of the Depthes ; from thence they sailed towards the east 
 vnto the Cape Gracias a Dios, and discouered the prouince 
 and riuer of Veragua, and Fio Grande, and others, which 
 
 enseada a [cem ?] trinta legoas, estaa em noue graos & meyo dal- 
 tura. Daqui atrauessaram ha ylha de Zamayea, onde tomaram 
 refresco, & na Espanhola deram com hos nauios aa costa pelo 
 gusano que ha muyto, leuarem quarenta marcos douro que por 
 essa terra resgataram, ainda que ha gente da terra he mays giier- 
 reira que ha na Nona Espanha, & tiram com erua. 
 
 No anno de quinhetos & dous, tornou Christouam Colom ha 
 quarta vez a este descobrimento com quatro nauios per mandado 
 del Hey dom Fernando a buscar ho estreyto, que deziam cortar a 
 terra a outra banda leuaua cosigo dom Fernando sen filho : foram 
 ter a ilha Espanhola, & de Jamaica, & ao Rhio Nheser, & ao cabo 
 de Figueira, & ao ylhas dos Gamares, & ao porto das fonduras ; 
 & dahi contra o Leuante ao cabo de Gra9as a Deos, & descobrio a 
 prouincia & Rio Veraga, & o Rio grande, & outros que os da terra 
 
 ’ Worms, which are numerous. 
 
 ^ Returned. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 101 
 
 the Indians call Hieura. And from thence he went to the 
 riuer of Crocodiles, which now is called Eio de Chagres, cia^res. 
 which hath his springs neere the South Sea, within fewer 
 leagues of Panama, and runneth into the North Sea ; and so 
 he went vnto the island which he called Isla de Bastimentos, 
 that is, the Isle of Victuailes, and then to Puerto Bello, that 
 is the faire hauen, and so unto Nombre de Dios, and to Bio Nombrede 
 Francisco, and so to the hauen of Betrete, and then to the 
 Gulfe of Cabesa Cattiua, and to the Islands of Caperosa, 
 and lastly to the Cape of Marble, which is two hundred Marb^e!^^ 
 leagues vpon the coast ; from whence they began to turne 
 again unto the Island of Cuba, and from thence to Jamaica, 
 where he grounded his ships, being much spoiled and eaten 
 with wormes. 
 
 In this yeere also, 1052, Don Vasques de Gama, being 
 now admirall, went again into India with 19 or 20 carauels. de^cad^’i, iib. 
 Fie departed from Lisbon the tenth day of Februarie, 
 and by the last day of that moneth he came to an anker at 
 Cape Verd, and from thence he went vnto Mosambique, ot-MSam- 
 and was the first that crost from that island into India ; and 
 
 cliamarn Hieura. E dahi foy ter ao Rio dos Lagartos, que se 
 agora chama Chegres, que tern sen nascimento ao mar do Sul, & 
 sae ao do Norte, passa de Panamaa quarenta^ legoas, & foy aa ylha 
 que pos nome dos Bastimentos, & ao porto Bello, & a nombre de 
 Dios, & ao Rio Francisco, & ao porto do Retrete, & ao golfam de 
 Secatiua, & aas ylhas de Caparrosa, & ao cabo de Marmol, que 
 sam dozentas legoas de costa, donde comegaram, tornou a ylba de 
 Cuba, & dahi a Jamaica, onde acabou de dar com os quatro nauios 
 a costa por serem ja muy gastados do gusano. 
 
 No anno de 502 tornou dom Vasco da Gama ja Almirante aa 
 India, leuou xix on vinte carauclas : partio de Lisboa a x de 
 feuereiro, no fim delle surgio no Cabo verde, donde foy a Mogam- 
 bique, & o primeiro q’ desta ilha atrauesou pr’a India, & descobrio 
 OLitra cm quatro graos daltura, a que pos nome a do Almirante, 
 
 (Quatro ? 
 
102 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Cftttell and 
 camels fed 
 with dried 
 fish. 
 
 Socotora. 
 Cape de 
 Guardafu. 
 
 Carlha- 
 
 gena. 
 
 he discouered another in 4 degrees of latitude, which he 
 called the Island of the Admirall, and there he took his 
 lading of pepper and drugs, and left there one Vincent Sodre 
 to keep the coast of India, with fine ships. 
 
 These were the first Portugals that with an army did run 
 along the coast of Arabia Felix. It is there so barren, that 
 their cattell and camels are onely maintained with drie fish 
 brought from the sea, whereof there is such plenty and 
 abundance that the cats of the countrey doe vse to take them. 
 
 In the yeere following, as it is reported, one Antonie de 
 Saldania discouered the island, which in old time was called 
 Caradis, and now Socotora, and the Cape of Guardafu, which 
 adioineth vnto that countrey. 
 
 In the yeere 1504,^ Koderigo de Bastidas obtained licence 
 of king Ferdinando, and by the means of John de Ledesma 
 and others of Seuill named and furnished out two ships, 
 hauing for his pilot one John de Cosa of St. Mary Port, and 
 he went to discouer that part of Terra firma where now 
 standeth Carthagena, being in ten degrees and a halfe of 
 
 tomou carrega de pimenta & drogas, & deyxou la por guarda da 
 costa da India c6 cinco vellas, Vicente sodre, estes fora os prime- 
 iros Portugueses q’ d’ armada correram a costa de Arabia, a q’ 
 chamao Felix, ella he tarn esteril que se na mantem os gados & 
 camelos senam em peixe seco que Ihe do mar leuam, & seram elles 
 tatos q’ os gatos os toma. E no anno seguinte segundo dizem 
 descobrio Antonio de Saldanha a ilha que se chama Dioscorodis, 
 & agora Socotora, & o cabo de Guarda foy com aquela terra. 
 
 No anno de 1504 armaram Joam de cosa, vezinbo de Sancta 
 Maria del Puerto, & o piloto Rodrigo de bastidas, c6 ajuda de 
 Joam de Ledesma, & outros de Seuilha, com licen 9 a del Rey dom 
 Fernando quatro carauelas, & fora a descobrir a terra noua onde 
 se chama Cartagena, q’ esta em dez graos & meyo da parte do 
 
 ^ John de Cosa, of Santa Maria del Puerto, and the pilot, Rodrigo de 
 Bastidos, with the aid of John de Ledesma and others of Seville, by 
 license from the king Ferdinand, fitted out four caravels. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 103 
 
 northerly latitude. And it is said that they found the cap- 
 taine, Luis de la Guerra, and they together tooke land in^ 
 the Isle of Codego, where they tooke sixe hundred persons 
 of the sauages. And going farther along the coast they en- 
 tred into the Gulfe of Vraba, where they found sand min- 
 gled with gold, being the first that was brought to the king, 
 Don Ferdinando ; from thence they returned to the citie of 
 Santo Domingo, laden with slaues, without victuailes, be- 
 cause they of the countrey would not bargaine with them, 
 which grew to their great trouble and griefe. 
 
 In the later end of this yeere died Ladie Isabella, Queene 
 of Castile, which queen, while she lined, would not suffer 
 any man of Arragon, Catalunia, Valencia, nor any borne in 
 the countrey of Don Fernando her husband, to enter into 
 these discoueries, saue those which were their seruants, or 
 by special! commandement ; but only the Castilians, Bis- 
 caines, and those which were of her owne Signiories, by 
 whom all the lands aforesaid were discouered. 
 
 In the yeere 1505, vpon our Lady day in March, Fran- 
 
 norte, & diz que acharam aly o capita Luis da guerra, & juntos 
 todos Sahara na ilha do Codego, tomaram nella seis centas pessoas, 
 foram por aquela costa, & entraram no Golfam de Vraba : & na 
 area acharam ouro mesturado c6 ella, & foy o priineiro que se daly 
 trouxe a el Rey dom Fernado oude foram a cidade de sam Do- 
 mingos carregados de escrauos sem resgate nem matimento; porque 
 os da terra na quiseram contratar com elle lire fizera muito dano. 
 E no fim deste anno de 1504 falaceo a Rayiiiia dona Isabel de Cas- 
 tella, & em quanto foy viua na consentio que fossem do descobri- 
 mcnto da noua Espaila, Aragoes, Catheloes, Valencianos, nem 
 nenlius do jratrimonio del Rey dom Fernando sen marido, saluo se 
 fosse sen criado, ou por especial mandado, somente Castellianos, 
 Galegos, Riscaynlios, & os de seu senliorio que esta terra desco- 
 brirarn. 
 
 No anno de 1505 dia de Nossa Senhora do Maryo, partio dom 
 
 Codego. 
 
 The death 
 of Queene 
 Isabella, 
 1504. 
 
 * Fell upon. 
 
104 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Rams, 
 decad. 1, lib. 
 8, cap. 3. 
 
 A fort built' 
 in Quiloa. 
 
 Aiigediua 
 
 possessed. 
 
 Forts 
 builded in 
 Cauanor 
 and in 
 Cochin. 
 
 A fort 
 builded in 
 Sofala, 
 
 Ceilan. 
 
 cisco de Almeida, Viceroy of India, tooke his course with 22 
 sailes towards India [by way of Brazil] as now is accustomed. 
 He came vnto the city of Quiloa, where he built a fort, ap- 
 pointing one Peter Pereira to be captaine thereof ; and 
 beyond Melinde he trauersed to the Island, of Augediua, 
 where he placed as captaine one Emmanuell Passania. In 
 Cananor also he built another fort, giuing the captainship 
 of it to Laurence de Brito. In Cochin he did the like, 
 where Don Alfonso de Neronia was made captaine. This 
 yeere one Peter de Anhaya did build the fortress of Sofala, 
 whereof also himselfe was made captaine. 
 
 In the later end of this yeere [or at the beginning of the 
 next] the viceroy commanded his sonne, whose name was 
 Don Laurenco, to make some entrie upon the Islands of 
 Maldiua, and with contrairie weather he arriued at the 
 islands, which of ancient time were called Tragana, but the 
 Moores called them Ytterubenero, and we call them Ceilan, 
 where he went on land, and made peace with the people 
 there, and afterwards came back vnto Cochin, sailing along 
 the coast and fully diseouering it. In the middest of this 
 
 Francisco Dalmeyda, Viso Rey da Indio com vinte & duas vellas, 
 fez sen caminho na volta do Brasil, como se ja costumaua. Chegado 
 a cidade de Quiloa, assetou fortaleza, capitam della Pero Ferreira, 
 & alem de Melinde atraueouss a ilha Daugediua, onde fez capita 
 Manoel Paganha. Em Cananor edificou outra, deu a capitania a 
 Louren90 de Brito. Em Cochim o mesmo, & capitam do Affonso 
 de Noronho. Neste anno fez Pero danhaya a fortaleza de Sofala, 
 de que teue a capitania. 
 
 Na fim deste anno, on na entrada do outro, mandou ho Viso rey 
 a dom Louren9o seu filho as ilhas de Maldiua, & com tempo con- 
 traria, arribou as ylhas, a que os antiguos chamaram Tragana & 
 os mouros Itterubenero, & nos agora Ceilam, onde sahio em terra, 
 & assentou paz com os della, tornou a Cochim ao longo da costa, 
 deixandoa toda sabida. 
 
 No meo desta ylha estaa hum pico de pedra muy alto, & hua 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 105 
 
 island there stands a rocke of stone, very high, hauing the 
 signe of the foote of a man vpon the top of it, which they 
 say to be the footestep of Adam, when he went up into the 
 heauens, and the Indians haue it in great reuerence. 
 
 In the yeere 1506, after the death of the Queene of Spain, 
 King Philip and Queene Joan his wife came into Spaine to 
 take possession thereof, and King Don Fernando went into 
 Arragon, being his owne patrimonie. In this same yeere 
 the said King Philip died, and then Fernando came againe 
 to gouerne Spain, and he gaue licence vnto all Span- 
 yards to goe vnto the New land, and to the Antiles, but not 
 to the Portugals. In this yeere, and in the raoneth of May, 
 Christopher Columbus died, and his son Don Diego Colum- 
 bus succeeded in his roome. 
 
 In the year 1506, and entring into the inoneth of March, 
 Tristan de Acunna and Alfonso de Albuquerque went into 
 India with 14 ships in their companie, and sailed till they 
 came to an anker at the towne of Bezequiche, where they 
 refreshed themselves ; and before they came to the Cape of 
 Bona Speranca, in 37 degrees, they found certaine islands. 
 
 pegada de homem, & na sumida delle qiie dize ser do nosso padre 
 Adam, quando sobio aos ceos, tern no os Indios em grande vene- 
 ragam. 
 
 No ano de 1506 depois da Raynha dona Isabel falecer, veyo el 
 Ptey Felipe, & a Raynha dona loana sua molher a Espanha tomar 
 posse, el rey doin Fernando se foy Aragam por ser sen patrimonio : 
 & neste mesmo anno faiecco el rey Felipe, & tornou goiiernar Cas- 
 tella el rey do Fernando, & den licen^a aos Espanhoes qiie podessein 
 hir aa terra nona & Aniilhas, saluo os Portugneses. E neste 
 mesmo anno & mcs de Mayo faiecco Cliristonam columbo, & socedeo 
 cm sen lugar sen filho dom Diogo columbo. 
 
 Neste mesmo anno de 1506 & entrada do mes de Margo, partio 
 Tristam da cunha & Afoso Dalbuqucrq’ pera India, & xiiij. vcllas 
 e sua cdpanhia, foy surgir em Bczequichi, pera rcfrcscarem, & 
 antes q’ chegasscm ao cabo de boa es^ocranca e triiita & sctc graos 
 
 11 
 
 The death of 
 Philip the 
 fyrst of 
 Spaine, 1505. 
 
 The death of 
 Christopher 
 Columbus. 
 
 Barros, 
 decad. 2, lib. 
 1, cap. 1. 
 
 Bezequiche 
 is by Cape 
 V erde. 
 
106 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 The Isles of 
 Tristan de 
 Acunna in 
 37 degrees. 
 
 Samatradis- 
 
 couered. 
 
 The inland 
 of S. I.aii- 
 rence dis- 
 couered. 
 
 Braua. 
 
 A fortress 
 huilded in 
 Socotora. 
 Barros, 
 decad. 2, lib. 
 2, cap. 1. 
 
 whlcli now are named the Isles of Tristan de Acunna, where 
 they had such a tempest that therewithal the fleete was dis- 
 persed. Tristan de Acuna and Alfonso de Albuquerque 
 went vnto Mossambique, and Aluaro Telez ran so far that 
 he came to the Island of Samatra, and so backe againe vnto 
 the Cape of Guardafu ; hauing discouered many islands, sea, 
 and land neuer seene before that time of any Portugall. 
 Emmanuel Telez de Meneses was also driuen without the 
 great island of S. Lawrence, and he ran along the coast 
 thereof, and arriued at last at Mosambique, and there met 
 with Tristan de Acuna, who was the first captaine that 
 wintred there ; and by them it was told that in this island 
 was much ginger, clones, and siluer ; whereupon he went 
 and discouered much of it within the land hut, finding 
 nothing, he came backe againe into Mozambique ; from 
 whence he sailed vnto Melinde, and ran along that coast, 
 and entred into Braua, and from thence they crost ouer to 
 the island of Socotora, where they built a fortresse, and 
 made one Don Antonio de Noronia captaine thereof. 
 
 d’altura acharam huas ylhas, q’ se agora chamam de Tristam da 
 cunha, onde Ihe deu tarn grande tormenta, q’ se espalhou toda a 
 frota. Tristam da cunha & Alfonso Dalbuquerque foram ter a 
 Mo^ambiqh Aluaro telez, correo ta largo, q’ foy a terra de Samatra, 
 dode se tornou ao cabo de Guardafui deixando descuberto muitas 
 ylhas, mar, & terra, nuca ate aq’lle tepo por Portugueses vista. 
 
 Manoel telez de Meneses tambem varou por fora daquella gram 
 ylha de sam Louren 90 , & correo todas na costa, foy ter a Mogam- 
 bique c5 Tristam da cunha, q’ foy o primeiro capitam q’ ali inuer- 
 nara, & por Ihe dizerem q’ nesta ylha auia muito gengibre, crauo, 
 & prata, tornou a descobrir muita della pella parte de dentro, & 
 nam achando nada se tornou a Mogambique, donde partiram pera 
 Melinde, correram aq’lla costa, sahiram em Braua, & dahi passa- 
 ram aa ylha de Sacatoraa, onde fizeram fortaleza, capitam della 
 dorn Antonio de Noronha. 
 
 1 The interior. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 107 
 
 In the yeere 1507, in the moneth of August, Tristan de 
 Acuna tooke shipping for India, and Alfonso de Albuquerque 
 remained there with fine or sixe ships to keepe the coast and 
 entrie of the streight : but being not therewith satisfied, he 
 tooke his course ouer vnto Arabia, and, running along that 
 coast, he doubled the Cape of Rosalgate, standing vnder the 
 tropicke of Cancer. 
 
 In the year 1509, one Diego Lopez de Sequeira went out 
 of Lisbon with fower sailes vnto the Island of Saint Laurence, 
 and continued in his voiage almost a yeere, and in the 
 moneth of May the same yeere he arriued in Cochin, where 
 the viceroy gave him one ship more : and, in the beginning 
 of the moneth of September, he tooke his course vnto Ma- 
 lacca, passing betweene the islands of Nicubar, and many 
 others. He went also to the land of Samatra, to the cities 
 of Pedir and Pacem, and all along by all that coast vnto 
 the Island of Poluoreira, and the flats of Capacia : and 
 from thence he went ouer vnto Malacca, standing in 2 de- 
 grees of latitude towards the north ; but in that citie the 
 people killed and tooke as prisoners some of his men : and 
 thereupon he turned backe againe into India, hauing dis- 
 
 No ano de 1507 no mes Dagosto partio Trista da ciinha p’a 
 India: & Afoso dalbiiq’rq’ q’ ali ficaiia co v. on vj. nauios p’a 
 guarda da costa & boca daq’le estreito, nao se contetando disto se 
 passou Arabia, & correndo a toda, dobrou o cabo de Rosalgata, q’ 
 esta no tropico de cancro. 
 
 No anno de quinhentos & none partio Diogo lopez de Seq’yra 
 de Lisboa co quatro velas pera ylha de Sam Loure 9 o, andou derre- 
 dor della q’si hu anno, & no de none & mes de Mayo chegou a 
 Cochim, ho Visorey Ihe deii mais hum nauio. E na entrada do 
 mes de Setembro, partio pera Malaca, passou per entre as ylhas 
 de Nicobar, & outras muytas : & foy a terra de Sumatra as cidades 
 de Pedir, & Pacem : & per toda cssa costa ate a ylha da Poluoreira, 
 & baixos de Capacca : & dahi se passaram a Malaca, que esta em 
 dous graos daltura da parte do norte, & por Ihe matarem & capti- 
 
 The Cape of 
 Rosalgate. 
 
 Barros, 
 decad. 2, lib. 
 4, cap. 3. 
 
 The Isle of 
 S Laureuce. 
 
 The Islands 
 of Nicobar. 
 Samatra. 
 
 The Isle of 
 Poluoreira. 
 The flats of 
 Capacia. 
 
108 
 
 THE FIRST BEGIIs’NING OF THE 
 
 Rarities in 
 Sumatra. 
 
 Tn Sumatra 
 t'le buffes, 
 kine, and 
 hennes haue 
 fle^b as 
 bliicke as 
 inke. 
 Peoples 
 bauing 
 tailes like 
 sheepe. 
 
 Gold coined 
 in Samatra. 
 
 couerecl in this voiage fine hundred leagues. This Island of 
 Samatra is the first land wherein we know man's flesh to be 
 eaten by certaine people which line in the mountaines called 
 Bacas, who vse to gilde their teeth. They hold opinion 
 that the flesh of the blacke people is sweeter then the flesh 
 of the white. The buffes, kine, and hennes which are in 
 that countrey are in their flesh as blacke as any inke. They 
 say that there are certaine people there called Daraquc 
 Dara, which haue tailes like vnto sheepe ; and some of their 
 welles yield oile. 
 
 The king of Pedir is reported to haue a riuer in his land 
 running with oile ; which is a thing not to be maruelled at, 
 seeing it is found written, that in Bactria there is also a well 
 of oile : it is farther said that there groweth here a tree, the 
 iuice whereof is strong poison ; and, if it touch the blood of 
 a man, he dieth immediately ; but if a man doe drinke of it, 
 it is a soveraigne remedie against poison, so seruing both for 
 life and death. Here also they doe coine peeces of gold, 
 which they call drachmas, brought into the land, as they 
 say, by the Bomanes ; which seemeth to haue some resem- 
 
 uarem nesta cidade gente, se tornou pera a India deixado quin- 
 hentas legoas descubertas. 
 
 Esta ylha de Samatra he a primeira terra q’ la sabemos, em q’ se 
 come came humana, huas gentes que viuem nas serras que se cha- 
 mam Bacas, douram hos dentes, dizem que a came dos homes 
 pretos he mais saborosa que a dos brancos : & assi as bufaras, 
 vacas, galinhas que ha naquellas partes, sam de carnes tarn pretas 
 como esta tinta, Dizia auer ahi homes a que chamao Dara que 
 dara, que tern rabos como carneiros, aqui ha azeite que tiram de 
 P090S : El Bey de Pedir me disse q’ por sua terra corria hu rio 
 delle, nam se deue dauer por muito, pois se acha escripto, que na 
 Batriana ha hua fonte doleo : & assi contam auer aqui hua aruore 
 que 0 gumo della he forte pe^onha, & se toca em sangue logo a 
 pessoa morre, & bebendoo he cousa muy provada contra ella, assi 
 que da morte & vida : batese aqui moeda douro a que chamam 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPA^■YARDS. 
 
 109 
 
 Llaiice of truth, because that from that place forward there 
 is no coined gold ; but that which is thus coined doth run 
 currant in the buying of marchandise and other things. 
 
 In the year 1508, one Alfonso de Hoieda, and Diego de Oomara, 
 recusa, with the fauour of Don Fernando, purposed to goe 
 vnto tierra firma to conquer the prouince of Darien. He 
 went foorth at his owne charges, and discouered the firme 
 land, where it is called Vraba, which he named Castilia del 
 Oro, that is. Golden Castilia, bicause of the gold which they castmadei 
 found among the sand along the coast. And they were the 
 first Spanyards that did this. For this, one governed Vraba, 
 the other Beraga. Alfonso de Hoieda went first from the 
 Island of Hispaniola and the citie of San Domingo with 
 fower ships and three hundred soldiers, leaning behinde 
 him the bachiler^ Anciso, who afterwards compiled a booke Thebooke 
 of these discoueries. And after him there went also one 
 ship with victuals, munition, and 150 Spanyards. He went 
 on land at Carthagena, but there the people of the countrey 
 tooke, slew, and eate 80 of his soldiers, whereupon he grew 
 uery weake.^ 
 
 these dis- 
 coueries. 
 
 dragmas, dizem q’ os Romaos a trouxeram a esta terra, parece 
 algua coiisa, porque daqui por diate nam se bate moeda douro, 
 mas corre se ele por mercadoria. 
 
 No anno de 1508 armarara a sua custa com licenga del Key dom 
 Fernando, Alonso de hijada, & Diogo de recusa, pera hir pouvar 
 & conquistar a prouincia Doriem, & descobrir a terra firme, onde 
 se chama A^raba q’ poserao nome Castella do ouro, pello q’ acharam 
 na area ao longo da praya, & foram os primeiros Castelhanos q’ 
 isto fizeram : porq’ hum tinha a gouernan^a de Vraba, & outro de 
 Beraga. Bartio prlmeiro Alonso de hijada da yllia Espanhola, & 
 cidade de Sanctiago c6 quatro nauios & trezetos soldados, deixando 
 o Bacliarel Ansiso, q’ depots fez liii liuro deste descobiimeto, p’a 
 yr tras elle hu nauio co mantimetos & moniydes, & ceto & cincoeta 
 Fspanhoes. Chcgou Aldso de hijada a Cartagena, onde tomou 
 
 - Aii-ry. 
 
 Bachelor of Arts. 
 
no 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Beata is a 
 proiiiiice in 
 the west 
 l^art of His- 
 paniola. 
 
 Gomara, 
 gen. hist., 
 lib. 3, cap. 6 
 
 In this year 1508, one Diego de Niquesa prepared seuen 
 ships in the port of Beata to goe vnto Veragua, and carried in 
 them almost 800 men. When he came to Carthagena, he 
 found there Alfonso de Hoieda forespoiled with his former 
 losse but then they both ioined together, and went on 
 land, and auenged themselves of the people [and went each 
 to his government]. And in this voiage Diego de Niquesa 
 went and discouered the coast called Nombre de Dios, and 
 went vnto the sound of Darien, and called it Puerto de 
 Misas, which is vpon the riuer of Pito. When they were 
 come vnto Veragua, he went on shore with his armie,^ his 
 soldiers being out of hope to returne to Hispaniola. [And 
 though this stratagem of war was put in practice afterwards 
 by Fernan Cortez, he w^as not the first in that land, as some 
 hold and believe]. Alfonso de Hoieda began a fortress in 
 Caribana against the Caribes p which was the first towne 
 that the Spanyards builded in the Firme land ; and in Nom- 
 
 terra, & os dela Ihe matarao & comeram oytenta soldados, de que 
 ficou muyto agastado. 
 
 Neste mesmo ano de 1508 armou Diogo de Nequisa no porto 
 de Beata sete vellas pera hir a Beraga, & leuou nellas perto de 
 oytocentos homes. Chegado a Cartagena, achou ahi Alonso de 
 hijada assaz agastado pello q’ Ihe socedera, sahiram ambos em 
 terra, tomaram vingan^a, & se foram cada hum a sua gouernanga, 
 Diogo de recusa foy descobrindo a costa que he de nombre de 
 Dios aos Boquedos de Darie, chamou porto de Misas ao rio Pito : 
 chegado a Beraga deu com a armada a costa, por os soldados per- 
 derem esperanga de tornare a Espanhola : & ainda q’ este ardil de 
 guerra tiuesse despois Fern am cortez, na foy elle prirneyro naquella 
 terra (como algus tern, & cuidam) Alonso de hijada comegou hua 
 fortaleza em Caribana Solar dos Caribas, & foy a primeira villa q’ 
 
 * Very angry at what had happened to him. 
 
 2 He ran his ships on shore that his soldiers might lose the hope of 
 returning to Hispaniola. 
 
 ^ Country of the Caribs 1 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 Ill 
 
 bre de Dios they built another, and called it Nuestra Sen- de 
 
 nora de la Antigua. They builded also the towne of Vraba. 
 
 And there they left for their captaine and lieutenant one 
 Francis Pisarro, who was there much troubled [and after- 
 wards discovered Peru]. They builded other towns also, 
 whose names I here omit. But these captaines had not that 
 good successe which they hoped for [and this is enough for 
 my purpose] . 
 
 In the yeere 1509, the second Admirall, Don Diego 
 Columbus went into the Island of Hispaniola with his wife 
 and houshold And she being a gentlewoman carried with 
 her many other women of good families, which were there ^fany 
 married, and so the Spaiiyards and Castillians began to JoTwSnr* 
 people the countrey d for Don Fernando, the king, had 
 giuen them licence to discouer and people the townes of 
 Hispaniola ; so that the same place grew to be famous and 
 much frequented. The foresaid Admirall also gaue order to 
 people the Island of Cuba, which is very great and large, Cuba 
 
 peopled. 
 
 05 castelbanos em terra firme fizera, & assi em Nombre de Dios, 
 cidade de nossa senhora del antiga, & a villa de Vraba, donde 
 deixaram por capitam & teniente Francisco pigarro, q’ leuou alii 
 assaz trabalho, (& descobrira despois a de Peru) E assi fizeram 
 outras q’ nam nomeo, por que estes capitaes nam tiueram ta bom 
 socesso como cuydaua, & isto abasta a men proposito. 
 
 No anno de 1509 chegou ho segundo Almirante dom Diogo 
 colon! a }dha Espanhola com sua molher & casa, & como era nobre 
 
 6 fidalga, leuou muitas molheres & de boa casta q’ la casaram, & 
 come^aram de Castelbanos de encber a terra, porque el Re}- dom 
 Fernando tinba dado licenga que podesse la yr descobrir, pouvar, 
 todo los pouos de Espanba, por ondo aq’lla terra foy mais enno- 
 brecida & frequetada & tambe cste Almirante deu orde como se 
 pouoasse a ilba da Cuba, q’ he cousa grande & pos nella pera isso 
 
 ^ And began to fill the land with Castilians. 
 
I3arros, 
 decad. 2, lib. 
 
 5, cai>. 10, & 
 lib. 6, cap. 2. 
 Banos, 
 decad. 2, lib. 
 
 6, cap. 5. 
 
 The 
 
 Streight of 
 Cincapura. 
 
 Odia the 
 chiefe citie 
 of Siam. 
 
 Tana^ei'im. 
 
 112 THE FTRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 and placed there as his lieutenant one Diego Velasques, who 
 went with his father in the second voiage. 
 
 In the yeere 1511, in the moneth of Aprill, Alfonso de 
 Albuquerque went from the citie of Cochin vnto Malacca. 
 In which yeere and inonetld the Chineans went from Malaeca 
 into their owne countrey, and Alfonso sent with them [to 
 Siam] (for master^) a Portugall called Duarte Fernandes, with 
 letters [and greeting] (also, and order^) vnto the king of the 
 Mantias, which now is called Sian, standing in the south. 
 [Coasting along], they passed through the streight of Cinca- 
 pura, and sailed towards the north, went along the coast 
 of Patane, vnto the citie of Cuy, and from thence to Odia, 
 which is the chiefe citie of the kingdome, standing in 14 
 degrees of northerly latitude. The king greatly honoured 
 and welcomed Duarte Fernandes, being the first Portugall 
 that he had seene, and with him he sent backe ambassa- 
 dours to Albuquerque. They passed ouer land towards 
 the west unto the citie of Tanacerim, standing upon the sea 
 on the other side in 12 degrees, where they imbarked them- 
 
 por seu adiatado a Diogo valliasquez que fora com seu pay na 
 armada seguda. 
 
 No anno de 1511, & mes de Abril partio Afonso dalboquerqne 
 da cidade de Cochim pera Malaca & neste mesmo anno, & mes de 
 Jiilho fora os Chins de Malaca pera sua terra, & mandou Afonso 
 dalbuquerque co elles a Syao hum Portugues q’ se chamaua Duarte 
 fernandez com cartas & recado a el rey ios Muatais que agora cha- 
 mamos siao ao Sul, ao logo da terra passaram pelo estreito de Sinca- 
 pura & tomaram a norte correndo aquella costa de Papatane, ate a 
 cidade de Cuy, & della ao Dia, q’ he cabega, deste reyno, que estara 
 ate quatorze graos daltura. El Rey fez a Duarte fernandez por ser o 
 primeiro Portugues q’ vira muita merce & honra, & madou c6 elle 
 embaixadores a Afonso dalbuquerq’, atrauessara pola terra a loeste 
 a cidade de Tanasarim q’ esta no mar da outra banda em doze 
 
 ^ And in the same year and month of July. ^ Dele. 
 
 ^ Dele. And greeting. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYAKDS. 
 
 113 
 
 selues in two ships, and sailed along the coast unto the citie 
 of Malacca, leaning it all discouered [so much as it can be 
 by sailing along a coast]. 
 
 The people of this countrey of Sian are people that 
 eate of all kinde of heastes, or vermine [or fish which Ralph 
 land and water produce]. They haue a delight^ to carrie 
 round bels within the skin of their priuie members, which b?oug\ft 
 is forbidden to the king and the religious people. It is these^beis 
 said that of alP other people of those parts, they be most land, 
 vertuous and honest. They commend themselues much 
 for their chastitie and pouertie. They bring no hennes 
 nor doues vp in their houses [nor other female thing]. 
 
 This kingdom hath in length 250 leagues, and in bredth 
 80 [besides those wdio are subject to it]. Of this only king- 
 dom the king may bring foorth into the field thirtie thou- 
 sand elephants, when he goeth to warre, besides those which 
 remaine in the cities for the garde of them. The king much 
 esteemeth a white elephant, and (a red)^ one also, [with red] 
 
 (that hath)^ eies like vnto flaming fire. 
 
 There is in this countrey a certaine small vermine, which 
 
 graos, embarcados em dous nauios se vieram ao longo da costa 
 ate a cidade de Malaca, deixando a toda vista, segundo alcan9a os 
 que vam per mar ao longo de terra. 
 
 A gente deste reyno de Syao he gentia, come toda alimaria, 
 biclio, pescado q’ a terra & agoa produzem, preza fe de trazer 
 cascaneis em suas naturas, a el Rey & religiosos he vedado ; & 
 dizem qiie sam dos mais virtuosos & lionestos q’ ha na redondeza, 
 prezam se muito de castidade & pobreza : em siia casa nam criam 
 galinha pomba, nem outra coiisa femea. Tera cste lleino dozentas 
 & cincoeta legoas em comprido, & oitenta de largo, afora os q’ llie 
 obedece. Deste soo reyno poe el rey em CLipo trinta mil alifantes 
 de guerra, afora os q’ llie ficam nas cidades por guarda, te lui 
 branco em grande estima, & oiitro ruyuo de ollios q’ escamecliam, 
 como fogo. Ha nestas terras lifi bicho peq’no, q’ se Hies pega na 
 
 ^ To wear rings, etc. ^ The world they be, etc. 
 
 Dele. 
 
 ir, 
 
114 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 vseth to cleaue fast to the trunke of the elephant, and 
 draweth the blood of the elephant, and so he dieth thereof. 
 The skull of this vermine is so hard, that the shot of a hand- 
 gun cannot enter it : they haue in their liuers the figures of 
 men and women, which they call Toketa, and are much like 
 Theiiuerof y^to a mandrake. And they affirme that he which hath one 
 
 a little beast •' 
 
 * of them about him cannot die with the stroke of any iron, 
 ot iron. 'XTey haue also wilde kine in this countrey, in the heads of 
 whome they finde stones, which are of vertue to bring good 
 hap and fortune to marchants. 
 
 After that Duarte Fernandes had been with the Mantales 
 or people of Siam, Alfonso de Albuquerque sent thither a 
 knight called Ruy Nunnez de Acunna, with letters and am- 
 bassage vnto the king of the Seguies, which we call Pegu. 
 Pegu. He went in a lunco of the countrey in sight of the Cape 
 
 Pera. Pachado, and from thence went vnto the citie of Pera which 
 
 standeth fast by the riuer Salano,^ and [to] many other 
 villages standing all along this riuer, where Duarte Fer- 
 nandes had beene before, vnto the cities of Tanacerim and 
 of Martauan, standing in 15 degrees toward the north, and 
 
 troba, & os ensanguenta ate q’ os mata, tern a concha ta dura, q’ 
 hu arcabuz o na passa, & cria nos figados hua figura de homes on 
 molheres a q’ chama toy’ta, q’ he coma medracola, & que as traz 
 consigo, dize q’ nam pode morrer a ferro, & nas cabegas de vacas 
 brauas achase pedras muy ditosas pera mercadores. 
 
 Depois de Duarte fernandez hir aos Mantuis, mandou Affonso 
 Dalbuquerque hu caualeiro q’ se chamaua Puy nunez da cunha 
 CO cartas & embaixada ao Pey dos Sequis, q’ nos chamamos Pegus, 
 foy em hu junco dos da terra ao logo della, & vista do cabo 
 rachado, & dahi a cidade de Pera, & aque da lunsalao, & outras 
 muytas pouoagoes q’ jazem ao longo desta ribeira, por onde ja 
 Duarte fernandez viera, ate a cidade de Tanasarim, & de Bartabao, 
 que esta en qiiinze graos da parte do Norte, & a cidade de 
 
 ^ And on this side of the river Solano ? 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPAIs^YARDS. 
 
 115 
 
 the citie of Pegu stancletli in 17. This was the first Portu- 
 gal! which trauailed in that kingdome, and he gaue good 
 information of that countrey and of the people, which vse to 
 wear bels^ in their priuities, euen as the Mantales doe. Pegu S! 
 
 In the end of this yeere 1511, Alfonso de Albuquerque 
 sent three ships to the Islands of Banda and Maluco. And ThTjiesof 
 there went as generall of them one Antonio de Breu, and 
 with him also went one Francis Serrano; and in these ships 
 there were 120 persons. [Not more vessels nor men went 
 to discouer New Spain with C. Columbus, nor with Vasco 
 de Gama to India ; nor in comparison with these is Maluco 
 less wealthy, nor ought it to be held in less esteem.] They 
 passed through the Streight of Saban, and along the Island 
 of Samatra, and [in sight of] many others, leaning them on 
 the left hand, towards the east ; and they called them the 
 Salites. They went also to the Islands of Palimbam and saiites. 
 Lusuparam, from whence they sailed by the noble Island of 
 laua, and they ran their course east, sailing betweene it and 
 the island of Madura. The people of this island are very Madura. 
 
 Pegu em xvij. Este foy o primeiro Portugues q’ trillion aq’le 
 reyno, & den enforma^ao da terra & de como trazia cascaueis 
 como os Muatais. 
 
 No fim deste anno de 1511 mandou Affonso Dalbuquerque tres 
 nauios as ilhas de Banda & Maluco : & por capitao nior defies 
 Antonio Dabreu, & hum Francisco serrao : hiam nelles cento & 
 vinte pessoas, porq’ nam foram mais velas ne homes ao descobri- 
 mento da noua Espanlia com Christouam columbo, nem com Vasco 
 da Gama a India, porq’ Maluco depois destes nam he menos em 
 riqueza, ne se deue de ter em menos estima, foram pello estreito 
 de Sabam ao logo da yllia de Samatra, & a vista doutras que ficam 
 da mao esqucrda contra o Lcuantc q’ chamam dos Salites, ate as 
 ylhas do Palimbao, Lusuparam, donde atrauessaram pella nobrc 
 yfiia da Jaua, foram a Lestc correndo sua costa, per antrc ella & a 
 ylha da madcira. A gcnte dcsta yllia he mais belicosa, & quo 
 
 Rings. 
 
116 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 warlike and strong, and doe^ little regard their lines [as any 
 known in the world]. The women also are there hired for 
 the warres : and they fall out often together, and kill one 
 another, as the Mocos doe, [and they contrive that cocks 
 should fight with spurs, as their principal diversion is blood- 
 shedding], delighting onely in shedding of blood. 
 
 Beyond the Island of laua they sailed along by another 
 called Bali ; and then came also vnto others called Aujaue, 
 cambaba, Solor, *Galav, Mallua, Vitara, Bosalanquin, and 
 fArus, from whence are brought delicate^ birds, which are 
 of great estimation because of their feathers : they came 
 also to other islands lying in the same parallele on the south 
 side in 7 or 8 degrees of latitude. And they be so nere the 
 one to the other, that they seeme at the first to be one 
 entire and maine land. The course by these islands is aboue 
 fine hundred leagues. The ancient cosmographers call all 
 these islands by the name lauos ; but late experience hath 
 found their names to be very diners, as you see. Beyonde 
 these [it is said] there are other islands (towards the north, 
 
 menos tern em cota a vida que se sabe na redondeza, & dizem q’ 
 as molheres ganham soldo polas armas, & por qualquer cousa se 
 desafiam & matam bus a outros, como se faze a Mocos, & inuentam 
 pelejarem galos co naualhas, porq’ ho principal sen desenfada- 
 mento he sanguinolento. 
 
 Alem desta ylha da Jana, vam ao longo doutra q’ se chama 
 Balle, & outra logo (q’ se diz) Anjano, Simbaba, Solor, o Galao, 
 Mauluca, Vitara, Bosolanguim, Arus, donde ve os passaros myrra- 
 dos, q’ sam mni estimados pera penachos, & outras q’ jazem nesta 
 corda da parte do Sul, em sete ou oito graos daltura, & tarn juntas 
 huas com as outras, q’ parece toda hua terra. Auera nesta derrota 
 mais de quinhentas legoas hos Cosmographos Ihes chamaram as 
 Jaoas, ainda que agora tem nome differentes como aqui vedes. 
 Auante destas ylhas dizem que ha outras de gentes mais aluas. 
 
 ' As. 
 
 Or Ouliara. 
 
 ^ Dried. 
 
 t Or Aru. 
 
 Not in Portuguese. 
 
mSCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 Ill 
 
 which are inhabited with whiter people going arraied in 
 shirts, doublets and slops, like vnto the Portugals, hauing The people 
 also money of siluer. The gouernours among them doe ofMaiuco 
 Carrie in their hands red staues, whereby they seem to bane appareii. 
 some affinitie with the people of China, [and not only these 
 but] there are other islands and people about this place, 
 which are redde P and it is reported that they are of the 
 people of China. 
 
 Antonie de Breu and those that went with him tooke their 
 course toward the north, where is a smal island called Gum- 
 nape (or Ternate),^ from the highest place whereof there fall Temate. 
 continually into the sea flakes or streams like vnto fire ; 
 which is a wonderfull thing to behold. From thence they 
 went to the Islands of Burro and Amboino,^ and came to an 
 anker in an hauen of it called Guliguli, where they went on Guiiguii. 
 land and tooke a village standing by the riuer, where they 
 found dead men hanging in the houses ; for the people there 
 are eaters of man’s flesh. Flere the Portugals burnt the 
 ship wherein Francis Serrano was, for she was old and 
 
 que andam vestidas de camisas, giboes, & ceroulas como portu- 
 gueses, & tern moeda de jn’ata, os q’ gouernam a republica, traze 
 nas maos varas vermelhas, por onde parece que deuem de ser da 
 China, & nam tarn somente estas, mas ha por aqui outras de 
 gentes pintadas, que dizem ser dos Chins pouoadas. 
 
 Antonio Dabreu & os que com elle hiam, tomaram sua derrota 
 contra o norte dhua ylheta que se chama o Gumuape : porque do 
 mais alto della corre sempre, & de contino ate o mar ribeiras de 
 logo, cousa muito pera ver. Daqui foram aa ylha de Barrc, & 
 Damboino, & costearam a costa da(flla q’ sc chama de Muar 
 Darnboino, surgiram cm hu porto, q’ sc diz Guli Guli, saltaram 
 cm terra, tomaram luai pouoaeam que ali cstaua, & acharam nas 
 casas homes mortos depend urados : porque comcm came humana, 
 onde ({ueimaram a nao cm que hia Francisco scnao por ser ja 
 
 ’ Painted. - Not in Portuguese. 
 
 And coasted along what is ealled Muar d’Amboina. 
 
118 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Cloues, nut- 
 megs, and 
 mace are in 
 8 degrees 
 toward the 
 south. 
 
 Mindanao. 
 
 Maluco. 
 
 rotten. They went to a place on the other side standing in 
 8 degrees toward the south, where they laded cloues, nut- 
 megs, and mace, in a Junco or barke, which Francis Serrano 
 bought here. 
 
 They say that not farre from the Islands of Banda there 
 is an island where there breedeth nothing else but snakes, 
 and the most are in one caue in the middest of the land 
 [some great and others small go always rolled together]. 
 This is a thing not much to be woondred at ; for as much as 
 in the Levant Sea, hard by the Isles of Maiorca and Minorca, 
 there is another island of old named Ophiusa, and now 
 Formentera, wherein there is great abundance of these ver- 
 mine : and in the rest of the islands lying by it there are 
 none. 
 
 In the yeere 1512 they departed from Banda toward 
 Malacca, and on the baxos or flats of Lucapinho Francis 
 Serrano perished^ in his Junke or barke, from whence es- 
 caped^ vnto the Isle of Mindanao [with] nine or ten Portu- 
 gal which were^ with him, and the kings of Maluco sent 
 
 velha, & foram ter a banda q’ estaa em oito graos da parte do Sul, 
 dode carregaram de crauo, noz, e maga, e hu junco q’ Francisco 
 Serram aqui comprara. Dize q’ nam muito loge destas ylhas de 
 Banda ha hua em q’ sena cria sena cobras, & as mais nua coua q’ 
 tern no meo, huas grandes & outras peq’nas, andao sepre enrola- 
 das, mas na se deue dauer por muyto, tanto como os da terra, 
 fazedo disto espato pois os nossos deixara escrito q’ junto das 
 ilhas de Mayorca & Menorca auia hua q’ se chamaua Eufuria, e 
 q’ auia muita catidade destas bichas, na as auedo e todalas outras 
 ilhas jtito coellas. 
 
 No ano de 1512 partiram de Banda pera Malaca, & nos baixos de 
 Lusupino, se perdeo Francisco Serram co o seu junco, donde se 
 tornou ailha de MIdanao co ix ou x portugueses q’ co ele hia, & 
 os reis d’ Maluco madara por eles estes foram hos primeyros 
 
 1 Was wrecked with his junk. 
 
 2 Had returned. 
 
 Went, 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARHS. 
 
 119 
 
 for them. These were the first Portugals that came to the 
 Islands of Clones, which stand from the equinoctiall line 
 towardes the north in one degree, where they lined senen 
 or eight yeeres. [A. Dabreu made his way to Malacca 
 having discovered all the sea and land above named.] 
 
 The island of Gnmnape, now called Ternate, is much to 
 be admired, for that it casteth out fire.^ There were some 
 princes of the Moores and couragious Portugals which de- 
 termined to goe neere to the firie place to see what it was, 
 but they could neuer come neere it [so as to give any 
 account.] But Antonie Galuano hearing of it, vndertooke 
 to goe vp to it, and did so [with the help of God and our 
 Lady, and the thing that most astonished him in this journey 
 was] (and found)^ a riuer so extreme cold, that he could not 
 suffer his hand in it, nor yet put any of the water in his 
 mouth : [it appears that nature has provided there this cold, 
 as in other waters immense heat]. And yet this place 
 
 Espanhoes que viram as ylhas do crauo, que jazem da linlia 
 contra ho Norte em hum grao, onde esteueram sete on oyto annos. 
 Antonio Dabreu fez seu caminho pera Malaca, deixando descuberto 
 todo aquelle mar & terra nomeadas. 
 
 A ylba de Guape em que esta nossa fortalcza, q’ se agora chama 
 Ternate, he das mais altas cousas que no mundo se sabe, delta 
 fogo pello mais alto, cousa tarn espantosa q’ se nam sabe la falar 
 em outra. Algus principes mouros, & nobres portugueses de altos 
 pensametos, cometeram per vezes ver ysto, mas nunca la che- 
 garam : pello que se fazia ainda mor conta, o q’ Antonio Galuao 
 ouuindo, determinou cometelo, quis deos & nossa senhora q’ llie 
 deu cima & da cousa q’ sc mais cspantou dcsta jornada, foy por 
 hua ribeira tarn frigidissima, q’ nam auia pesoa q’ podesse ter a 
 mao nclla, ne metela na boca : parcce q’ proueo a natureza ali esta 
 
 ^ The Island of Guape, where our fort is situated, is one of the most 
 sublime objects which is known in the world; it throws out fire from its 
 summit, a thing so frightful that its equal cannot be spoken of. 
 
 ^ Dele. 
 
Monstroiis 
 
 men. 
 
 Batochina. 
 
 120 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 standeth vnder the line, where the sunne continually 
 burneth. In these Islands of Maluco there is a Idnde of 
 men that have spurres on their ankles like vnto cocks. And 
 it was told me by the king of Tydore, that in the Islands of 
 Batochina there were people that had tailes, and [in Amboine 
 a he goat that gaue milk from some teats he has between 
 his testicles] (had a thing like vnto a dug between their 
 cods, out of the which there came milke.^ There are smal 
 hennes also which lay their egges vnder the ground aboue a 
 fathome and an halfe, and the egges are bigger than duck’s 
 egges, and many of these hennes are blacke in their flesh. 
 There are hogs also with homes, and parats which prattle 
 much, which they call noris. There is also a riuer of water 
 so hot, that whatsoeuer liuing creature cometh into it, their 
 skins will come oil, and yet flsh breede in it. There are 
 crabs which be very sweete, and so strong in their clawes, 
 that they will break the iron of a pikeaxe. There be others 
 
 frialdade, corno em outras agoas a immensa quetura : sendo isto 
 debaxio da linha, onde continuadamente o sol reuerbera. 
 
 Ha nestas ylhas de Maluco homes com esporoes nos artelhos 
 como galos, disse me el rey de Tidore q’ na ilha da Batachina os 
 auia CO rabos & nas Daboino hu bode q’ deitaua leite por hus 
 peitos q’ antre os copanhoes tinha : ha la galinhas peq’nas q’ de- 
 baixo da terra mais de braca & mea, poe ouos mayores q’ patas : 
 ha miiitas de came pretas & porcos com cornos, & papagayos muy 
 chorarreiros a que chama Noris : ha hua ribeira dagoa tarn quente 
 que se pela tudo nella, & cria peixes : ha cranguejos dos matos 
 muy saborosos & tarn forgosos das bocas q’ quebram o ferro de 
 hua azagaya : ha outras no mar velosos & pequenos, que que os 
 come emprouiso morre : ha huas ostras a q’ chama Bras, que tern 
 tamanhas conchas, que baptizam nellas : ha no mar pedra vina q’ 
 nasce & cria como peixe : & faz cal muy boa, & se a tiram fora & 
 esta ate que morre nuca mais arde. Ha hua arvore que como 
 
 ^ Dele. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 121 
 
 also in the sea little and hairie, but whosoeuer eateth of 
 them dieth immediately. There be likewise certaine oisters, 
 which they doe call Bras, the shels whereof haue so large a 
 compasse, that they doe christen in them. In the sea also 
 there are liuely stones, which doe grow and increase like 
 vnto fish, whereof very good lime is made : and if they let 
 it lie when it is taken out of the w'ater, it looseth the strength, 
 and it neuer burneth after. There is also a certaine tree, 
 which beareth flowers at the sunne set, which fall down as 
 soon as they be growne. There is a fruit also, as they say, 
 whereof if a woman that is conceaued of child eateth, the 
 child by and by mooueth. There is further a kinde of 
 herbe there growing, which followeth the sunne, and re- 
 mooueth after it, which is a uery strange and maruailous 
 thing. 
 
 In the year 1512, in the moneth of Januarie, Alfonsus de 
 Albuquerque went back from Malaca vnto Goa, and the 
 ship wherein he went was lost, and the rest went from his 
 companie. Simon de Andrada and a few Portugals were 
 driuen into the Islands of Maldiua, being many and full of 
 palme trees, and they stand lowe by the water : which staied 
 there till they knew what was become of their gouernour. 
 These were the first Portugals that had seen those islands, 
 
 ho sol se poe enflorece : & caelhe como nace : a hi fruta quo dizem 
 que como hua prenlie a come logo moue, ha hua erua que segue o 
 sol de maneira que sempre anda co elle, & he causa de admiragam 
 vella. 
 
 No anno de 1512 no mes de Janeiro tornou Afonso dalboquer- 
 que de Malaca pera Goa & se perdeo a nao em q’ elle hia, & 
 outras se partiram de sua companhia, & Simao dandiTide & algus 
 Portuguescs foram ter as ilhas de Maldiua, que sam muitas & 
 cheas de palmeiras, & rasas co a agoa, aqui o retiueram ate saberem 
 q’ ho Goucrnador era vindo. Estes fora os primciros portugueses 
 q’ aq’llas illias viram, nas quaes dizem q’ se criam cocos debaxo 
 (lagoa, que sam muy proueitosas contra toda pc9onha. 
 
 IG 
 
 The flowers 
 of Xistus 
 and Arbor- 
 tristus are 
 such. 
 
 Barros, 
 decad. 2, lib. 
 7 , cap. 1. 
 
 The Isles 
 Maldiua. 
 
122 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 John (le 
 Solis. 
 
 wherein [it is said] there grow cocos [beneath the water] 
 which are very good against all kinde of poison. 
 
 In this yeere 1512, there went out of Castile one John de 
 Solis, borne in Lisbon, and chief pilot vnto Don Fernando 
 [the king]. And he hauing licence went to discouer the 
 coast of Brassill. He tooke the like course that the Pinsons 
 had done : he went also to^ the Cape of S. Augustine, and 
 went forwards to the south, coasting the shore and land 
 [league by league] (and he came vnto the port De Lagoa) 
 and in 35 degrees of southerly latitude he found a riuer 
 which they of Brassill call Parana-guacu, that is, the great 
 water. He sawe there signes of siluer, and therefore called 
 it Bio de Plata, that is, the riuer of siluer. And it is said 
 that at that time he went farther because he liked the coun- 
 trey well ; but he returned backe againe into Spaine, and 
 made account of all things to Don Fernando, demaunding of 
 the king the gouernment thereof, which the king granted 
 Whereupon he prouided three ships, and with them 
 cap. 10 . yeere 1515 [in the month of September] he went 
 
 Rio de 
 Plata. 
 
 Neste anno de 1512 partio de Castella loam de Soliz, natural 
 de Lebrixa,^ piloto mbr Del rey dom Fernando, com sua licenga 
 foy descobrir a costa do Brasil, leuou a derrota dos Pigoes. 
 Tornou o cabo de Sancto Agostinho, seguio sua via contra o meio 
 dia, costeando a ribeira & terra legoa por legoa, & em xxxv graos 
 daltura achou hu rio, a q’ os Brasis chama Paranagaco, q’ quer 
 dizer grade agoa, vio nellas mostras de prata, & assi Ihe pos nome 
 Bio da prata : & dize ainda q’ foy mais adiante por Ihe parecer be 
 a terra. Tornando a Espanha, deu de tudo a el rey do Fernando 
 conta, & pediolhe aq’lla gouernan 9 a, el rey Ihe fez merce della, 
 Armou em Lepe^ tres nauios, & no ano de 1515 & mes de Setebro 
 tornou a este reino, onde o matara, estes Solizes pigoes fora 
 grades descobridores naq’las partes, ate gastarem nisso vida & 
 fazenda. 
 
 1 He doubled. ^ Not in Portuguese. ^ Lisboa ? ^ (?) 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 12S 
 
 againe into that kingclome ; but he was there slaine. These 
 [gallant] Solisses were great discouerers in those partes, and 
 spent therein their Hues and goods. 
 
 In the same yeere, 1512, John Ponce of Leon, which had 
 beene gouernour of the Isle of S. John, armed two ships and 
 went to seeke the Isle of Boyuca, where the naturals of the 
 countrey reported to be a wel, which maketh old men 
 young. Whereupon he laboured to finde it out, and was oo^mava 
 in searching of it the space of six monethes, but could nnde general ub. 
 no such thing. He entred into the Isle of Bimini, and dis- 
 couered a point of the firme land standing in 25 degrees 
 towards the north, vpon Easter day, and therefore he named 
 it Florida. And because the land seemed to yeeld gold 
 and siluer and great riches, he begged it of the king, Don 
 Fernando, but he died in the discouerie of it, as many more 
 haue done. 
 
 In the yeere 1513 Vasco Nunnes de Yalboa hearing 
 speech and newes of the South Sea, determined to goe 
 thither, although his company dissuaded him from that 
 action.^ But being a man of good valure, with those soldiers 
 
 Neste mesmo ano de 1512 loam ponso de Lia q’ foy gouernador 
 da }dha de S. loa, armou dous nauios, & foy buscar a ilha Boihuca, 
 onde dizia os da terra q’ estaua hua fonte q’ sua agoa tornana os 
 velhas mo 90 s, & andou em sua busca seis meses co assaz trabalho 
 sem achar de la noua, ne q’ visse tal cousa, entrou e Bernini, & 
 descohrio aqlla ponta de terra firme q’ esta em xxv graos da parte 
 do norte dia de pascoa florida, & por ysso Ihe pos o tal nome, & 
 por Ihe parecer q’ acharia nella ouro, prata, & grade riq’za, a pedio 
 a el rey d5 Fernado, q’ foy causa de sua morte & dano, como 
 muitos na tal empresa te recibido. 
 
 No anno de 1513 tendo Vasco nunez de Valboa, noua do mar do 
 sul, detcrminou passar a ellc, co quanto llic punliam medo da 
 gcntc da terra, por onde auia de fazer estc caminho, mas clle como 
 
 ’ Although his company tried to inspire him with fear of the people 
 of that country. 
 
124 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 The South 
 Sea dis- 
 couered. 
 
 that he had, being 290, he resolued to put himself into that 
 ieopardie. He went therefore from Dariene the first day of 
 September, carrying some Indians of the countrey with him 
 to be his guides, and he marched ouerthwart the land, some- 
 times quietly, sometimes in war ; and in a certaine place called 
 Careca he found Negroes captiues with curled haire [and 
 never up to that time were others seen or known until now, 
 in all these parts of New Spain, Golden Castile and Peru.] 
 This Valboa came to the sight of the South Sea on the 25 
 day of the said moneth, and on Saint Michael’s day came 
 vnto it, where he imbarked himselfe against the will of 
 Chiapes, who was the Lord of that coast, who wished him 
 not to doe so, because it was very dangerous for him. But 
 he^ desirous to haue it knowne that he had beene vpon those 
 seas, went forwards, and came backe againe to land in 
 safetie, (and)^ [He returned] with great contentment, bring- 
 ing with him good store of gold, siluer, and pearles, which 
 there they tooke. For which good seruice of his, Don 
 
 era esfor 9 ado & belicoso, c5 esses soldados q’ tinha q’ eram 
 dozentos & nouenta, determinou de se poer neste perigo : & partio 
 do Doriem dode estaua. O primeiro de Setebro leuando algus 
 Indios da terra por guia, atrauessou toda a terra, ora por paz, ora 
 por guerra, & em hu certo senhorio q’ se chama Careca, acharam 
 negros captiuos de cabeQa reuolta, q’ nuca ate entam se viram, 
 nem se sabe outros ategora em todas aq’llas partes da noua 
 Espanha, Castella do ouro, & Peru. Ouue vista Valboa do mar 
 do Sul a vinte cinco dias do mes, chegou a elle dia de sam Miguel, 
 & por isso pos aq’lle golfam tal nome, embarcouse em certas 
 barcas cotra votade de Chipe, q’ era senhor daq’la costa, que Ihe 
 rogaua que o na fizesse por ser perigosa, mas elle quis saber o que 
 era & dizer que ho nauegara : tornouse assas contente, com 
 muito ouro, prata, aljofre que se la pescaua, por onde el Rey dom 
 Fernando Ihe fez mer^e & bora. 
 
 ^ Wished to know what it was like, and to say that he had sailed on it. 
 
 2 Dele. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 125 
 
 Ferdinando the king greatly fauonred and honoured 
 him. 
 
 This year, 1513, in the moneth of Februarie, Alfonsus de JjJJaTiiib. 
 Albuquerque went fro the city of Goa [by Aden] towards 
 the Streight of Mecha with twenty ships. They arriued at 
 the citie of Aden and battered it, and passed forward and sl?di£o^ 
 entred into the streight. They say that they saw a crosse 
 in the element^ and worshipped it. They wintered in the 
 Island of Camaran. This was the first Portugall captaine 
 that gaue information of those seas, and of that of Persia, 
 being things in the world of great account. 
 
 In the yeere 1514, and in the moneth of May, there went 
 out of Saint Lucar one Pedro Arias de Auila, at the com- 
 mandement of Don Ferdinando. He was the fourth gouer- 
 nour of Castillia del Oro or Golden Castile, for so they 
 named the countreyes of Dariene, Carthagena, and Vraba, 
 and that countrey which was newly conquered [and brought 
 under government]. He carried with him his wife the 
 Lady Elizabeth^ and 1500 men in seuen ships ; and the king 
 appointed Vasco Nunnez de Valboa gouernour of the South 
 Sea and of that coast. 
 
 Neste anno & mes de Feuereiro partio Afonso dalbuquerq’ da 
 cidade de Goa pera Ade & estreito de Meca, com vinte vellas, 
 chegados aquella cidade, deram Ihe cobate : & passados a diante 
 entraram o estreito, & dizem q’ viram no ceo hua Cruz, a que 
 todos adoraram : & na ylha de Camaram inuernaram, este foy 
 o primeiro capitam Portugues que deu enforma 9 ao daquelle mar & 
 da Persia, cousas pelo mundo tarn celebradas. 
 
 No anno do 1514 & mes do Mayo, partio de sam Lucas de 
 Barrarnedo Pedraires dauilla, por mandado del Rey dom Fernado 
 quarto, gouernador de Castclla douro, quo assi poseram nome a 
 esta prouincia do Daricm, Cartagena, Suraba, & aquella terra que 
 nouametc se conquistaua, descobria, & senhoreaua, leuou sua 
 rnolher dona Isabel sctc naos mil & quinhetos homes nellas, assi 
 
 ’ Heavens. 
 
 Isabel ? 
 
126 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 The Island 
 of Tarare- 
 qui or of 
 pearles in 
 the South 
 Sea. 
 
 Martyr, 
 decad. 3, 
 cap. 10. 
 Gomara, 
 historise 
 general, lib. 
 6, cap. 2. 
 
 In the beginning of the yeere 1515 the gouernour, Pedro 
 Arias de Anila, sent one Caspar Morales with 150 men vnto 
 the Gulfe of S. Michael to discouer the Islands of Tararequi, 
 Chiapes, and Tumaccus. There was a casique, Valboa’s 
 friend^ which,^ gaue him many canoas or boates made of one 
 tree to row in, wherein they passed vnto the Island of 
 pearles ; the lord whereof resisted them at their comming 
 on land. But Chiapes and Tumaccus did pacific him in 
 such order, that the captaine of the isle had them home vnto 
 his house, and made much of them, and receiued baptisme 
 at their hands, naming him Pedro Arias after the gouernour’s 
 name, and he gaue vnto them for this a basket full of pearls 
 waying 110 pounds,^ whereof some were as big as hasell 
 nuts of 20, 25, 26, or 31 carats ; (and euery carat is fower 
 graines.)^ There was giuen for one of them 1200 ducats. 
 This Island of Tararequi standeth in 5 degrees of latitude 
 towards the north. 
 
 fez el Rey a Vasco nunoz de valboa adiantado do mar do sul & de 
 toda aquella banda. 
 
 Na entrada do anno de 1515 mandou o Gouernador Pedraires 
 dauila a Gaspar de morales co cento & cinquenta homes ao golfao 
 de sam Miguel buscar a ylha de Tararequi, Chiapi, & Tumugoa, 
 Casiquas amigos de Valboa, Ihe dera muitas conoas q’ sam barcos 
 de remo, com q’ passaram a ylha das perolas, o senhor de la Ihe 
 defendeo a desembarcaqam, mas Chiapi & Tumaco os concertaram 
 de maneira, qne ho capitao da ylha hos leuou a sua casa, & Ihe 
 fez bom gasalhado, & tomou agoa de baptismo, pos se nome 
 Pedraires como o Gouernador, & Ihe deu pera elle hum cesto de 
 perolas q’ pesara cem marcos, em que entraua alguas dellas como 
 auelaas, & tinham vinte & cinco, & vinte & seis, & trinta quilates, 
 & deuse por esta mil & dozentos castelhanos : esta ylha de Tara- 
 querj esta em cinco graos daltura da parte do norte. 
 
 I Chiapi and Tumagoa, caciques and friends of Valboa. 
 
 * 100 marcs. The marc was eight ounces. ^ Not in Portuguese. 
 
DISCOUERTES OF THE SPAN YARDS. 127 
 
 In this yeere 1515, in the moneth of March, the gouer- 
 nour sent one Gonsaluo de Badaios with 80 soldiers to dis- 
 couer new lands, and they went from Dariene to Nombre 
 de Dios, where came vnto them one Lewis de Mercado with 
 fiftie men more, which the gouernour sent to aide him. 
 They determined to discouer toward the south, saying that 
 that countrey was the richest. They tooke with them In- 
 dians to be their guides, and going along the coasts they 
 found slaues marked with irons as the Portugals doe vse ; 
 and hailing marched a good way through the countreyes 
 with great trauaile they gathered together much golde and 
 fortie slaues to do them seruice : but one Casique, named 
 Periza, did set vpon them and^ slue and tooke the most 
 part of them. 
 
 The gouernour hearing of these newes, the same yeere 
 1515, sent foorth his sonne, John Arias de Auila, to be re- 
 uenged and to discouer also by sea and by land. They went 
 westward to Cape de Guerra, standing in little more than 
 
 Neste mesmo anno de 1515 & mes de Mar^o mandou o gouer- 
 nador descobrir terra a Gongalo de Badajoz, & deidhe oitenta 
 soldados, partiram de Dariem, & foram a Nombre de Dios, onde 
 chegou a elles Luis de mercado c6 cinqueta homes mais q’ o 
 Gouernador mandaua. Em sua ajuda assentara descobrir da parte 
 do Sul, por dizerem q’ era terra mais rica, tomaram Indies por 
 guias, foram ao longo daquella costa, onde viram escrauos ferrados, 
 como nos acostumamos, depois de passarem assaz terras, & tra- 
 balhos, ajuntara muito ouro & quarenta escrauos pera seu serui^o, 
 o Casique palisa deu sobre elles, & tomou Ihes tudo. 
 
 Sabedo ho gouernador esta noua no mesmo anno de 1515 mandou 
 a vingar por seu flho loa ayres Dauila, & descobrir por mar & 
 costa, (ho alcayde Gaspar despinosa, q’ era passagem muy freq’n- 
 tada do Peru & Nicaraga,)^ daqui fora ao Ponete ao cabo da 
 guerra, q’ esta em pouco mais de seis graos da parte do norte, & 
 
 ^ Took them all. This line appears to bo interpolated by mistake. 
 
1^8 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Punta de 
 Borica. 
 
 Cape 
 
 Blanco. 
 
 Panama 
 
 peopled. 
 
 Barvos, 
 decad. 2, lib. 
 10, cap. 5. 
 Osorius, lib. 
 10, pag. 277. 
 An ambas- 
 sage to 
 Ismael king 
 of Persia. 
 
 sixe degrees towards the north, and from thence vnto Punta 
 de Borica, and to Cape Blanco or the White Cape, standing 
 in 8 degrees and an halfe ; they discouered 250 leagues as 
 they affirme, and peopled the citie of Panama. 
 
 In this very yeere 1515, in the moneth of May, Alfonsus 
 de Albuquerque, gouernour of India, sent from the citie of 
 Ormuz one Fernando Gomes de Lemos as ambassadour 
 vnto Xec or Shaugh Ismael, king of Persia: and it is 
 declared that they trauailed in it 300 leagues, and that it is 
 a pleasant countrey like vnto France. This Xec or Shaugh 
 Ismael went on hunting and fishing for troutes, whereof 
 there are many. And there he the fairest women in all the 
 world. And so Alexander the Great affirmed when he 
 called them the women with golden eies. (And this yeere 
 this woorthy viceroy Alfonsus de Albuquerque died.)^ 
 
 In the yeere 1516, and one hundred yeeres after the 
 taking of Ceuta in Barbarie, Lopez Suares being gouernour 
 of India, there was a dispatch made by the commandement 
 of the king^s highnes vnto one Fernando Perez de Andrada 
 
 dahi a ponta de Borica, & o cabo hra 9 o q’ esta e oito graos & meo, 
 descobrirao dozentas & cincoenta legoas, segundo elles deziam, & 
 pouvaram a cidade de Penama. 
 
 No ano mesmo de 1515 & mes de Mayo madou Afoso Dalbuqhq’ 
 gouernador da India, da cidade Dormuz Ferna gomez de lemos 
 CO embaixada ao Xequismael senhor da Persia, & dize q’ atraues- 
 saram por ella trezetas legoas, & q’ he hua bella Franca, o Xequis- 
 mael andaua a ca 9 a & pescaria de trutas q’ hahi muitas, & as mais 
 fermosas molheres da redondeza, & assi o aproua ho grande 
 Alexandre quando dezia por ellas que as Persianas eram dor dos 
 olhos. 
 
 No annode 1516 & cem anos depois da tomada de Cepta, gouer- 
 nando Lopo soarez a India, despachou por mandado de S. A. 
 Ferna perez dandrade p’a a gra prouincia da China partio da cidade 
 
 1 Not in Portuguese. 
 
DISCOIJERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 129 
 
 to passe to the great countrey and kingdome of China. He 
 went from the citie of Cochin in the moneth of Aprill. 
 They^ received pepper^ being the principal marchandise to 
 be sold in all China of any value. And he was farther 
 commanded by the king, Don Emmanuel, to goe also to 
 Bengala with his letter and dispatch to a knight called John 
 Coelo. This was the first Portugall, as farre as I know, 
 which drunke of the water of the riuer Ganges. 
 
 This yeere, 1516, died Don Fernando, king of Spaine. 
 
 In the yeere 1517, this Fernando Perez went vnto the 
 citie of Malacha, and in the moneth of July he departed 
 from thence towards China with eight sailes, fewer Portugals, 
 and the others Malayans. He arriued in China and be- 
 cause he could not come on land without an ambassage, 
 there was one Thomas Perez which had order for it : and he 
 went from the citie of Canton, where they came to an anker: 
 they went by land fewer hundred leagues, and came vnto 
 the citie of ^Pekin, where the king was, for this prouince 
 and countrey is the biggest that is in the worlde. It be- 
 
 de Cochim no mes Dabril, & esteue na ylha de Samatra, & cidade 
 de Pacem, tomando a pimenta, por ser a principal mercadoria q’ 
 na China tern valia, & mandou daqui a el rey do Manoel q’ tambe 
 fosse a Bengala co sua carta & recado a hu caualeiro q’ se chamaua 
 loam coelho. Este foy o primeiro Portugues q’ eii saiba q’ bebeo 
 agoa do rio Gange. E neste anno de 1516 faleceo el rey do Fer- 
 nando de castella. 
 
 No anno de 1517, foy Ferna perez ter a cidade de Malaca, & no 
 mes de lulho partio della p'a a China c5 oito vellas, q’tro portii- 
 guesas, & as outras malayas. Chegado aa China, como na pode 
 entrar nella sem embaxada, leuaua ja hu Tome pirez pera isso. E 
 partio da cidade de Cantam, onde dies surgira, foy por terra qua- 
 trocentas legoas, qiie era a cidade de Pequim, onde el rey estaiia, 
 
 Pepper a 
 principal! 
 marcban- 
 dise in 
 China. 
 
 The death 
 of Fer- 
 nando, king 
 of Spaine. 
 Osorius, lib. 
 ii, fol, 312. 
 China dis- 
 couered. 
 
 Canton. 
 
 ‘ They took in a cargo of pepper at the city of Pacem in Sumatra. 
 
 ^ Taken with him for that purpose. * Or Pakin. 
 
130 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Illha da 
 Veniaga or 
 Tama ac- 
 cording to 
 Osorius. 
 
 Foquiem. 
 
 The com- 
 ming of 
 Charles the 
 fift into 
 Spaine. 
 Gomar., 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 3, cap. 2. 
 
 ginneth at Sailana, in [19 or] 20 degrees of latitude towards 
 the northj and it endeth almost in fifty degrees. Which 
 must be 500 leagues in length : they say that it containeth 
 300 leagues in bredth. Fernando Perez was 14 moneths in 
 the Isle da Veniaga^ learning as much as he could of the 
 [affairs of that country] countrey, according as the king, his 
 master, had commanded him [they being great and remark- 
 able]. And although one Raphael Perestrello had beene 
 there in a junke or barke of certaine marchants of Malaca, 
 yet vnto Fernando Perez there ought to be giuen the praise 
 of this discouerie : as well for that he had commandement 
 from the king, as in discouering so much with [his fleet, 
 and to] Thomas Perez by land, and George Mascarenhas 
 by sea, and for coasting vnto the citie of Foquiem, stand- 
 ing in 24 degrees of latitude. 
 
 In this same yeere, 1517, Charles, which afterward was 
 Emperour, came into Spaine, and tooke possession thereof. 
 And in the same yeere Francis Fernandes de Cordoua, 
 Christopher Morantes, and Lopez Ochoa, armed three ships, 
 at their owne proper charges, from the Island of Cuba. 
 
 porque esta prouincia he a mayor que se agora sabe no mudo. 
 Comega dezanoue & xx. graos daltura da parte do norte, & diz q’ 
 acaba perto de cincoeta graos e q’ auera 500 legoas de coprido, & 
 q’re q’ tenha de largo 300. & estue Fernao pez. xiiij. meses e hua 
 ylha q’ se chama Daueniaga, enforraandose das cousas daquella 
 terra como Ihe el Rey mandaua, por serem muy grades & notaueis, 
 & ainda que ja la fora Raphael perestrelo, em hum junco de mer- 
 cadores de Malaca, a Fernam Perez se deue dar a palma deste 
 descobrimento, assi por ser por el Rey mandado, como por desco- 
 brir tanto c6 armada e Thome pirez por terra & lorge masca- 
 renhas por mar & costa ate a cidade de Foquiem, que esta em 24 
 graos daltura. 
 
 Neste mesmo anno de 1517, veyo o emperador dom Carlos a 
 Espanha tomar posse della. No anno mesmo armou Francisco 
 fernadez de Cordoua, Christouam morale, & Lopo ochea tres nauios 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 181 
 
 They had also with them a barke of Diego Velasques^ who 
 then was gouernor. They came on land in Jucatan, stand- 
 ing in 20 degrees of latitude, at a point which they called 
 Punta de las Duennas ; that is to say, The point of Ladies, 
 which was the first place wherein they had seen temples and 
 buildings of lime and stone. The people here goe better 
 apparelled then in any other place. They haue crosses 
 which they worship, setting them vpon their tombes when 
 they be buried. Wherby it seemeth that in times past they 
 had in that place the faith of Christ among them. And 
 some say that thereabouts were the seven Cities. They 
 went round about it towards the north, which is on the 
 right hand : from whence they turned backe vnto the Island 
 of Cuba with some examples of gold, and men which they 
 had taken. And this was the first beginning of the dis- 
 couerie of New Spaine. 
 
 In the yeere 1518, Lopez Snares commanded Don John 
 de Silueira to goe to the Islands of Maldiua [and kingdom 
 of Bengal] : and he made peace with them [of the islands] : 
 and from thence he went to the citie of Chatigam, situated 
 
 a sua custa da ylha da Cuba, leuara mais hua barca de Diogo 
 velhasquez que ja gouernaua, q’ meteo nesta armada, forao tomar 
 terra em. Hiucatas, em vinte graos daltura, em hua ponta que 
 poseram nome das molheres, q’ foy a primcira em que se viram 
 temples & edeficios de cal & pedra. He gete milhor atauiada que 
 ha em neuhua outra terra, & cruzes em q’ os Indios adorauam, & 
 os punham sobre seus defuntos quando faleciam, donde parecia que 
 em algum tepo se sentio aly a fe de Christo, por onde algus quis- 
 eram dizer q’ fosse ali as sete cidades, andara derredor della da 
 parte do norte, que he da mao dereita, dode se tornaram a ylha 
 Cuba CO alguas mostras douro & homes que tornaram, & este foy o 
 comego do descobrimento da noua Espanha. 
 
 No anno de 1518, rnandou Lopo soarez do loam da silueira as 
 ylhas de Maldiua & reyno de Bengala, nas ilhas assentou pazcs 
 com os moradores dellas, & dahi foy a cidade do Chatigam, que 
 
 Jucatau. 
 
 The Seueu 
 cities. 
 
 Castigneda, 
 lib. 4, cap. 
 36, and 3,7. 
 Osorius, lib. 
 ii, fol. 315, 
 pag. 2. 
 Chatigam in 
 Bengala. 
 
132 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 on the month of the riuer Ganges, vnder the tropicke of 
 Cancer. For this riuer, and the riuer Indus, which standeth 
 an hundred leagues beyond the citie of Diu, and that of 
 Canton in China, doe all fall into the sea vnder one parallele 
 or latitude. And although before that time Fernan Perez 
 had [been]^ commanded [Coelho] to goe to Bengala [as has 
 been said], yet notwithstanding John de Silueira ought to 
 beare away the commendation of this discouerie ; because 
 he went as captaine generall, and remained there longest, 
 learning the commodities of the co untrey, and manners of 
 the people. 
 
 Bet Martyr, In the said yeere 1518, the first day of May, Diego Ye- 
 SJiiai lasques, gouernour of the Island of Cuba, sent his nephew, 
 fib.\^cap. John de Grisalua, with fower ships and two hundred sol- 
 14, and cap. (Jiscouer the land of Jucatan. And they founde in 
 
 their way the Island *Cosumel standing towards the north 
 in 19 degrees, and named it Santa Cruz, because they came 
 to it the third of May. They coasted the land lying vpon 
 the left hand of the gulfe, and came to an Island called 
 
 esta situada na boca do rio Gaje no tropico de Cacro porque assi este 
 Rio como o Indo que he 9 em legoas ale da cidade de Dio, & o de 
 Cantam, na China todos desembarcam num paralelo, mar & terra, 
 & ainda que ja neste tempo tiuesse Fernam perez mandado a 
 Begala o Coelho (como he dito) com tudo dom loao da 
 silueira deue de leuar a palma deste descobrimento, por hir 
 por capitam m5r, & estar la mais tempo enformadose da terra & dos 
 costumes dos principaes della. 
 
 No anno de 1518, o primeiro dia do mes de Mayo mandou o 
 gouernador Diogo velhasq’z que na ilha Cuba estaua, seu sobrinho 
 loam de gujaluarez com quatro nauios & dozentos soldados ao 
 descobrimeto da terra de Hiucatam, & tomaram de caminho a ilha 
 de Cuximel, q’ esta da parte do norte en dezanoue graos, & poseram 
 Ihe nome santa Cruz, por estarem nella aquelle dia, costearam esta 
 costa a mao esquerda per hua enseada que poseram nome Dasce- 
 
 ' Dele. 
 
 * Or Acuzamil. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 133 
 
 Ascension, because tliey came vnto it vpon Ascension Day. The isie of 
 
 , , \ Ascension. 
 
 They went vnto the end of it, standing in 16 degrees of la- 
 titude ; from whence they came backe beeause they could 
 finde no place to goe out at ; and from hence they went The Bay of 
 
 ^ ^ . Ilundnras. 
 
 round about it to another riuer, which they called the riuer 
 of Grisalua, standing in 17 degrees of latitude ; the people rao^^e gu- 
 thereabout troubled them sore, yet notwithstanding they 
 brought from thence some gold, siluer, and feathers, being 
 there in great estimation, and so they turned baeke againe 
 to the Island of Cuba. 
 
 In the same yeere, 1518, one Francis Garay armed three Gomar., 
 ships in the Isle of Jamaica at his owne charges, and went 
 towards the point of Florida standing in 25 degrees towards 
 the north, seeming to them to be an island most pleasant, 
 thinking it better to people islands then the firme land, be- 
 cause they could best conquere them and keepe them. They 
 went there on land, but the people of Florida killed many 
 of them, so that they durst not inhabite it. So they sailed 
 along the coast and came vnto the riuer of Panuco, standing panuco. 
 500 leagues from the point of Florida in sailing along the 
 
 9 am por la entrarem em festata manha. Foram ate a fim dela, que 
 esta em dezaseis graos daltura, donde se tornaram por nam acharem 
 saida : & daquy forao derredor della a outro rio que poseram nomc 
 de Gujaluarez, q’ esta em dezasete graos daltura, & os della os 
 feriram & maltratara, com tudo trouxeram algum ouro, prata, 
 penachos, que sam la muy estimados, & com isto se tornaram aa 
 ylha da Cuba. 
 
 E no mesmo anno de 1518, armou Francisco garai tres nauiosna 
 ilha Jamaica a sua dcpesa : foy atentar a ponta da Florida q’ esta 
 cm vinte cinco graos da parte do norte, parecendollies quo scria 
 illia q’ naquclle tempo mais folgauao de as dcscobrirem q’ terra 
 firme, porq’ a podia milhor conquistar, scnhorcar, & conscrvar : 
 sairam cm terra, os della llic feriram & mataram muita gctc polo q’ 
 nam ousaram pouoala, & foram sc ao logo da costa, clicgara ao Rio 
 de Panuco, q’ sam 500 Icgoas da pdta da Florida, na nos deixara 
 
184 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Pet. Martyr 
 decad. 4, 
 cap. 6. 
 
 Gomar., 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 2, cap. 
 18, &o. 
 
 Tauasco. 
 
 Potoncian 
 now called 
 Victoria. 
 
 coast ; but the people resisted them in euery place. Many 
 of them also were killed in Chila, whom the saueges flaied 
 and eate, hanging vp their skinnes in their temples in 
 memoriall of their valiantnes. Notwithstanding all this, 
 Francis de Garay went^ thither, [and] the next yeere [sent], 
 and begged the gouerment of that countrey of the emperour, 
 because he sawe in it some shew of gold and silver.^ 
 
 In the yeere 1519, in the moneth of Februarie, Fernando 
 Cortes went from the Island of Cuba to the land which is 
 called Nona Spania, with eleven ships and 550 Spanyards 
 in them. The first place where he went on land was the 
 Island of Cosumel [or Santa Cruz], where they immediately 
 destroied all the idols, and set crosses on the altars and the 
 images of the Virgine Marie [which all worshipped]. From 
 this island they went and arriued on the firme land of Juca- 
 tan, at the point De las Duennas, or the point of Ladies, 
 and went thence to the riuer of Tanasco, and set vpon a 
 citie fast by, called Potoncian, enuironed with wood, and 
 the houses were built with lime and stone, and couered with 
 
 resgatar, ne conservar em nenhiia parte : mas antes em Chily Ihe 
 ferira & matara gete, & os esfolara & comera, & posera as pelles 
 no templo & sacrificio por memoria de sua valetia. C5 tudo tornou 
 la Francisco de Garai, & o ano seguite madou ao emp’ador pedir a 
 gouernanga daquella terra, por Ihe parecer rica de ouro & prata. 
 
 No ano de 1519 em Feuereiro partio Ferna cortez da ylha da 
 Cuba, por a terra a q’ elle pos nome noua Espanha c6 xj vellas & 
 550 Espanhoes nellas, & a primcira terra q’ tomara foy a terra 
 de Coxomil, on S. cruz, onde logo destruyra todo los ydolos, posera 
 crazes nos altares, & images de nossa sfiora, a q’ todos adoraua. 
 Desta ylha tomara a terra firme de Jiucata na ponta das molheres, 
 ao rio de Tauasco, & dera nua cidade q’ esta nelle, q’ se chama 
 Potocha cercada de madeira, & as casas de cal & pedra, cubertas de 
 ladrilho : pelejaram co. grade aperto, aparaceolhes o senor Santiago 
 
 * Returned. ^ Because it appeared to him rich in gold and silver. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 135 
 
 tile : they fought there egarly ; and there appeered vnto 
 them S. James on horsebacke, which increased their courage. 
 They called that citie Victoria ; and they were the first 
 people which were subdued to the Spanyards’ obedience in 
 all Newe Spaine. From hence they went discouering the 
 coast till they came vnto a place named S. John d^Vllhua, dis- 
 tant, as they said, from Mexico, where the king of Mute- 
 cuma was, sixty or seventy leagues : and there was a seruant 
 of his that gouerned that prouince, named Tendilli, which 
 gaue them good entertainment, although they vnderstood 
 not one another. But Cortes had twenty women,^ whereof one 
 was called Marine, borne in that countrey : they were the 
 first that were baptized in New Spaine. And from that 
 time forward M.arine and Aguilar served as interpreters. 
 Tendilli presently gaue knowledge of this vnto Mutecuma, 
 that a kinde of bearded people were arriued in his countrey; 
 for so they called the Castillians. But he was troubled vpon 
 that newes : for his gods (which are to be thought to be 
 diuels), had told him, that such people as the Spanyards 
 
 encima du caualo, q’ Ihes dobrou o esfor^o, & poseram nome a 
 esta ciclade a Vitoria, foram os prirneiros vassallos q’ o Emperador 
 teue na noua Espanha. 
 
 Daqui fora pela costa descobrindo ate onde se chama S. loa 
 dalua, dode dize q’ auera de Mexico, 60 ou 70 legoas onde estaua 
 el rey Mataciimaci, & gouernaua por elle hu seu criado q’ se cha- 
 maua Teudali, q’ Ihe fez bo gasalhado, inda q’ sena entendera sena 
 leuara Ferna cortez xx molheres, & hua deltas q’ se chamaua 
 Marina, era de detro da q’la terra. Fora as primeiras q’ recebera 
 agoa de batismo na noua Espana, & dali por diante Marina, & 
 Aguilar seruiram de lingoa : & logo Thedelim fez a saber a Mate- 
 cuma como a gente Barbada, q’ assi chainauam aos Castelhanos, 
 era ali aportada, de que Ihe pesou muito, por Ihe terem dito os 
 sous dcoses que os tais homes como aquellcs auiam de destruir 
 
 ^ Although they would not have understood each other, but that 
 Cortez had with him twenty women, etc. 
 
 St. John de 
 Vllhua. 
 
136 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 were should destroy his law and countrey, and be Lords 
 thereof. And therefore he sent gifts vnto Cortes, in value 
 twenty thousand ducats, but would not come to him. 
 
 Because S. John de Vllhua was then no place for a nauie 
 to ride in, Cortes sent Francis de Monteio, and the pilot 
 Antonie Alaminos, in two brigadines to disco uer that coast, 
 who came to a^ place where they might ride without danger. 
 historiS’ came to Panuco, standing in 2 S^ degrees northward : 
 
 r?ap.’2ij' whence they came backe vpon an agreement to goe 
 
 22, 23 , 24 . Culuacan, being an hauen of more safetie. They set 
 
 saile [and went westward], but Cortes went by land west- 
 ward with the most part of his men on horsebacke, and they 
 zempoaiian. came vnto a citie called Zempoallan, where they were well 
 receiued. And from thence he went to another towne called 
 chianitzian. Chianitzlan, with the lord of which towne, as with all the 
 countrey besides, he made league to be against Mutecuma. 
 And when he knew that his ships were come, he went vnto 
 Villa rica them, and there builded a towne, and called it Villa rica de 
 Cruz. vera cruz. From whence he sent vnto Charles the empe- 
 
 sua ley, & terra, & seuhoreala, & por ysso mandou pe^as a Fer- 
 nam cortez q’ valiam vinte mil cruzados, escusando se de se ver 
 com elle. 
 
 Como sam lohao dalua nam era porto pera estar a armada, 
 mandou Fernam cortez a Francisco de Montejo, & ao piloto Antam 
 de Laminos em dous bargantls, q'' descobrissem aquela costa ate 
 topar sitio onde podesem estar sem perigo. Foram ate Panuco q’ 
 esta da parte do norte em xxij graos daltura, dode se tornaram co 
 acordo se passarse a Culuaca, q’ he porto de milhar abrigo. E 
 dada a vella se partiram contra o Ponente, <Sr Cortez por terra coni 
 a mais da gente & caualos, & chegaram a hua cidade q’ se chama 
 Leopolao, foy hem recebido. E dahi a outra q’ se chama Chesui- 
 1am, & com estes & toda a comarca assentou liga contra Matecuma, 
 & sabendo que as naos eram chegadas, foyse a ellas, & fundon ali 
 
 1 And find a place. 
 
 2 22 ? 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 137 
 
 rour a present [and his fifths], and made report of all that 
 he had done, and how he determined to goe to Mexico, and 
 to visite Mutecuma : and besought the emperour to giue 
 him the gouernment of that co untrey. And because his 
 people should not rise in mutinie, as they began, he de- 
 stroied all his ships. 
 
 Cortez presently went from 'Villa rica de la vera Cruz, 
 leauing there 150 Spanish horsemen/ and many Indians to 
 serue them; and the villages round about (became)^ his friends 
 [and allies]. He went vnto the citie of [Heopolam, now called 
 Zeopolam] Zempoallan: there he heard news that Francis 
 Garay was on the coast with fower ships to come on land:^ and 
 by subtiltie he got nine of his men; of whom he vnderstood, 
 that Garay had beene in Florida, and came vnto the riuer 
 Panuco, where he got some golde, determining to stay 
 there in a towne which is now called Almeria. 
 
 Cortez ouerthrew the idols in Zempoallan, and the tombes 
 of their kings, whome they worshipped as gods, and tolde 
 
 hua villa, a q’ pos nome Rica de vera cruz, donde maudou ao Em- 
 perador presente & sens quintos, & darem Ihe conta do que pas- 
 saua, & como determinaua dhir a Mexico a ver se com Mantacu- 
 macim, q’ Ihe fizesse merce da gouerna^a, & por se na amotinar 
 agete, como ja come 9 ana, deu cos nauios a costa. 
 
 Partio logo Fernam cortez da villa Rica da vera Cruz, deix- 
 ando nella cento & eincoenta castelhanos, dons caualos, & 
 muitos Indios de seruigo, & pouos derredor, sens amigos & aliados. 
 E elle se foy a cidade de Heopolam, que se agora chama Zeopolam, 
 onde Ihe deram noua q’ audaua pella costa Francisco de Garai, 
 com quatro nauios pera tomar terra, & per manhas & cilladas ouue 
 defies none homes, de q soube como Garai fora aa Florida, & 
 tocara o rio Pamuco, onde resgatara ouro, co tudo leuaua dctermi- 
 nado do sc assentar, onde se agora chama Almeria. 
 
 Cortez cm Zeopolam fez dcrribar os ydolos & os sepulchros dos 
 
 ^ 150 S[)aniards, two horses, and etc. ^ Not in Portuguese. 
 
 ^ Seeking to land. 
 
 Gomara, 
 )iistoria3 
 general, lib. 
 2, cap. Gl. 
 
 Gomar,, 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 2, cap. 
 25 . 
 
 18 
 
138 
 
 THE FIKST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Zalapau. 
 
 Sicuchimatl 
 
 Zaclotau. 
 
 Tlaxcallan. 
 
 them that they were to worship the true God. From thence 
 he went toward Mexico the 16 day of August 1519 ^ and 
 trauailed three daies iourney [without guides] and came to 
 the citie of Zalapan, and to another beyond it named Sicu- 
 chimatl, where they were well receiued, and offered to be 
 conducted to Mexico, because Mutecuma had giuen such 
 commandement. Beyond this place he passed with his com- 
 panie a certaine hill of three leagues high/ wherein there 
 were vines. (In another place they found aboue a thousand 
 loades of wood ready cut) / and beyond they met with a 
 plaine countrey, and in going through the same, he named 
 it Nombre de Dios. At the bottome of the mountaine he 
 rested in a towne called Teubixuacan, and from thence they 
 went through a desolate countrey, and so came to another 
 mountaine that was very colde and full of snow, and they 
 lay in a towne named Zaclotan. And so from towne to 
 towne they were well receiued and feasted until they came 
 into another realme named Tlaxcallan, which waged warre 
 against Mute9uma, and being valiant they skirmished with 
 
 senhores, q’ tambem reuerenciauam como a deoses, & adorar ao 
 Senhor de tudo, partio pera Mexico a xvj Dagosto, caminharam 
 tres jornados sem guias, chegaram a cidade de Colopam, & outra 
 mais adiante que se chama Sepochimaco, donde foram hem recebi- 
 dos, & se offereceram de os leuarem a Mexico, por o Matacuma ter 
 assi mandado. 
 
 Passado huas serras de tres legoas, em q’ auia aruores c6 mil 
 parreiras duuas, & da outra banda era a terra chaa, & ao passo 
 desta terra por ser a primeira poseram Ihe nome Nobre de 
 Dios, & no fiindo de serra se aposeutarao em hua villa que se 
 chama Tenixuacam, & dalyandaram tres dias por terra despouada, 
 & fora ter a outro serra muy fria & neuada, & pousarao em hua vila 
 que se diz Zacotam, & du lugar em outro foram be recebidos & agasa- 
 Ihados, ate entrarem em o reyno de Trascalam, que tinha guerra com 
 
 ^ Three leagues of hills were passed, where there were trees and thou- 
 sands of grape vines. 
 
 ^ Dele. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYAE.DS. 
 
 139 
 
 Cortes ; but in the end they agreed and entred into league 
 with him against the Mexicans ; and so they went from 
 countrey to countrey till they came within sight of Mexico. 
 The king Mutecuma fearing them, gaue them good enter- 
 tainment, with lodging and all things necessarie : and they 
 were with this for a time contented : but mistrusting that 
 he and his should be slaine, he tooke Mutecuma pri- 
 soner, and brought him to his lodging with good garde. 
 Cortes (demanded how farre his realme did extend, and 
 sought to know the mines of gold and siluer that were in it, 
 and how many kings, neighbours to Mute 9 uma, dwelled 
 therein, requiring certaine Indians to be informed thereof, 
 whereof he had eight prouided) d and he [Cortes] ioined to 
 them eight Spanyards, and sent them two and two into fower 
 countreyes, namely, into Zugolla, Malinaltepec, Tenich, and 
 Tututepec. They which went vnto Zu 9 olla went 80 leagues : 
 
 Matacuma. E como presumiam de valentes, pelejaram co Fernam 
 Cortez & suas gentes : & por fim de tudo ficaram amigos & aliados 
 contra os Mexicanos. E assi fora de terra em terra, & pouco em pouco 
 descobrindo ate a cidade de Mexico. El rey de Matacuma como os 
 temia fez lire bo gasalhado, madandoos aposentar & darlhe todo o 
 necessario : estiuera assi algus dias cotentes. Mas como Fernam 
 cortez se arreceasse de os matarem, prendeo a Matacuma & leuouo 
 a sua casa & o pos a bom recado. 
 
 Desejou Fernam cortez saber camanho este reyno era contra o 
 ocidente, & o mar gue chamam do sul, & as minas d’ouro & prata 
 q’ nella auia, & os Keys vezinhos que contra aquella parte Mata- 
 cuma tinha, pera que pedio que Ihe dessem algus Indies q’ sou- 
 bessem dar disso boa conta, elle mandou logo fazer prestes oyto, 
 & Cortez outros tatos Espanlioes, & dc dous em dous se foram a 
 quatro prouincias que sam, Zocalam, Malinaltepec, Tenili, Tutipcc. 
 Os que foram a Zocalam andara oyteta legoas que ha de Mexico a 
 
 ’ Dele. Desired to learn the extent of this kingdom towards the west, 
 and how far it was to the 8outh Sea, he therefore begged Montezuma to 
 provide some Indians who might be able to give this information, and 
 he immediately ordered eight to be got ready. 
 
 Mute9uma 
 
 prisoner. 
 
 Zu9olla. 
 Malinal- 
 tepec. 
 Zenich. 
 Tntutepec . 
 
140 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 for SO much it was from Mexico thither. They which went 
 to Malinaltepec went 70^ leagues, seeing goodly countries, 
 and brought examples of gold, which the naturals of the 
 countrey tooke out of great riuers and all this prouince be- 
 longed vnto Mute^uma. 
 
 The countrey of Tenich and vp the river were not subiect 
 to Mute 9 uma, but had warre with him, and would not suffer 
 the Mexicans to enter into their territorie [but gave them 
 samples of gold taken from the river] . They sent ambassa- 
 dors vnto Cortes with presents, offering him their estates, 
 and amide, whereof Mute 9 uma was nothing glad. They 
 which went to Tututepec, standing neere the South sea, did 
 also bring with them examples of gold, and praised the plea- 
 santnes of the countrey [as a dwelling place], (and the mul- 
 titude of good harbours vpon that coast, shewing)^ [Monte- 
 zuma ordered that houses should be built for the Spaniards. 
 Cortez inquired of him whether on the sea coast there were any 
 harbours in which ships could lie securely. He replied that 
 he did not know, but would ask : and he shewed] to Cortez 
 a cloth of cotton wooll all wouen with goodly workes, 
 
 elle, & os q’ foram. a Malinaltepec, andaram setecentas, viram boa 
 terra, & trouxerao mostras d’ouro, que os naturaes tiram du gram 
 rio q’ passa por ella, tudo isto he da Matacuma. 
 
 Tenis & Epolo rio acima, nam obedeciao a Matacuma, mas 
 antes tinham com elle guerra, & nam deixara entrar os Mexicanos, 
 & deranlhes mostras douro que no rio tiraram, & mandaram em- 
 baixadores a Fernam Cortez co presentes, offerecendolhe seu estado 
 & amizade, de que Matacuma nam folgou nada. Os que foram a 
 Tutipec, que esta juto do mar, tambe trouxeram mostras douro, 
 dizendo que a terra era boa pera fazer nella assento. Matacuma 
 mandou logo fazer casas & aposentos pera os Castelhanos estarem 
 nellas. Pergutoulhe Fernam Cortez se naquella costa do mar auia 
 portos em que podessem as naos estar seguras, disse que nam 
 sabia, mas que logo pergutaria, & amostroulhe hum pano dalgodao 
 
 ' 700 ? 
 
 ^ A great river which flowed through it. 
 
 ^ Dele. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 141 
 
 wherein all the coast with the hauens and creekes were set 
 foorth. But this thing then (could not be prosecuted)^ by 
 reason of the comming of Pamphilus de Naruaez into the PampiXf' 
 countrey, who set all the kingdome of Mexico in an vp- 
 rore. 
 
 In this yeere 1519, the tenth day of August, one Fernande 
 de Magallanes departed from Siuill with fine ships toward 
 the Islands of Maluco : he went along the coast of Brasill ' 
 
 till he came vnto the riuer of Plate, which the Castillians 
 had before discouered. From thence therefore he began his J-eofMagat 
 discouerie, and came vnto an hauen which he called The the^riuer^of 
 
 X^lOitG fov* 
 
 Porte of Saint Julian, standing in 49 degrees, and there he ward, 
 entred and wintred : they endured much cold by reason of 
 snow and ice : the people of that countrey they found to be 
 of great stature, and of great strength, taking men by the 
 legs and renting them in the middest as easily as one of vs 
 will rend an hen : they live by fruits and hunting. They 
 called them Patagones, but the Brasilians doe call them Paiagones. 
 Morcas. 
 
 todo texido de debuxo, em questaua toda a costa, portos & ensea- 
 das, esta obra polla vinda de Pampbilo de Narbais & reuoltas de 
 Mexico. 
 
 Neste mesmo anno de 1519 a dez de Agosto partio Fernam de 
 magalhaes de Seuilla com cinco vellas pera as ilhas de Maluco, foy 
 costeando a costa do Brazil ate ho Rio da Prata, que era ja descii- 
 berto por parte de Castella, da qui por diate fez o Magalhfies sen 
 descobrimento, & chegado a hum rio quc pos nome de sam Juliam 
 que esta em corenta & noue graos, meteose dentro, onde enuerna- 
 ram, passaram grande frio pollas neues & geadas que avia muitas : 
 os homes daquella terra dizem q’ sam de grande estatura & forga, 
 & que tomao outro qualquer pellas pernas & quebram pello meio 
 como se fosse bCia galinlia, mantese de ca^a & fruta, poseran Ihe 
 nome os Patagones, & os Brazis, llie chamao Morcas. 
 
 ^ Not in Portuguese, but necessary to make sense. 
 
U2 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 In the yeere 1520, in the beginning of the moneth of Sep- 
 tember, growing then somewhat temperate, they went out of 
 the port and riuer of St. Julian, having lost in it one of their 
 ships, and with the other fewer he came vnto the streights 
 named after the name of Magallanes standing in 52 degrees 
 and a halfe. From thence one of the ships returned backe 
 vnto Castile, whereof was captaine and pilot one Stephen de 
 Porto, a Portugall, and the other three went forward, entring 
 into a mightie sea called Pacificum, without seeing any in- 
 habited land till they came in 13 degrees towards the north 
 of the Equinoctiall : in which latitude they came vnto islands 
 Los Jar- which they called Los Jardines, and from thence they sailed 
 to the Archipelagus of S. Lazarus, and in one of the islands 
 Sst gin., called [Sebu, the principal island] Matan^ Magallanes was 
 hb.4, cap. 3. Yiis ship was burnt, and the other two went vnto 
 
 Borneo, and so from place to place they went backe vntill 
 they came to the Islands of Malucos, leaning many others 
 cap. 7. discouered, which I rehearse not,^ because I finde not this 
 voiage exactly written. 
 
 No anno de 1520 & entrada do mes de Setembro, que come^a o 
 veram naquella terra, sairam do rio tendo ja hum nauio perdido, 
 com os quatro chegaram ao estreito que chamao do Magalhaes, que 
 esta em cincoeta & dous graos & meio, donde se tornou hua nao 
 pera Castella, de que era capitam & piloto Esteuao gomez do 
 porto Portugues, com as tres forao seu caminho por hu grande mar 
 ermo, a q’ chamaram pacifico, sem vere terra ne ilha pouoada ate 
 treze graos daltura da parte do norte, que fora ter as ilhas pouoa- 
 das, a que poseram nome dos prazeres, & dahi ao Archipeligo de 
 sao Lazaro, & em hua ylha que se diz Sebu, & nata, foy ho Magal- 
 haes morto & sua nao queymada as outras duas fora a Borneo, & 
 dahy a Midanao & de pedra e pedra as ilhas do crauo, deixado 
 outras muitas descubertas q’ na aponto, por auer muytos escritores 
 deste caminho. 
 
 Not in Portuguese. 
 
 ^ As many have written about them. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 143 
 
 About this time [it is saidl Pope Leo the tenth sent one oomar., lib 
 Paulus Centurio as ambassadour to the great Duke of Mos- 
 couie to wish him to send into India an armie along the 
 coast of Tartaric. And by the reasons of this ambassadour 
 the said duke was almost persuaded vnto that action, if other 
 inconueniences had not letted him. 
 
 In this same yeere 1520, in Februarie, Diego Lopes de 
 Sequeira, a gouernour of India, went towards the Streight of 
 Media, and carried with him the ambassadour of Presbyter 
 John, and Roderigo de Lima, who also went as ambassadour 
 to him. They came vnto the Island of Macua, standing in Macua. 
 the Red sea on the side of Africa, in 17 degrees toward the 
 north ; where he set the ambassadours on land, with the 
 Portugals that should goe with them. Peter de Couillan 
 had beene there before, being sent thither bv king John the Ramusius, 
 second of Portugall : but yet Francis Aluarez gaue princi- 
 pall light and knowledge of that countrey. 
 
 In the yeere 1520, the licenciate Lucas Vasques de oomara, 
 
 . . . . hist, gen., 
 
 Aillon and other inhabitants of S. Domingo furnished two i‘h. 2, cap. 
 
 Neste mesmo tempo dizem qiie o Papa Liam decimo mandou 
 miser Paulo Sinturiam co embaixada ao gram duq’ Moscouia ho 
 prouocara q’ enuiasse a India armada ao longo da costa da Tartaria, 
 tais rezoes Ihes daua q’ o mouia a isso se o nao estoruara algus in- 
 couenientes q’ auia. 
 
 Neste mesmo anno de 1520 em o mes de Feiiereiro, partio Diogo 
 lopez de Sequeira gouernador da India pera o estreito de Meca, 
 leua do consigo o embaixador do Preste : & de Rodrigo de lima 
 que hya tambe com embaixada, chegaram a ilha de Masua, que 
 csta da bada Dafrica da parte do norte em dezasete graos, poseram 
 os embaixadores em terra com os Portugueses que auiam de hir 
 com elles, ainda q’ ja la fora Pero de couilhaa, que el Rey dom 
 Joham ho segundo mandara, mas com tudo Francisco Aluarez nos 
 deu enformagam daquella terra, polio que escrcueo della. 
 
 Neste anno do 1520 ho leccnccado vasco do Seilam, & outros 
 vesinhos de sam Domingos, armaram dous nauios q’ mandaram as 
 
144 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Cliiconi. 
 
 Gualdepe. 
 
 Gomara, 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 2 , cap. 
 4 , 8 . 
 
 ships, and sent them to the Isles of Lucayos to get slaves, 
 and finding none they passed along by the firme land be- 
 yond Florida vnto certaine countreyes called Chicora^ and 
 Gualdape, vnto the riuer Jordan and the Cape of Saint 
 Helena standing in 3^ degrees toward the north. They of 
 the countrey came downe to the sea side to see the ships, as 
 hauing neuer before scene the like : the Spanyards went on 
 land, where they received good entertainment, and had given 
 vnto them such things as they lacked. But they brought^ 
 many of them into ther ships and then set saile and brought 
 them away for slaves : but in the way one of their ships 
 sunke, and the other was also in great hazard. By this 
 newes the Licentiate Aillon, knowing the wealth of the 
 countrey begged the gouernment thereof of the emperour, 
 and it was giuen him: whither he went to get money to pay 
 his debt. 
 
 About this time Diego Velasquez, gouernour of Cuba, 
 hearing the good successe of Cortes, and that he had begged 
 
 ilhas dos Lucayos tomar escrauos, & como os nam acharam, pas- 
 saram a terra firme acima da Florida, onde se chama Chiapa, & 
 Gualdape, ou rio Jordao, & cabo de S. Elena, q’ esta da parte do 
 Norte e 32 graos, os da terra acodiram a praya ver os nauios, como 
 que nunca os vira, os Castelhanos saltaram em terra, onde Ihes 
 fizeram b5 gasalhado, & Ihes deram de graga o necessario. Foram 
 muitos aas naos conuidados, dera as vellas trouxeram nos por 
 escrauos, & no caminho se foy hua nao ao fundo, os q’ na outra 
 escaparam passara co trabalho. O Liceceado como la visse ouro, 
 prata, & aljofre, pedio ao Emperador aq’ la gouernanga, onde 
 tornou p’a pagar o q’ deuia. 
 
 Neste tempo sabendo Diogo Vasquez, q’ gouernaua a Cuba, q’ 
 Cortez andaua prospero, & pedia a capitania da noua Espanha, q’ 
 elle tinha por sua, mandou la hua armada de dezoito velas, & mil 
 
 ^ Chiapa. ^ Invited. 
 
 ^ The Licentiate; as he had seen there, gold, silver, and seed pearls. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS, 
 
 145 
 
 tlie gouernment of New Spain e, whicli he held to be his, he 
 furnished out thither against Cortes 18 ships, with 1000 men 
 and 80 horses, whereof he sent as Generali one Pamphilus 
 de Naruaez. He came vnto the towne called Villa rica de la 
 vera Cruz, where he tooke land, and commanded those of 
 the countrey to receiue him as gouernour thereof. But they 
 tooke his messenger prisoner, and sent him to Mexico, 
 where Cortes was. Which thing being knowne of Cortes, 
 he wrote letters vnto Naruaez not to raise any vprore in the 
 countrey which he had discouered, offering him obedience if 
 he had any commission from the Emperour; but he corrupted 
 the people of the countrey with money Whereupon Cortes 
 went from Mexico and tooke Naruaez prisoner in the towne 
 of Zampoallan, and put out one of his eies. 
 
 Naruaez being thus taken prisoner, his armie submitted 
 themselues to Cortes, and obeied him. Whereupon presently 
 he dispatched 200 soldiers vnto the riuer of Garay, and he 
 sent John Yasquez de Leon with other two hundred vnto 
 Cosaalco, and withall sent a Spanyard with the newes of his 
 victorie vnto Mexico. But the Indians being in the meane 
 time risen, hurt the messenger ; which being knowne to 
 
 homes, & oitenta cauallos nellas, & por capitam mor Pamphilo de 
 Narbais, foy se aa villa Rica da vera Cruz, onde toinou terra, & 
 mandou dizer q’ o recebessem por gouernador della : prenderam 
 os messageiros, & mandaram nos a Cortez a Mexico. Sabendo 
 isto escreueo a Narbais q’ nam amotinasse a terra que le tinha 
 descuberta, que se elle tinha prouisam do Einperador, que Ihe obe- 
 deceria, com isto dizem que Ihe mandou sobornar a gente com 
 dinheiro : sahio do Mexico, & o prendeo na villa de Sempucol, 
 quebrando Ihe hum olho. 
 
 Como Narbais foy preso, os de seu exercito se entregaram a 
 Cortez & Ihe obedeceram, despachou logo dezetos Espanhoes ao 
 rio Garai, Joam vasquez de Liam cd outros tantos a Cofoalco, & 
 hum Castelhano com noua de sua victoria a Mexico : mas os Indios 
 
 ^ It may be read that Cortes sent to corrupt the troops of Narvaez. 
 
 The revolt of 
 the Mexi- 
 cans ill 
 absence of 
 Cortes. 
 
 11 ) 
 
146 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Mute^uma 
 
 slaine. 
 
 Gomara, 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 2 , cap. 
 50 . 
 
 Goniar., 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 2, cap. 
 CO. 
 
 CorteSj he mustered his men, and found a thousand foote- 
 men and two hundred horsemen, with the which he went 
 towards Mexico, where he found Peter de Aluarado and the 
 rest which he had left there aliue and in safetie, wherewith 
 he was greatly pleased, and Mutecuma made much of him. 
 But yet the Mexicans ceased not, but made warre against 
 him ; and the warre grew so hot that they killed their king, 
 Mute 9 uma, with a stone ; and then there rose vp another 
 king, such an one as pleased them, till such time as they 
 might put the Spanyards out of the citie, being no more than 
 504 footemen and fortie horsemen. The Spanyards with 
 great losse being driuen out of Mexico, retired themselues 
 with much adoe to Tlaxcallan, where they were well re- 
 ceiued; and so they gathered together 900 Spanyards, 80 
 horsemen, and two hundred thousand Indians, their friends 
 and allies : and so they went backe againe to take Mexico in 
 the moneth of August in the yeere 1521. 
 
 Cortes obtaining still more and more victories, determined 
 to see further within the countrey ; and for this purpose, in 
 the yeere 1521, and in October, he sent out one Gonzalo de 
 Sandoual, with 200 footemen and 35 horsemen, and certaine 
 
 como ja estaua aleuantados o feriram. Sabedo Cortez isto, fez 
 alardo, achou mil de pe, & dozentos de caualo, com que foy a 
 Mexico, & achou Pero Daluarado, & os que la deixara viuos & 
 saos, de q’ teue gram contentamento. Matecuma Ihe fez bom 
 gasalhado, c6 tudo os Mexicanos nam deixara de Ihes fazer a 
 guerra, & tarn crua q’ Ihes mataram seu Rey Matacuma de hua 
 pedrada, & aleuantaram outro a elles mais aceito, ate deytarem os 
 Castelhanos da cidade, que nam eram mais jaa de quinhentos & 
 quatro de pe,^& quarenta de cauallo, & assi desbaratados foram a 
 Tascalam, dode os receberao, & se fizera noue centos Espanhoes, 
 oitenta de cauallo, & dozentos mil Indios, amigos & aliados, torna- 
 ram a tomar Mexico no mes Dagosto, anno de 1521. 
 
 Vedose Fernam cortez vitorioso & pacifico determinou de desco- 
 brir pola terra dentro, & pera isso neste anno de 1521 em o mes 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 147 
 
 Indians his friends vnto Tochtepec and Coazacoalco, which ^’ochtepec 
 had rebelled, but at length yeelded. And they discouered 
 the countrey, and built a towne ISO leagues from Mexico, 
 and named it Medelin, and another towne they made, naming 
 it Santo Spirito, fower leagues from the sea vpon a riuer ; and 
 these two townes kept the whole countrey in obedience. 
 
 This yeere 15S1, in December, Emmanuell king of Portu- Emmanuels 
 gall died, and after him his sonne, king John the 3, reigned. osoHus, iib. 
 
 In the yeere I5SI there went from Maluco one 
 Magellans ships laden with clones [Captain and pilot John fib“4,‘^cap. s . 
 Sebastian del Cano] : they victualled themselves in the 
 Island of Burro [which is in 24 degrees south latitude, and 
 passed between Vitara and Malua, which are in 8 degrees], 
 and from thence went to Timor, which standeth in 11 degrees Timor, 
 of southerly latitude. Beyond this Island one hundred 
 leagues they discouered certaine Islands under the Tro- 
 pic of Capricorn [and further on others. All are peopled 
 thenceforward : nor did they see land (without inhabitants),^ 
 
 cVoiitubro, mandou Gon 9 alo de sandoual com dozentos piaes & 
 trinta & cinco de caualo & muytos Indios amigos ate Antepec, 
 
 Cosoalco q’ se reuelaram, os quaes renderam aqiiella terra, & a 
 descobriram & fizeram hua villa de cento & vinte legoas de Mexico 
 q’ se chama Medelim, & assi outra do Spiritu Sancto, quatro legoas 
 do mar ao longo de hua ribeira, com as quaes pacificaram por alitudo. 
 
 Neste mesmo anno no mes de Dezembro faleceo el rey dom 
 Manoel, & socedeo dom Jono o terceiro seu filho. 
 
 No anno de 1521 partio de Maluco hua das naos pera Castella, 
 em q’ o Magalhaes fora carregada de crauo, capita & piloto della 
 Joam Sebastiam del cano. Foram tomar mantimento aa ilha de 
 Burro q’ estaa em vinte quatro graos daltura da parte do Sul, pas- 
 saram por antre Vitara & Malua, que estam em oyto graos : & dalii 
 foram a Thimor q’ estaa em onze, ale delle com legoas, descobri- 
 ram huas ylhas diante outras debaxo do Tropico de Capricornio. 
 
 Todas sam pouoadas datjui por diatc : nam sey terra que vissem 
 
 Dele. 
 
148 
 
 THK FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Gomara, 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. C, cap. 4. 
 
 4’ecoaute- 
 
 pec. 
 
 except it might be some islet, up to the Cape of Good Hope, 
 where it is said they took in wood and water] (one named 
 Ende, finding the places from thenceforward peopled. After- 
 ward passing without Samatra they met with no land till 
 they fell with the Cape of Bona Speranca, where they tooke 
 in fresh water and wood).^ So they came by the Islands of 
 Cape Yerde, and from thence to Siuill, where they were 
 notably receiued, as well for the clones that they brought, 
 as that they had compassed about the world. 
 
 In the yeere 1522 , in Januarie, one Gilgonzales armed 
 fower ships in the Island of Tararequi, standing in the South 
 sea, with intent to discouer the coast of Nicaragua, and 
 especially a streight or passage from the South sea into the 
 North sea. And sailing along the coast he came vnto an 
 hauen called S. Vincent, and there landed with 100 Span- 
 yards and certaine horsemen, and went within the land 200 
 leagues ; and he brought with him 200 [thousand] pesoes of 
 gold [although not of fine quality], and so came backe againe 
 to S. Vincent, where he found his pilot, Andrew Nigno, who 
 was as far as Tecoantepec,^ in 1 6 degrees to the north, and had 
 
 ate o Cabo de boa esperan^a senam algua ylheta sem gente : onde 
 diz que tomaram agoa & lenha. E ao logo daquella costa vieram 
 aas ylhas do Cabo verde, & dahi aa cidade de Seuilha, onde foram 
 com grande aluorogo recebidos, assi pello crauo que traziam, como 
 por darem hua volta ao mundo. 
 
 No ano de 1522 & mes de Janeiro, foram ao descobrimento de 
 Nocaraga, & buscar o estreito que diz que passaua da outra banda, 
 Gil gongaluez Dauila ern quatro nauios que diz q’ armara na ylha 
 de Tararequi. Yndo assi ao longo da terra, sayo em hum Porto 
 que se chama Sam Vicente, com cem Espanhoes & certos cauallos, 
 entrou pella terra dentro dozentas legoas, & trouxe dozentos mil 
 pesos douro, ainda que baxo. Tornado a sam Vicente, achou ahi 
 ho seu piloto Andre Minho, que dezia que chegara ate Teantepe, 
 
 1 Dele 
 
 Who said he had reached Teantepe. 
 
DISCOTJERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 149 
 
 sailed three hundred leagues, from whence they returned to 
 Panama, and so (ouer land)^ to Hispaniola. 
 
 In the same yeere 1522 , in the moneth of Aprill, the 
 other ship of Magallanes (called The Trinitie)^ went from 
 the Island of Tidore, wherein was captaine Gonzalo Gomez 
 de Espinosa, shaping their course toward Noua Spania: and 
 because winde was scant they stirred toward the northeast 
 into 16'^ degrees, where they found two islands, and. named 
 them the Isles of Saint John, and in that course they came 
 to another island in 20 degrees, which they named La 
 Griega, where the simple people came into their ships, of 
 whom they kept some to shew them in Noua Spania. They 
 were in this course fower monthes, vntill they came into 
 42 degrees of northerly latitude, where they did see sea 
 fishes called scales and tunics. And the climate (seemed 
 vnto them, comming newly out of the heat to be)^ [was] so 
 cold and vntemperate, that they could not well abide it, and 
 therefore they turned backe againe to Tidore'^ being there- 
 unto enforced also by contrarie windes.*^ [Notwithstanding] 
 these were the first Spanyards which had beene in so high a 
 
 Gomara, 
 historise 
 general, 
 lib. C, cap. 12 
 
 Castaguecla 
 Historia 
 delle Tndie 
 Orientali, 
 lib. 6, cap. 
 41. 
 
 Gomar., 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 4, cap. 8 
 & 12 . 
 
 Two Islands 
 in 16 de- 
 grees of 
 northerly 
 latitude. 
 
 42 degrees 
 of northerly 
 latitude. 
 
 qiie estaa em dezaseys graos da parte do Norte, & nauegara tre- 
 zentas legoas : dali se tornaram a Penama, onde foram aa ylha 
 Espanhola. 
 
 Neste mesmo anno de 1522 & mes Dabril, partio a outra nao 
 que com o Magalhaes fora da ylha de .Tidore, capitam della Gon- 
 galo gomez despinosa na volta da noua Espanlia, por escassear o 
 vento, gouernaram ao Nordeste em trinta & seis graos da parte do 
 norte, duas ilhas a que poseram nome de sam Joam, & polo mesmo 
 rumo foram ter a outra em vinte graos, q’ se chama a Grega, a 
 gente della como innocente. sc veyo meter na nao, & tornaram 
 algus pera leuar damostra aa noua Espanlia. Forao quatro meses 
 ncsta volta, ate se poerem em quarenta & dous graos, onde viram 
 
 ^ Not in Portuguese. 
 
 ^ Thirty-six degrees north latitude. 
 Maluco. 
 
 - Not in Portuguese. 
 Not in Portuguese. 
 By tlie wind failing. 
 
150 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Gomar., 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. (!,cap.l2 
 
 The South 
 Sea first 
 searched 
 by Cortes 
 his pilots. 
 
 latitude toward the north [on that side]. And there they 
 found one Antonie de Britto building a fortresse (which 
 tooke from them their goods, and sent forty-eight of them 
 prisoners to Malaca).^ 
 
 In this yeere 1522 , Cortes desirous to haue some hauens 
 on the South Sea, and to discouer the coast of Nona Spania 
 on that side, whereof he had knowledge in Mutecuma his 
 time, bicause he thought by that way to bring the drugs 
 from Maluco and Banda, and the spicerie from Jaua, with 
 lesse trauaile and danger, he sent fower Spaniards with their 
 guides to Tecoantepec, Quahutemallan, and other hauens, 
 where they were wel received, and brought some of the 
 people with them to Mexico. And Cortes made much of 
 them [and made them presents which contented them] ; and 
 afterwards sent ten pilots^ thither to search the seas there- 
 about. They went seventy leagues in the sea,^ but found 
 
 lobos marinhos, & toninhas, & era o clima tarn frio & destemperado, 
 que se nam podia sostentar nella, pello que tornaram arribar a 
 Maluco, com tudo fora os primeiros Espanhoes que se poseram 
 daquela banda em tarn grande altura : & quando tornaram a Ma- 
 luco, acharam ja neste anno Antonio de Brito fazendo fortaleza. 
 
 Neste anno de 1522 desejoso ho Cortez ter terras & portos no 
 mar do Sul, pera descobrir por aly a costa da noua Espanha, de 
 que tinha noticia em vida de Matecuma : & tarn be Ihe parecia que 
 trazia por ali as drogas de . Maluco, Banda, & especearias da Jaoa 
 com menos trabalho & perigo, mandou la quatro Castelhanos com 
 suas guias a Thoantepe, & a Cotomolam, & a outros portos de que 
 foram bem recebidos, trouxeram homes que os guiaram a Mexico. 
 Fernam Cortez Ihes fez bom gasalhado, & deulhes pegas que os 
 contentaram. Depois disso mandou la dez pilotos & guias da terra 
 que os leuaram aa prouincia de Teantepee, & Chicoalco, que se 
 
 ‘ Not in Portuguese. 
 
 ^ And guides, that they might examine the province of Zeantepec 
 and Chicoolto, which is now called .Joam d’alua. 
 
 ^ By sea and land. 
 
DISCOUEIIIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 151 
 
 no hauen. One Cassique or Lord^ called Cuchataquir, vsed 
 them well, and sent with them to Cortes two hundred of his 
 men with a present of gold and siluer, and other things of 
 the country ; and they of Tecoan tepee did the like [whom Tecoaute 
 Cortez received with honour] ; and not long after, this 
 Casique sent for aide to Cortes against his neighbours which 
 did warre against him. 
 
 In the yeere 15S3 [in the month of March] Cortes sent 
 vnto him for his aide Peter de Aluarado, with two hundred oomara, 
 
 hist, gen., 
 
 soldiers, footemen, and fortie horsemen, and the Caciques 
 of Tecoantepec and Quahutemallan asked them [for Cortez 
 and] for the monsters of the sea which came thither the 
 yeere past, meaning the ships of Gil Gonsales de Auila, 
 being greatly amazed at the sight of them, and woondring 
 much more when they heard that Cortes had bigger then 
 those ; and they painted vnto them a mightie carake with 
 (sixe)^ masts, and sailes and shroudes, and men armed on 
 
 agora diz Joam dahia. Andaram setenta legoas por mar do Sul & 
 costa, sem acharem porto nem fundo, senam hum Cacique que se 
 chamaua Chuchelaquir, que Hies fez bom gasalhado : & mandou 
 com elles dozetos caualeiros com hum presente douro & prata, & 
 doutras cousas que auia na terra, & assi o fezeram os de Toantepe, 
 a que Fernam cortez fez assaz honra : & nam tardou muito que 
 Ihe nam mandaram pedir socorro pera contra sens vezinhos que os 
 guerreauam. 
 
 No anno de mil & quinhentos & vinte & tres, & mes de Mar^o, 
 mandou la ho Cortez em sua ajuda a Pero Daluarado com dozen - 
 tos soldados, quarenta de cauallo, ao senhor de Toantepee, & Cata- 
 malurn, & Ihes perguntaram por Cortez, & por os monstruos marin- 
 hos que ho anno passado aly chegaram, que eram os Nauios de 
 Gil Gongaluez Dauila, de que estauam muy espantados, & muito 
 mais foram de Hie dizere que Fernam Cortez os tinlia mayorcs, & 
 Hies debuxaram hua Carraca com niastos, & vcllas, & cnxarcias. 
 
 ^ Not in Portuguese. 
 
152 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Sant lago 
 built. 
 
 Castagneda 
 hist, delle 
 Indie Orien- 
 tali, lib. 6, 
 cap. 42. 
 
 Manada. 
 
 Panqueu- 
 
 sara. 
 
 The Islands 
 of S.Michael. 
 
 Borneo. 
 
 Pedra 
 
 Branca. 
 
 Gomera, 
 hist, gen., 
 lib.2,cap.61. 
 
 horsebacke. This Aluarado [was well received and] went 
 through the countrey and builded there the city of Sant Jago 
 or Saint James, and a towne which he called Segura, leauing 
 certaine of his people in it [to hold possession of the 
 country]. 
 
 In the same yeere, 15^3, in the moneth of May, Antonie 
 de Britto being captain of the Isles of Maluco, sent his 
 cosen, Simon de Bren, to learn the way by the Isle of 
 Borneo to Malaca. They came in sight of the Islands of 
 Manada and Panguensara ; they went through the straight 
 oP Treminao and Taquy, and to the Islands of Saint Michael 
 standing in seven degrees, and from thence discouered^ the 
 Islands of Borneo, and had sight of Pedra Branca, or the 
 white stone, and passed through the straight of Cincapura, 
 and so to the citie of Malaca [acquiring knowledge of many 
 islands, sea and land.] 
 
 In this same yeere, 1523, Cortes went with three hundred 
 footemen, and one hundred and fifty horsemen, and forty 
 
 & caualos, com hum home armado encima, foy Aluarado bem rece- 
 bido, comegou logo a correr aquellas prouincias & senhorealas : & 
 fez nellas a cidade de Sanctiago, & hua villa q’ pos nome Segura, 
 & deixou nella gete co fe q’ segurou a terra. 
 
 No anno mesmo de 1523 & mes de Mayo madou Antonio de 
 Brito, que estaua por capitam de Maluco a Simao Dabreu seu 
 primo a saber ho caminho de Borneo, pera Malaca, ouueram vista 
 das ylhas de Manada Panguensara. Foram polio estreito Dantre- 
 minao & Taguina as ilhas de sam Miguel, q’ estam em sete graos 
 daltura da parte do norte & da hi descorreram a ilha de Borneo, 
 & toda sua costa, ouueram vista da Pedra branca, passaram polo 
 estreito de Sincapura, foram ter a cidade de Maluca deixando 
 muytas ilhas, mar, & terra por aly sabidas. 
 
 Neste mesmo anno de 1523 foy Cortez com trezentos soldados, 
 & cento & cincoenta de caualo, quatrocentos Mexicanos a Panuco 
 
 ^ Between Minao. 
 
 ^ They coasted along. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 153 
 
 thousand' Mexicans to Panuco [as he had settled] both to 
 discouer it better, and also to inhabite it, and withall to 
 be reuenged upon them which had killed and eaten the 
 soldiers of Francis Garay. They of Panuco resisted him 
 [courageously] ; but Cortes in the end ouerthrew them [kill- 
 ing many], and conquered the countrey. And hard by 
 Chila, vpon the riuer he built a towne and named it Santo 
 Stephano del puerto, leaning in it one hundred footemen, 
 and thirtie horsemen and one Peter de Valleio for lieutenant. 
 This iourney cost him seventy-six thousand Castilians,^ be- 
 sides the Spanyards, horses, and Maxicans which died there. 
 
 In this yeere, 1523, Francis de Garay made^ nine ships 
 and two brigandines to goe to Panuco and to Kio de las 
 Palmas to be there as gouernour ; for that the emperour had 
 granted vnto him from the coast of Florida vnto Panuco, in 
 regard of the charges, which he had been at in that dis- 
 couerie. He carried with him eight hundred and fifty 
 soldiers and one hundred and forty horses, and some men 
 out of the Island of Jamaica, where he furnished his fieet 
 
 como tinha assentado, assi por descobrir mllhor aq’lla terra, como 
 por pouoalla, & tomar vingan^a dos de Guara, que aly mataram & 
 comera, os de Panuco os iiam receberam, mas antes se defenderam 
 varonilmente, c5 tudo foram desbaratados & muitos mortos, & con- 
 quistaram a terra: & junto de Chili ao longo do Ilio, fundou Cor- 
 tez hua villa, a que pos nome santo Esteuam del puerto, deyxou 
 nella com infantes, & trinta de cauallo, & por Tenente a Pero de 
 Valleijo, custoulhe esta liida setenta & scis mil Castelhanos, afora 
 os Espanhoes, & cauallos & Mexicanos que la ficaram. 
 
 Neste anno de 1523 armou Francisco de Garai none nauios, & 
 dous bargantins, pera hir a Panuco & Ilio das pahnas por gouer- 
 nador & adiantado, que Ihe o Emperador tinha dado da Florida 
 ate Panuco, polio gasto que tinha feyto neste descobrimento, leuou 
 desta vez oito cetos & cincoenta soldados, & cento & quoreta 
 
 Santo Ste- 
 phano del 
 ljuerto. 
 
 Gomara, 
 liist. gen., 
 lib. 2, cap. 
 61 ; & eu la 
 conquista 
 de Mexico. 
 
 ’ Four hundred. 
 
 “ Dollars or reals ? 
 
 ^ Armed. 
 
 20 
 
154 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Eio de las 
 i almas. 
 
 Rio Men- 
 tal to. 
 
 with munition for the warre ; and he went vnto Xagua, an 
 hauen in the Island of Cuba, where he vnderstood that 
 .Cortes had peopled the coast of Panuco ; and that it might 
 not happen vnto him as it did to Pamphilus de Naruaez, he 
 determined to take another companion with him,^ and [for 
 this purpose] he desired the Doctor Zuazo to goe to Mexico 
 (and procure some agreement betweene Cortes and him).^ 
 And they departed from Xagua each one about his busines. 
 Zuazo came in great ieoperdie, and Garay went not cleere 
 without. Garay arriued in Rio de las Palmas on S. James 
 his day, and then he sent vp the riuer one Gonsaluo de 
 Ocampo, who, at his returne, declared that it was an euill 
 and desert countrey ; but, notwithstanding, Garay went 
 there on land with 400 footemen and some horsemen, and he 
 commanded one John de Grijalua to search^ the coast, and 
 he himselfe marched by land towards Panuco, and passed a 
 riuer, which he named Rio montalto : he entred into a great 
 towne,^ where they found many hennes,^ wherewith they 
 
 cauallos, & algus Islenos de Jaimaca, onde forneceo a frota de 
 munigoes de guerra, & foy se a Xaca porto da ylha da Cuba, onde 
 soube q’ Cortez tinha pouoado a costa de Panuco, & por Ihe nam 
 acontecer como a Pamphilo de Narbais, determinou yr fazer com 
 elle algum concerto. Pera isso rogou ao Lecenceado Suaso q’ 
 fosse a Mexico, & partiram de Xaca cada hum a seu negocio : 
 Suaso correo assaz fortuna, & Garay nam esteve sem algua. 
 
 Cliegado ao Rio das Palmas, surgio ahy dia de Santiago : & man- 
 dou por elle acima a Gonqalo de o Campo que tornoii, dizedo que 
 a terra era ma & despouoada, com tudo Gara desembarcou nella 
 CO quatro centos Espanhoes & cauallos, & mandou a Joam de 
 gujaluarez costear a costa, & elle caminhou por terra pera Panuco 
 & passou hum rio a que pos nome Mote alto, entrou em hu lugar 
 despouoado, onde achou muitos Galipauos com que refrescarao, & 
 
 1 To make an agreement with him. 
 
 ^ Sail along. 4 Depopulated village. 
 
 2 Dele. 
 
 ® Pea fowl ? 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 155 
 
 refreshed themselues : and he tooke some of the people of 
 Chila [with a good deal of trouble] (which he vsed for 
 messengers to certaine places).’ And (after great trauaile)^ 
 comming to Panuco they found no victuailes there, by 
 reason of the warres of Cortes (and the spoile of the soldiers).* 
 Garray then sent one Goncalo de Ocampo to Sant Tsteuan 
 del puerto to know whether they would receiue him or no. 
 They had a good answere. But Cortes his men priuily by 
 an ambushment tooke forty of Garayes horsemen, alleaging 
 that they came to vsurpe the gouernment of another ; and 
 besides this misfortune he lost fower of his ships, where- 
 upon he left off to proceede any farther.^ 
 
 While Cortes was preparing to set forward to Panuco,^ 
 Francis de las Casas and Poderigo de la Paz arriued at 
 
 tomou algus de Chily com assaz trabalho, & chegaram ao Panuco, 
 mas nam acharam mantimeiito pollas guerras oue ho Cortez ay 
 tiueram. 
 
 Mandoii Garai a Gongalo de o campo a sancto Esteuam del 
 Puerto a saber se ho receberiam, deram boa reposta, & deitaram 
 Ihe cilada, em que prencleram corenta, por dizerem que hiam a 
 vsurpar aquella terra, em que Garay recebeo muita perda, alem de 
 quatro nauios que tinha perdidos, & a gente que lire fogio em ho 
 liio de Panuco, & co isto temerao a fortuna de Cortez, que sabendo 
 esta noua, deixou as armadas pera descobrir as figueiras,'* & Chiapa 
 & Tomulam, & volueo o rostro a Panuco. 
 
 1 Pele. 
 
 ^ Garay sent from the camp one Gonzalez to St. Estevan del Puerto 
 to learn whether they would receive him. A favourable answer was re- 
 turned, and an ambush prepared whereby forty prisoners were taken, it 
 being alleged that they (Garay) came to usurp that land ; by which 
 Garay sutFered much damage, besides four ships that he had lost, and 
 the people who lied from him in the river of Panuco ; in conse- 
 quence he dreaded the fortune of Cortez, who learning this news, left 
 the ships to discover Cape ITigucras and Chiapa and Tomulam, and 
 turned his face to Panuco. 
 
 ^ Alfairs being in this state. 
 
 ^ Iligucras ? 
 
156 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Gomara, en 
 laConquista 
 de Mexico, 
 fol. 242. 
 
 San Gil de 
 buena Vista 
 in the Bay of 
 Honduras. 
 
 Gomara, en 
 la conquista 
 de Mexico, 
 foi. 229, & 
 in sequenti- 
 bus. 
 
 Mexico with letters patents, wherein the Emperour gaue 
 the gouernment of Nueua Spagna and all the countrey 
 which Cortes had conquered to Cortes, and namely' Panuco. 
 Whereupon he staled his iourney. But he sent Diego de 
 Ocampo with the said letters patents/ and Pedro de Aluarado 
 with store of footemen and horsemen. Garay, knowing this, 
 thought it best to yeeld himselfe vnto Cortes his hands, and 
 to go to Mexico, which thing he did, hauing discouered a 
 great tract of land. 
 
 In this yeere, 1523 ,^ Gil Goncales de Auila made a dis- 
 couerie, and peopled a towne called San Gil de buena vista, 
 standing in 14 degrees toward the north, and almost in the 
 bottome of the bay called the Ascension or the Honduras. 
 He began to conquere it because he best knew the secrets 
 thereof^ (and that it was a very rich countrey).^ 
 
 In this yeere, 1523, the sixt day of December, Peter de 
 Aluarado went from the citie of Mexico, by Cortes his 
 commandement, to discouer and conquere Quahutemallan, 
 
 Estando nisto Francisco de las casas & Kodrigo dela paz, 
 chegaram a Mexico co prouisoes, em q’ o Emperador mandaua a 
 Ferna Cortez a gouernan 9 a da noua Espanha, & todo o mais q’ 
 tiiiesse conquistado ate Panuco, polo q’ madoula dinheiro a Diego 
 de ho campo, & Pero daluarado co gete de pe & caualo, q’ o Garia 
 sabedo tornou por partido meterse nas maos de Cortez, & liirse a 
 Mexico deixando muito descuberco. Tube foy ao descobrimeto 
 neste mesmo anno Gil gongaluez dauilla, & pouoaqam Gil de Boa 
 vista, que estara em catorze graos daltura da parte do norte, na 
 fim ou quasi da Baya da Ascensam comegou a conquistar aquela 
 terra pera saber milhor os segredos della. 
 
 Neste anno de 1523 aos seis dias do mes de Dezebro partio 
 Pero daluarado da cidade de Mexico por madado d’ Cortez, a 
 coquista & descobrimeto de Cataimala & Autala & Chiapa, & 
 
 1 As far as. - Upon this he sent money to Diego from the camp. 
 ^ Also in this same year. That he might learn its secrets better. 
 
 ® Not in Portuguese. 
 
DISCOUEUIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 157 
 
 Vtlatlan, Chiapa, XochniixcOj and other townes toward the 
 South Sead He had with him three hundred soldiers, 170^ 
 horsemen (foure field peeces)^ and some noble men of 
 Mexico, with people of the countrey to aide him as well in 
 the warre, as by the way being long. He went by Tecoan- 
 tepec to Xochmuxco, and other places aboue said, with 
 great trauaile and losse of his men ; but he discouered and 
 subdued all the countrey. There are in those parts certaine 
 hils that haue alume in them, and out of which distilleth a one distn- 
 
 ling out of 
 
 certaine liquor like vnto oile, and sulphur or brimstone,'^ 
 whereof the Spanyards made excellent gunpowder. He iMdem.foi. 
 trauailed 400 leagues in this voiage (and passed certaine 
 riuers which were so hot that they could not well endure to 
 wade through them).^ He builded a citie, calling it Sant 
 lago de Quahutemallan, [The country appeared so desirable sant Jago 
 
 de Qualiu- 
 
 that] Peter de Aluarado begged the gouernment of this temaiian. 
 countrey, and the report is that it was giuen him. 
 
 In the yeere 1523, the 8 day of December, Cortes sent 
 Diego de Godoy, with 100 footemen and 30 horsemen (two 
 
 Chanuco, & outros poiios q’ por all estauam, leuou. 300. soldados. 
 
 140 caualos, & algus senhores Mexic^uios co gete da terra q’ os 
 ajudaram, assi na guerra como polo caminho q’ era c5prido, fora 
 ter a Toatepe & a Chanuco & o mais acima nomeado, & com assaz 
 trabalho & nlortos, descobrio & coquistou tudo, ode a serras de 
 pedra hume & licor q’ pare 9 e azeite muito bo, & muito b5 exofre q’ 
 se ser refinado faze poluora dele, ali andaram quatro cetas legoas, 
 
 & fizera hua cidade, q’ poseram nome Satiago de Cautumalam, 
 j^areceo tambem a Pero dahiarado aquella terra, que pedio della 
 ha gouernan^a, & diz qoe Ihe foy dada. 
 
 Nesta era de 152P a oito de Dezembro mandou Cortez a Diogo 
 de Godoy com cem soldados & trinta cavallos, & miiitos amigos & 
 aliados dos Indios contra a prouincia de Chamola, aa villa do 
 
 ^ And other people in that direction. 140. ^ Not in Portuguese. 
 
 Which, without being refined, was used to make gunpowder. 
 
 ^ Notin Portuguese. '' 1523? 
 
158 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Villa del 
 Espiritu 
 Santo. 
 
 Chamolla. 
 
 Gomara, 
 eu la Cou- 
 quista de 
 Mexico, fol. 
 234. 
 
 Gomar. hist, 
 gen,, lib. 3, 
 cap. 21. 
 
 field peeces)/ and many of his friends, Indians [against 
 the province of Chamola], vnto the towne Del Espiritu santo 
 [and to other countries that lie between Chiapa and Cotu- 
 molam, where Pedro dh^lvarado had arrived]. He ioined 
 himselfe with the captaine of that towne, and they went to 
 Chamolla, the head citie of that prouince ; and that being 
 taken all the countrey grew quiet [and he left it well known]. 
 
 In the yeere 1524, in Februarie, Cortes sent one Poderigo^ 
 Pangel, with 150 Spaniards and many of the Tlaxcallans 
 and Mexicans, against the Zapotecas and Nixticas, and vnto 
 other prouinces and countreyes not so well discouered: they 
 were resisted at the first, but quickly put the people to the 
 woorst, and kept them for euer after in subiection.^ 
 
 In this same yeere, 1524, one Poderigo de Bastidas was 
 senP to discouer, people, and gouerne the countrey of Santa 
 Martha, where he lost his life because he would not suffer the 
 soldiers to take the spoile of a certaine towne.^ They 
 
 Spirito Sancto, & a oiitras terras q’ estam entre Chiapa & Catu- 
 malam, onde Pero Daluarado era chegado Foy, Diogo de Godoi aa 
 villa do Spiritu Sancto, & ajuntouse com o capitam della, & entrararn. 
 ate chamolla que he cidade & cabe 9 a daquella prouincia, & tomada 
 pacificouse toda a terra & ficou hem descuberta & sabida. 
 
 Neste mesmo anno de 1524 & mes de Feuereiro, mandou o 
 Cortez a Diogo rangel co cento & cincoeta Espanhoes & mnitos 
 Trascaloes & Mexicanos, aos Zapotecas, Nistecas, & a outras pro- 
 uincias q’ na eram be sabidas & descubertas, tiueram la guerras, 
 mas por fim de tudo desbarataram, & castigaram nos de maneira, 
 que nunca mais ajuntaram ne boliram eonsigo. 
 
 Neste mesmo anno de 1524 foy Rodrigo de bastidas descobrir, 
 gouernar, & pouoar sancta Marta, o que Ihe custou a vida per nam 
 deixar aos soldados saquear a terra & destroir a gente della, se 
 
 > Not in Portuguese. ~ Piego. 
 
 ^ They fought long, but in the end they were overcome and punished 
 in such a way that they never more united against nor troubled him. 
 
 ^ Went, ^ To pillage the country and destroy the people. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARHS. 
 
 159 
 
 ioined with Peter Villa-forte, and he, being sometimes his 
 entire friend,^ did helpe to kill him with daggers, lying in 
 his bed. Afterward, Don Pedro de Lngo and Don Alfonso, 
 his sonne, were gouernours of that place, which vsed them- 
 selues like couetous tyrants, whereof grew much trouble [in 
 those parts]. 
 
 In this same yeere also, 1524, after that the Licentiate 
 Lucas Vasques de Aillon had obtained of the emperour 
 gouernment of Chicora, he armed for that purpose certaine 
 ships from the citie of Santo Domingo and went to discouer 
 the countrey, and to inhabite it [or to repay the injustice 
 and injury that had been committed in those parts with body, 
 life and goods] ; but he was lost, with all his companie, 
 leaning nothing done woorthy of memorie. And I cannot 
 tell how it commeth to passe, except it be by the iust iudge- 
 inent of God, that of so much gold and precious stones as 
 
 ajuntaram com Pero de villa forte, em q’ elle confiaua & fazia 
 muyta conta, & ajuclou a matalo aas punhaladas jazendo na cama, 
 & depois fora por gouernadores do Pedro de lugo & seu filho do 
 Luis de Lugo, q’ se ouiieram como tiranos cobigosos, de que soce- 
 derao muitos males em aquellas partes. 
 
 E no mesmo anno de 1524 despois do lecenceado Lucas de 
 Seilam ter do Emperador a gouernanga de Chicora, armou pera 
 ella certos nauios da cidade de sam Domingos, q’ foy descobrir a 
 terra, & pouoala, ou pagar as iujustigas & injurias q’ em aquellas 
 partes tinham feitas, com o corpo, vida, & fazenda, porque la se 
 jierdeo c6 toda armada, sem la fazer cousa dina de memoria, 
 sbmete verse nela a justiga diuina : & em outras muitas se viram 
 em aquella partes das Antlllias, Indias Portuguesas, pelos roubos, 
 tiranias, & males que se faziam ncllas, por onde parece que nunca 
 faltaram Nabuquo do nosores que castiguem nossos males, quo 
 sam tantos como vcmos. Quo foram de tantos Castelhanos, Portu- 
 gueses, como tern hido as Antilhas & Indias, ouro, prata, cspecea- 
 
 ^ Whom he trusted and made much of, but who, etc. 
 
180 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Gomar., 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 2, cap. 
 fi5, A en la 
 Gonquista 
 de Mexico, 
 fol. 2-13. 
 
 haue beene gotten in the Antiles by so many Spaniards, 
 little or none remaineth, but the most part is spent and con- 
 sumed, and no good thing doned 
 
 In this yeere, 1524, Cortes sent one Christopher de Olid, 
 with a fleete, to the Island of Cuba, to receiue the vitailes 
 and munitions which Alonso de Contreras had prepared, and 
 to discouer and people the country about Cape de Higueras 
 and the Honduras [and those parts that were not yet well 
 known] ; and to send Diego Hurtado de Mendoca by sea, 
 to search the coast (from thence euen to Darien)^ to finde 
 out the streight which v>^as thought to run into the South 
 sea, as the emperour had commanded. He sent also two 
 ships from Panuco to search along the coast vnto Florida. 
 
 rias, drogoas, aljofre, pedraria, & mercadarias que de la trouxeram? 
 Tudo he gastado, consumido sem nenhu fruito, & algum que quis 
 ter alma, ficou sem vida, & ainda me pare 9 e que quern se quiser 
 ocupar nesta materia, nao na acabaria na de Matusalem dobrado. 
 
 Neste mesmo anno de quinhetos & vinte & quatro, mandou 
 Fernao cortez Christouam de Olim co hua armada a ilha da Cuba 
 tomar matimentos, moni^des, que Contreiras tinha feitas, & desco- 
 brir & pouoar as funduras, & aquellas terras que nam eram ainda 
 be sabidas, q’ madasse Diogo furtado de Mendoza por mar a costa 
 a buscar o estreito q’ deziam passar da outra banda, como o Em- 
 perador mandaua, & assi enuiou dous nauios de Panuco ate Florida 
 ao mesmo cabo de Catumalam a Penamoa, por nam ficar cousa q’ 
 
 1 Only in this is seen the Divine justice : and otherwise it is abundantly 
 visible in those parts of the Antilles or Portuguese India, on account of 
 the robberies, oppression and ills that have been committed, whence it 
 appears that there is always a Nabuchodonosor who punishes our evil 
 deeds, which are so great as we see. What has become of the many 
 Spaniards, Portuguese, who gambled in the Antilles and India ; of so 
 much gold, silver, spice, drugs, pearls, jewels, and merchandise, that was 
 brought thence 1 All is wasted and consumed leaving no fruit; and any 
 one who appeared to have any soul lost his life ; and besides it seems to 
 me that whoever would embark in these matters, would never finish, 
 not even if he lived to twice the age of Methusaleh. 
 
 2 Not in Portuguese. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 161 
 
 He commanded also certaine brigandincs to search the coast 
 from Zacatullan vnto PanamaJ This Christopher de Olid 
 came to the Island of Cuba, and made a league with Diego 
 Velasquez against Cortes, and so set saile and went on land 
 hard by Puerto de Cauallos, standing in 10 degrees to the 
 north, and built a towne, which he called Triumpho de la 
 Cruz. He tooke Gil Gonzales de Auila prisoner, and killed 
 his nephew and the Spaniards that were with him, all sauing 
 one childe, and shewed himselfe an enimie to Cortes, who 
 had spent in that expedition thirty thousand castellans of 
 gold to doe him pleasure withall. 
 
 Cortes vnderstanding hereof the same yeere 1524, and in 
 the moneth of October,^ he went out of the citie of Mexico GG,‘&eu^‘a 
 to seeke Christopher de Olid to be revenged of him, and de Mexico, 
 
 , , fol- 246 & 
 
 also to discouer [countries as yet unknown to the Span- 25i. 
 iards], carrying with him three hundred Spanish footemen 
 and horsemen, and Quahutimoc king of Mexico, and other 
 great lords of the same city [for greater peace.] And com- 
 ming to the towne called La villa del Espirito santo, he 
 
 nam fosse sabida. Christouam de olid chegado a ilha da Cuba, 
 assentou liga com Diogo velhasquez cotra Cortez, dada a vella, foy 
 desembarcar juto do porto de caualos em dez graos de parte do 
 norte, & fez a villa do Triunfo da Cruz, predeo Gil gongaluez 
 Auila, matoulhe hum sobrinho com os espanhoes q’ o seguiram 
 ficou soo no ninho, & decrarou se por imigo de Cortez, que gastou 
 nesta armada trinta mil Castelhanos, por Ihe fazer boa obra. 
 
 Sabedo Fernam cortez isto, na mesrna era de vinte & quatro no 
 mes do Abril, partio da cidade de Mexico em busca de Christouam 
 de olid, pera tomar delle vingan9a, & descobrir a terra & prouincias, 
 que ainda por Espanhoes nam eram vistas, leuando trezetos dellos 
 de pe & caualo, & el rey Catinococim & principes do Mexico pera 
 mais pacifico, chegado a villa do Spiritu sancto fez asaber aos 
 
 ^ To the same cape from Catumelaui to Panama, so as to leave 
 nothing unknown. 
 
 2 April ? 
 
 2i 
 
162 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 [made known his determination and] required guides of the 
 lords of Tauasco and Xicalanco, which they prouided im- 
 mediately (and they sent him ten of their principall men for 
 leuUarge d who gauc him also a map of cotton wooll/ wherein 
 
 Sonwooii. painted the situation of the whole country from Xica- 
 lanco vnto Naco, and Nito, and euen as farre as Nicaragua, 
 with their mountaines, hils, fields, meadowes, vallies, riuers, 
 cities and townes. And Cortes in the meane time sent for 
 three ships which were at the hauen of Medellin to follow 
 him along the coast. 
 
 Goniara, In this veore 1521 they came to the citie of Izancanac, 
 
 liist. gen., J J 7 
 
 crVewT where he vnderstood that the king Quahutimoc and the 
 quiSad^ Mexicans that were in his companie were conspired against 
 for 25 ?’ him and the Spanyards : for the which he hanged the king 
 and two others of the chiefe : and so came to the citie of 
 Mazatian. Mazatlan, and after that to Tiaca, the head citie of a pro- 
 uince so called standing in the middest of a lake : and here 
 about they began to finde the traine of the Spanyards, which 
 Zuzuiiin. they went to seeke, and so they went to Toscola and Zuzul- 
 lin [and other places of Nico, and finding a good port, he 
 built a city called Ascensa’m de Nosse Senhora], (and at 
 
 senhores de Tauasco & Picalam sua determina^am, & pedir que 
 Ihe mandassem guias, elles o fizeram logo & em hu debuxo deram 
 hu pano dalgoda tecido cm q’ estaua toda a terra q’ a de Xicala 
 Anico & Neco, & Nicaragas com motanhas, serras, campinas vallas, 
 & ribeiras, cidades, & villas, & mandou a Medelim aparelhar tres 
 nauios c6 mantimetos, monigoes & que fossem ao longo da costa. 
 
 No anno de 1528,^ chegaram a cidade de Zacanaca, onde 
 souberam como el Rey Catimococim & Mexicanos se conjurauam 
 contra Cortez & Castelhanos, polo q’ el Rey & algus foram en- 
 forcados, donde partiram & chegarao a cidade de Matalam : & 
 despois a Tiaca cabega da prouincia, esta no meyo de hua alagoa: & 
 ja por aqui achauam rastro dos Espanhoes q’ buscauam, & fora a 
 
 Not in Portuguese. 
 
 Woven. 
 
 3 1524 ? 
 
DTSCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 163 
 
 came to the towne of Nito : from Nito Cortes with oomar. in 
 
 o the Con- 
 
 his owne companie, and all the Spanyards that he found ?^5co[foi. 
 there, departed to the shore or strand called La Baia de 
 Sant Andres, and finding there a good hauen he builded a 
 towne in that place and called it Natividad de Nuestra 
 Sehora.)^ 
 
 From hence Cortes went to the towne of Truxillo, standing Truxiiio. 
 in the hauen of the Honduras, where the Spanyards dwell- Honduras, 
 ing there did entertaine him well : and while he was there, 
 there arriued a ship which brought newes of the stirre in 
 Mexico (in Cortes his absence) whereupon he sent word to 
 Gonsalo de Sandoual to march with his companie from ^ 
 
 Gomara in 
 
 Naco to Mexico by land toward the South sea vnto Qua- 
 hutemallan, because that is the vsuall plaine and safest way,^ ’ 
 
 and he left as captaine in Truxillo Fernando de Saavedra 
 his cozen : and he himselfe went by sea along the coast of 
 Jucatan (to Chalchicoeca, now called Sant Juan de Vllhua, 
 and so to)^ Medellin, and from thence to Mexico, where he 
 
 Toscola & Sucelim & outros logares de Nico, & por ser bom porto 
 fez aly hua villa, a que pos nome Ascengam de nossa senhora. 
 
 Daqiii foy Cortez a villa de Truzilho, q’ esta em o porto de 
 Funcluras, & be recebido polos Espanhoes que ahi estauam, no qual 
 tempo chegou hum nauio que deu noua dos males de Mexico, pelo 
 qual mandou logo Cortez, Gonsalo de Sandoual com gete de pee 
 & caualo descobrir terra contra o mar do sul a Cotumalam, por 
 ser mais breue caminho, & deixou em Trugilho por capita a Ferna 
 sayauedra seu primo, elle foise por mar & costa de Siucatam a 
 Medelim & dai a Mexico, onde foy be recebido auedo mais de anno 
 & meo que da ly era partido, repousou dos muitos traballios & 
 perigos que auia passado de quinhentas legoas por terras mui 
 
 > Not in Portuguese. ^ Not in Portuguese, 
 
 ^ Whereupon Cortez sent Goncalo de Sandoval with horse and foot 
 to Cotumalam to discover the country towards the South Sea, that being 
 the shortest road. 
 
 ^ Not in Portuguese. 
 
1G4 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 was well receiued, hauing beene from thence 18 monetbes,’ 
 (and bad gone flue hundred leagues, trauelling often out of 
 his way, and enduring much hardness). 
 hiTgS yeere 1525 Francis Pizarro and Diego Almagro 
 
 c^P- 1 went from Panama to discouer Peru, standing beyond the 
 line towarde the south, which they called Nueua Castillia. 
 The gouernour Pedro Arias would not entermeddle with 
 this expedition, because of the euill newes which his cap- 
 taine, Francis Vezerra, had brought [who never reached 
 further than, the port of Pinas towards the north]. 
 
 Francis Pizarro went first in a ship, having with him 140 
 soldiers, and Almagro went after him in another ship with 
 70 men. He came to Pio de San Juan, standing in three 
 degrees, where he got two thousand pesoes of gold ; and 
 not finding Pizarro, he went^ to seeke him, repenting his 
 doings by reason of a mishap that he had.^ But [attracted 
 
 fragosas, & dellas desponadas, andaram em montanhas muy asperas, 
 & grandes ribeyras comendo eruas de que muitos fale 9 eram. 
 
 No anno de 1525 partio Francisco pizarro & Diogo dalmagro de 
 penama ao descobrimento daquellas terras & prouincias, a que 
 chamam Peru, que estam aquem & alem da linha da parte do sul, 
 a que poseram nome a noua Castela, o gouernador Pedraires nam 
 se quis meter na armada, polla roim noua que Ihe trouxera seu 
 capitam Francisco bezerra, que nam chegou mais q’ ao porto de 
 Pinas, que esta da parte do norte. 
 
 Francisco Piqarro diz que foy diante em hu nauio com cento & 
 quarenta soldados, Almagro tras elle em outro com setenta, deu no 
 Rio de sam Joam, que esta em tres graos daq’lla banda, onde 
 tomou vinte mil pesos douro. E como nam achassem Francisco 
 
 * Here be reposed after the great labours and dangers he had passed 
 through in journeying fifteen hundred leagues through rough and desert 
 countries, over rugged mountains and great marshes, eating herbs, by 
 which many perished, 
 
 2 Returned. 
 
 ^ Who had changed his mind, owing to a disaster that had happened. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 165 
 
 by tlie gold of Almagro] he went first to an island called 
 Isla del Gorgona, and afterwards to another called Isla del 
 Gallo, and to the riuer called Rio del Peru, standing in two 
 degrees northwards, whereof so many famous countrey es 
 take their name. From thence they went to Rio de San 
 Francisco, and to Cabo de Passaos, where they passed the 
 equinoctiall line, and came to Puerto Vejo, standing in one 
 degree to the south of the line : from whence they sailed to 
 the riuers of Chinapanpa, Turnbez, and Payta, standing in 
 4 or 5 degrees, where they had knowledge of king Ataba- 
 lipa and of the exceeding wealth and riches of his palace. 
 Which newes mooued Pizarro speedily to returne home 
 againe to (Panama, and so into)^ Spaine, and to request the 
 gouernment of that countrey of the emperour : which he 
 also obtained. He had spent aboue three yeeres before in 
 this discouerie, not without enduring great trauaile and 
 perils.^ 
 
 In the same yeere 1525 there was sent out of Spaine a 
 fleet of seuen ships, whereof was captaine generall Don 
 Garcia de Loaisa to the Islands of Maluco. They went 
 
 pizarro, tornaram em sua busca, que estaiia arrependido por hum 
 desastre que Ihe acontecera : mas com effoi'90 do ouro Dalmagro : 
 foy a ylha de Gorgora, & do Galo, & ao rio do Peru, que esta em 
 dous graos donde tantas & tarn grandes prouincias tornaram apelido. 
 Dalii foram ao Rio de sam Francisco, & ao cabo de Passao, onde 
 passaram a linba, Chegado ao porto que esta hum grao da parte 
 do Sul, dode foram pellos Rios de Chinapapa, Paita, Trubez, q’ 
 esta em quatro 011 clnco graos, donde souberam que auia aly nniita 
 riqueza del rey Atabalipa & boa terra, q’ moueo Fra9isco pigarro 
 tornar a Castclla a pedir ao Emperador aquella gouernanc;a : & 
 andou mais de tres an nos nesta demanda. 
 
 No mesmo anno de 1525 foy enuiado de castella liua armada de 
 
 Isla del 
 Govgoua. 
 Isla del 
 Gallo. 
 Eio del 
 Peru. 
 
 Cabo de 
 Passaos. 
 
 Puerto vijo. 
 
 Tumbez. 
 
 Payta. 
 
 Pet. IMar- 
 tyr., decad. 
 8, cap. 9. 
 Goiiiar., 
 lust, gen., 
 lib. iv, cap. 
 12 . 
 
 1 Not in Portuguese. 
 
 ' And he spent more than three years in following u]) this re(piest. 
 
166 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 'I’lie Isle of 
 S. JVlalhew. 
 
 Gomara in 
 the Con- 
 quest of 
 Mexico, 
 page 281. 
 
 from tlie citie of the Groine and passed by the Islands of 
 the Canaries, and went to Brasill, where they found an 
 island in two degrees, and named it S. Matthew : and it 
 seemed to be inhabited, because they found in it orenge 
 trees [and other fruit trees, traces of] hogs, and hennes in 
 caues,^ and vpon the rindes of most of the trees there were 
 grauen Portugall letters, shewing that the Portugals had 
 beene there 17^ yeeres before that time. A patache or pin- 
 nesse of theirs passed the streight of Magellane,^ hauing in 
 her one lohn de Kesaga, and ran all along the coast of Peru 
 and Nona Spagna. They declared all their successe vnto 
 Cortes,^ and told him that frier Garsia de Loaisa was passed 
 to the islands of clones. But of this fleete the admirall 
 onely came thither, wherein was captaine one Martine Min- 
 gues de Carchona : for Loaisa and the other captaines [who 
 
 sete vellas, Capitam deltas frey Garcia de Loaes : pera as ilhas de 
 Maluco, partiram da cidade de Crunha, atrauessando das ylhas 
 Canareas ao Brasil, dous graos alem da linha, acharam hua ylha 
 que poseram nome sam Matheus, parecia ser ja pouoada por ter 
 larangeyras, & outras aruores de fruyto, acharam rastro de porcos : 
 & galinhas no mato, & nos troncos de todas aruores letras Portu- 
 guesas : que denunciauam auer oytenta & sete annos que aly 
 esteueram ; alem do estreyto do Magalhaes se apartou delles hum 
 nauio de remo que leuauam que chamauam Patax, em que hia dom 
 Joam de recaga, foy ter aa costa do Peru, & aa noua Espanha 
 correndo a toda : deu conta a Fernam Cortez do que vira, & como 
 frey Garcia de Loaes era passado aas ylhas do Crauo. Mas de 
 toda esta frota nam chegou a ellas, se nam a nao Capitaina, hindo 
 por Capitam della, Martim Minguez de carquicena, por Loaes, & 
 outros Capitaes que Ihe soccederam, todos falecerarn. Mas esta 
 
 ‘ The hush. s 87. 
 
 ^ Beyond the Strait of Magellan, a row boat, called a patache, which 
 they had, separated from them. 
 
 ^ They recounted to Cortez what they had seen. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 167 
 
 succeeded him] died by the way. [But this alone sufficed to 
 put the whole country in revolt, so well-affectioned are the 
 Moors of Maluco to the Spaniards.] (All the Moores of 
 Maluco were found well affectioned to the Spaniards.)^ 
 
 In the same yeere 15S5 the pilot Stephen Gomes went from 
 the port of the Groine toward the north to discouer^ the 
 streight (vnto the)^ Malucos, but to keep Magellan from the 
 route, (to whom)^ they would giue [him] no charge in the 
 fleete of frier Garsia de I^oaisa. But yet the Earle Don Fer- 
 nando de Andrada,and the Doctor Beltram, and the marchant 
 Christopher de Sarro [did not fail him, but] furnished a gal- 
 lion for him [to make this discouery so much desired], and he 
 went from (the Groine in)^ Galicia to the Island of Cuba, and 
 to the point of Florida, sailing by day because he knew not the 
 land [and (not seeing ?) in the bay, harbour, river, or inlet, he 
 passed (the bay Angra, and the riuer Enseada, and so went)® 
 oner to the other side. It is also reported that he came to 
 Cape Eazo in 46"^ degrees to the north : from whence he 
 came backe againe to the Groine laden with slaues. The 
 
 soo abastou pera meter tocla ha terra em grande reuolta : tarn 
 affey9oados sam os Mouros de Maluco a Castelhanos. 
 
 No rnesmo anno da era de mil & quinhentos & vinte & cinco, partio 
 ho piloto Esteuam Gomez do porto [de Crunha ?] contra a parte do 
 Norte, descobrindo ho estreito de Maluco, com quanto por fogir ao 
 Magalhaes do caminho nam Ihe quiseram dar nesta armada de 
 Lois ncnhum carrego, mas com tudo nam Ihe faltou ho Conde dom 
 Fernando Dandrade, & ho doctor Beltrao, & ho mercador Chris- 
 touam de Sarro, que Ihe armarao hum galeam pera este descoori- 
 mento tarn descjado. Partio de Galiza, foy tomar ha ylha da Cuba, 
 & a ponta da Florida, nauegando dc dia por nam saber a terra, 
 & ver em toda Baya angra, rio, enseada sc passaua a outra banda, 
 diz que chegaram ao cabo raso, quo cstaa da parte do Norte, em 
 quarenta & quatro graos daltura, donde tornaram a cidade de 
 
 ' l)ele. ^ Biscoveririg. 
 
 Dele. ® Not in Portugusc. 
 
 3 Of. 
 ^ 44 . 
 
 Pet. Mar- 
 tyr., decad. 
 
 8, pag. col. 
 Gomara, 
 historia 
 general, lib. 
 i, cap. 5. 
 
 <■> Dele. 
 
168 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 The Isle of 
 Batochiua 
 by Gilolo. 
 
 newes hereof ran by and by tbrongb Spaine, that he was 
 come home laden with clones as mistaking the word : and it 
 was carried to the court of Spaine [post haste to ask a re- 
 ward, which caused great joy and entertainment principally 
 to those who fitted out the vessel] : but when the truth was 
 knowne^ it turned to a pleasant iest. In this voiage Gomes 
 was ten monethes. 
 
 In this yeere 1525 Don George de Meneses, captaine of 
 Maluco, and with him Don Garcia Henriquez, sent a foyst 
 to discouer land towards the north, wherein went as cap- 
 taine one Diego de Rocha, and Gomes de Sequeira for 
 pilot [who afterwards went as pilot on an Indian voyage]. 
 In 9 or 10 degrees they found certaine islands standing 
 close together [they passed among them], and they called 
 them the Islands of Gomes de Sequeira, he being the first 
 pilot that discouered them. And they came backe againe 
 [to the fort] by^ the Island of Batochina [do moro]. 
 
 Crunha carregar descrauos, os que isto ouuiram, cuydando que 
 deziam crauos, mandaram polla posta aa Corte de Castella, pedir 
 aluigara, que pos grande aluoro9o & contentamento principalmente 
 aos que armaram, chegado o Roxo com a noua carta, foy tal 
 azombaria q’ andauam corridos : disso porque gastaram muyto 
 sem nenhum proueyto : & Esteuao gomez pos dez meses no 
 
 caminho. 
 
 Neste anno de 1525 estando dom Jorge de Meneses capitam de 
 Maluco, elle dom Garcia anriquez mandara hua fusta descobrir 
 contra ho norte, hya por capita della Diogo da rocha, & piloto 
 Gomez de sequeira, que depois andou por piloto na carreira da 
 India, em none ou dez graos daltura, acharam huas ilhas juntas, 
 andaram por entrellas ; poseram Ihe nome as Ylhas de Gomez de 
 Sequeira por ser o primeiro piloto que as descobrio, donde se 
 tornaram aa fortaleza, por derredor da ilha da Batachina do 
 
 ^ There was such joking that they were ashamed ; and this because 
 there had been much expence and no profit. 
 
 ~ Passing round. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 169 
 
 In the yeere 1526 there went out of Siuill one Sebastian oomara, 
 
 historise 
 
 Cabota, a Venetian (by bis father, but borne at Bristol in 
 
 England) / being cbiefe pilote to the emperour, with fower 
 
 ships toward Maluco [islands]. They came to Pernambuco, 
 
 and staled there three monetbes [waiting] for a winde to 
 
 double the Cape of Saint Augustine. In the Bay of Patos 
 
 or of ducks [which lies to the south] the admirall ship 
 
 perished ; and being without hope to get to the Isles of 
 
 Maluco^ they there made a pinnesse to enter vp the riuer of 
 
 Plate, and to search it. They ran 60 leagues vp before they 
 
 came to the barre where they left their great ships, and 
 
 with their small pinesses passed vp the riuer Parana, which Paraua. 
 
 the inhabitants count to be the principall riuer. Having 
 
 rowed vp 120 leagues, they made a fortresse and staled there 
 
 aboue a yeere : and then rowed further till they came to the 
 
 mouth of another riuer called Paragioa, and perceiuing that moPara- 
 
 y ° , gioa. 
 
 the countrey yeelded gold and sillier they kept on their 
 
 moro. No anno de 1526 partio de Sevilha Sebastia gaboto Vene- 
 zeano, & piloto mor do Emperador, leuaiia quatro vellas p’a as ilhas 
 de Maluco, foram ter a Fernam buco, onde esteueram tres meses 
 agiiardando por tempo pera dobrar ho cabo de sao Agostinho. Na 
 baya dos patos que estaa em a parte do Sul, perderam a nao 
 capitaina. Desesperados de hire aas ilhas do Crauo, fizera hua 
 galeota aly pera entrare o rio da prata, & saber o que dentro auia, 
 chegado ao rio que se mete nelle sessenta legoas da Barra, 
 deyxaram os nauios da carrega, & com os menores sobiram pella 
 principal ribeira que os da terra chamam Parana, por ser grande 
 agoa. 
 
 Tendo andado por este rio acima, ceto & vinte legoas, fizeram 
 hua fortaleza em que gastara mais de hum anno : despois foram 
 pella mesma ribeira ate a boca doutra, que se diz Paragay, & por 
 verem sinais douro & prata, foram tras sua cobi^-a, & mandando 
 
 ' Not in Portuguese. ~ Cloves. 
 
 ^ Arrived at the river that Hows into it sixty leagues from tlie bar, 
 they left, etc. 
 
 22 
 
170 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 The fouu- 
 taiue of the 
 riuer of 
 Plata. 
 
 The biggest 
 riuers pro- 
 ceed from 
 lakes. 
 Eamusius, 
 
 3 vol., fol. 
 310. 
 
 course/ and sent^ a brigandine before ; (but)^ those of the 
 countrey tooke it : and Cabote vnderstanding of it thought 
 it best to turne backe vnto their forte, and there tooke in 
 his men which he had left there, and so went downe the 
 riuer where his ships did ride, and from thence he sailed 
 home to Siuill in the yeere 1530, leaning discouered about^ 
 two hundred leagues within this riuer, reporting it to be 
 very nauigable, and that it springeth out of a lake named 
 Bombo. It standeth in (the firme land of)^ the kingdome of 
 Peru [in a cold country], running® through the vallies of 
 Xauxa, and meeteth with the riuers Parse, Bulcasban, Cay, 
 Parima, Hiucax, with others, which make it very broad 
 and great. It is said also, that out of this lake runneth the 
 riuer called Bio de San Francesco ; and by this meane the 
 riuers come to be so great. For the riuers that come out of 
 lakes are bigger then those which proceede from a spring. 
 
 In the yeere 1517^ one Pamphilus de Naruaez went out 
 of S. Lucar de Barameda to be generall of the coast and land 
 
 hum bargantim diante, os da terra Iho tomaram, o que sabendo 
 Gaboto se tornou aa fortaleza, recolhida a gete q’ nella deixara, se 
 tornou pello rio abaixo onde as naos ficaram. E dahi a Seuilha no 
 anno de 1530 deixando descuberto mais de dozentas legoas por 
 este rio, que dizem ser nauegauel, & nacer de hum lago que se 
 chama Bombo, estaa no reyno de Peru em terra fria, & diz que 
 passa polos vales de Xauxa. E adiate se ajuntam a elle os rios de 
 Par^o, Bulcasba, Cay, Poryma, Hiucax, & outros que o fazem muy 
 grande, & tambem dizem que deste lago sae ho rio de sam 
 Francisco. E por isso estes rios sam tamanhos, q’ as mais das 
 ribeiras q’ saem de lagos sam mayores que as que nacem de 
 fontes. 
 
 No anno de 1527 partio Pamphilo de Narbaes de sam Lucas de 
 Baramedo, por adiantado da costa, da terra da florida, ate o rio 
 
 * Their covetousness followed ? ^ Sending. ^ Dele. 
 
 ^ More than. ® Dele. ® And is said to run. ^ 1527. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 171 
 
 of Florida as farre as Fio de las Palmas, and had with him 
 fine ships, 600 soldiers, 100 horses, besides a great summe 
 and quantitie of victuailes, armour, clothing, and other 
 things. He could not goe on land where his desire was, 
 but went on land somewhat neere to Florida with three 
 hundred of his companie, some horses, and some victuailes, 
 commanding the ships to goe to Rio de las Palmas ; in which 
 voiage they were almost all lost : and those which escaped 
 passed great dangers, hunger and thirst, in an island called 
 Xamo, and by the Spaniards Malhada, being very drie and TheTsieof 
 barren, where the Spaniards killed one another, and the Maihada. 
 people also of the countrey did the like. Naruaez and those 
 which went with him sawe some golde with certaine Indians, 
 and he demanded of them where they gathered it : and they 
 answered that they had it at Apalachen. They therefore Apaiachen. 
 searched^ this gold, and in searching came to the said towne,^ 
 where they found no gold nor siluer : they saw many bay 
 trees, and almost all other kinde of trees, with beasts, birds 
 [of Spain], (and such like).^ The men and women of this 
 
 das palmas, leuaua cinco nauios, seis centos soldados, cem caualos, 
 grande soma de bastimentos, armas vestidos, nam pode tomar 
 porto onde desejaua, sahio em terra acerca da Florid jf, com 
 trezentos companheyros, cauallos poucos, mantimentos, mandou os 
 nauios aos rios das palmas : em cuja demanda se perderam quasy 
 todos, os que escaparam passaram tarn grande trabalho, fome, 
 sede, que em hua ylha que se chama Machado Seco, onde hos 
 Espanhoes se mataram bus aos outros, & dizem que aos da terra 
 asi fizeram. Narbais & os que com elle hiam. viram hus Indios 
 com ouro, preguntaram Ihe donde o tirauam, disseram que em 
 Palacham, foram em sua busca, acharam hum lugar pequeno & 
 terra pobre sem ouro ne prata, auia nella loureiros, & quasi todas 
 aruores, alimarias aues de Espanha, os homes & mollieres, altos, 
 
 ' They went in search of, 
 ^ Not in Portuguese. 
 
 A small village and a poor country. 
 
Aute. 
 
 Xamo. 
 
 17j^ the first beginning of the 
 
 place are high and strong, very light, and so swift runners, 
 that they will take deere at their pleasure, and will not 
 grow wearie though they run a w^hole day. From Apala- 
 chen they went to a towne called Aute ; and from thence 
 to Xamo, a poore countrey with small sustinance. These 
 people bring vp their children very tenderly, and make 
 great lamentation when any of them dieth ; they neither 
 weepe nor lament at the death of any olde bodie [they did 
 not kill the Spainiards nor eat them, as they were then weak 
 with work and the life they had led]. Here the people 
 desired the Spanyards to cure their sicke folks, for they 
 had many diseased (and certaine of the Spanyards being in 
 extreme pouertie assaied it, and vsed praier, and it pleased 
 God that they did indeede recouer),^ as well those that were 
 hurt^ as those which were otherwise diseased in so much, 
 that one which was thought verily to be dead, was by them 
 restored to life, [and this was not much if their faith was as 
 great as the occasion required] (as they themselues reporte).^ 
 
 forgosos, muy ligeiros, tarn grandes corredores que tomauam os 
 veados, & corgas, & nam cansauam de correr hum dia todo. 
 
 De Palacham foram a villa de Haute, & dahi a Xama, terra 
 pobre,^de pouco mantimeto, criam os filhos com regalo, quando 
 morrem fazem por elles gram pranto, pellos velhos nam choram, 
 nam mataram os Castelhanos nem os comeram por estarem magros, 
 fracos do trabalho : & da vida que passaram. Mandauam Ihes 
 que curassem os enfermos : que auia aly muitos, & como se vissem 
 na ora da morte pediram a Deos & a sua may socorro, foram 
 ouuidos de maneira que quantos aas suas maos vinham todos 
 sarauam, assi aleyjados, como hos de doengas muy incurauees, 
 atee ressuscitarem hum rnorto : & nam era muito se tinham a fee 
 tarn ynteyra como ho tempo queria. 
 
 * And as they saw themselves at the point of death, they prayed to 
 God and to his Mother for help ; their prayers were answered in such a 
 manner that all at their hands were healed. 
 
 ^ Maimed. ^ As those affected with severe disease. 
 
 Not in Portuguese. 
 
DISCOUEKIES OE THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 173 
 
 They affirme that they passed through many countreies and 
 many strange people, differing in language, apparell, and 
 customes. And because they plaied the physitions, they were 
 as they passed greatly esteemed and held for gods, and the 
 people did no hurt vnto them, but would giue them part of 
 such things as they had. (Therefore they passed quietly, and 
 trauelled so farre till)^ they came to a people, that vse con- 
 tinually to Hue in heards with their cattel as the Arabians doe. 
 They be poore, and eate snakes, lisards, spiders, ants, and al 
 kinde of vermine,and herewith they Hue so well contented that 
 commonly they sing and dance [and divert themselues.] 
 They buie the women of their enimies, and kill their 
 daughters, because they would not haue them marrie with 
 them (whereby they might increase).^ They trauailed 
 through certaine places, where the women gaue sucke vnto 
 their children til they were ten or twelve yeeres of age ; 
 and where certaine men (being hermaphrodites)^ doe marrie 
 one another [and here are such people which neither weep nor 
 make water, and it is said that if they do it they die]. These 
 
 Dizem que passaram por muitas terras de gentes diferetes em 
 lingoages, trajos, costumes: mas por hos fisicos serem la muy 
 estimados, & mais estes que auiam por deoses nam Ihe faziam nen- 
 hum dano : antes Ihe dauam dessa pobreza que tinham, foram ter 
 aos lagazes que andam em cabildos com sens gados : como Alarues, 
 & sam tarn pobres que comem cobras, lagartos, aranhas, formigas, 
 & todos os bichos, com isto viuem tarn contentes que sempre 
 cantam, bailam, & se desenfadam : compram as molheres aos 
 imigos, matam as filhas, pellas nam casarem com elles, passauam 
 por terras que os filhos mamauam dez, doze annos : em outras que 
 casam os homes bus com outros, & ahi tays pouos que nam choram 
 nem rim : & diz que se o fazem, morrem por isso, andaram os 
 Castelhanos nestes trabalhos mais de oyto centos legoas : & nam 
 ficaram mais de sete, ou oyto que escaparam, foram ter ao mar do 
 
 ^ Not in Portuguese. 
 Not in Portuguese. 
 
 ^ Not in Portuguese, 
 
174 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Gomar., 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 2, cap. 
 72, and in 
 the Con- 
 quest of 
 Mexico, foh 
 281. 
 
 Islas de los 
 Reyes. 
 
 Spaniards trauailed aboue 800 leagues ; and there escaped 
 aline in this journey not aboue seuen or eight of them. 
 They came vpon the coast of the South sea, vnto a citie 
 called Saint Michael of Culuacan, standing in 23 degrees 
 and vpward (toward the north) 
 
 This yeere 1527, when Cortes vnderstood by the pinnesse 
 aforesaide that Don Garcia de Loaisa was passed by the 
 Streight of Magelan toward the Islands of clones, he pro- 
 uided three ships^ to goe seeke him, and to discouer by 
 that way of New Spaine as farre as the Isles of Maluco. 
 There went as gouernour in those ships one Aluaro de 
 Saavedra Ceron, cosen vnto Cortes, a man fit for that pur- 
 pose. He made saile from Ciuatlanejo, now named S. 
 Christopher, standing in 20 degrees toward the north, on 
 All Saints day. They arrived at the islands which Magelan 
 named The Pleasures : and from thence sailed to the islands 
 which Gomes de Sequeira had discouered, and not knowing 
 thereof, they named the Islas de los Reyes, that is to say, 
 The Isles of the kings, because they came vnto them on 
 
 sul, a sam Miguel de Culuacam, que dizem estar de trinta graos 
 pera cima. 
 
 Neste anno de 1527 sabedo Fernam cortez polo petaxo, como 
 frei Garcia de loais era passado as ilhas do crauo, mandou fazer 
 tres nauios prestes pera jrem em sua busca : & descobrir aquele 
 caminho da noua Espanha ate Maluco, & hia por capita mor delies 
 Aluaro saiauedra Cerom seu primo, pessoa muyto pera isso, partio 
 dia de todos os sanctos de Siuantaneio q’ se agora chama sam 
 Christouam que esta em vinte graos da parte do norte : chegaram 
 as ilhas q’ o Magalhaes pos nome dos prazeres : & dahi foram as 
 que Gomez de sequeira descobrira, por nam saberem isto Ihe 
 poseram nome dos Keys pellas verem aquelle dia, aqui ficaram a 
 Sayauedra dous nauios, de que nunca mais ouue noua nem recado, 
 & de ilha em ilha foram ter a de Sarangam, onde resgataram dous 
 
 * Not in Portuguese. 
 
 2 He ordered three ships to be got ready. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 175 
 
 Twelfe day. In the way Saavedra lost two ships of his 
 company, of which they neuer after heard newes. But 
 from island to island he still sailed and came to the Island 
 of Candiga, where he bought two [or three] Spanyards for candiga. 
 70 ducats, which had beene of the companie of Frier Loaisa, 
 who was lost thereabout. 
 
 In the yeere 15^8, in March, Saavedra arriued at the 
 Islands of Maluco, and came to an anker before the Isle^ of 
 Gilolo : he found the sea calme and winde at will, without 
 any tempests : and he tooke the distance from thence to 
 Nona Spagna to be 2050^ leagues. At this time Martin 
 Yhiquez de Carqui 9 ano died, and Fernando de la Torre was 
 chosen their generail, who then was in the citie of Tidore, 
 who had there erected a gallows and had fierce warre with 
 Don George de Meneses, captaine of the Portugals : and in 
 a fight which they had the fourth day of May, Saavedra 
 tooke from him a galiotte and slew the captaine thereof, 
 called Fernando de Baldaya, and in June^ he returned [in 
 his ship] towards New Spaine, hauing with him one Simon 
 de Brito Patalin and other Portugals, and hauing^ beene 
 
 ou Ires Castelhanos por setenta cruzados, da companhia de Loais 
 que se por aly perderam. 
 
 No anno de 1528 & mes de Margo chegou Sayauedra as ylhas 
 de Maluco, & surgio na ciuade de Grilolo, contaua como achara 
 o mar limpo & vento a popa & sem tormenta, & que Ihe parecia 
 auer dali a noua Espanha mil & quinhentas legoas, & neste tempo 
 era ja falecido o capita Martim minquez de Carquigano, & aleuan- 
 tado por capitam Fernado dela torre, que estaua na cidade de 
 Tidore com hua forca feyta, & de crua guerra com dom Jorge de 
 meneses capitam dos Portugueses : & na peleja que teueram a 
 quatro de Mayo, Ihe tomou Sayauedra hua galeota, & matouo 
 capitam della Fernam baldaya. E no mes de Julho tornou no sen 
 nauio pera a noua Espanha, & com ellc Simao de Brito Pataliin, 
 
 2 1500. 
 
 ’ City. 
 
 July. 
 
 “ Struggled. 
 
176 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Gomara, 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 2. cap. 
 73 . 
 
 Gomara, 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 2, cap. 
 72 . 
 
 Nona 
 
 Guinea. 
 
 certaine monethes at sea, lie was forced backe vnto Tidore, 
 where Patalin was beheaded (and quartered),^ and his com- 
 panions hanged [and quartered]. 
 
 In this yeere 1528 Cortez sent two hundred footemen 
 and 60 horsemen, and many Mexicans, to discouer and 
 plant the countrey of the Chichimecas, for that it was re- 
 ported to be rich of gold.^ This being done he shipped him- 
 selfe, and came into Castile with great pompe, & brought 
 with him 250,000^ marks of gold and siluer : and being 
 come to Toledo, where the emperour then lay, he was enter- 
 tained according to his deserts, and the emperour made him 
 Marques Del Valle, and married him to the Lady Jane de 
 Zuniga, daughter vnto the Earle de Aguilar, and then the 
 emperour sent him backe againe to be generall of New 
 Spaine. 
 
 In the yeere 1529, in May, Saavedra returned back 
 againe towards New Spaine, and he had sight of a land 
 toward the south in two degrees, and he ran east along by 
 it aboue fine hundred leagues till the end of August [ac- 
 
 & outros Portugueses, & depois de espancarem o mar algus meses, 
 se tornaram a Tidore, onde o Patalim foy degolado, & esquarte- 
 jados, & enforcados, os qiie com elle hiam. 
 
 Nesta era de 1528 mandou Fernam Cortez dozentos soldados, 
 sesenta caualos, & muitos Mexicanos, a descobrir, & pouoar as 
 terras dos Chichimecas, por dizerem que eram ricas & boas : & 
 partiose pera Castella com grande fausto & dozentos cincoenta 
 marcos douro & prata. Chegado a Toledo ode o Emperador 
 estaua, como pessoa grata fez Ihe bo gasalhado & o Marques del 
 Valle o casou c5 dona Joana Destuniga, filha do code de Aguilar : 
 & tornou oa mandar por capitam a noua Espanha. 
 
 No anno de 1529 & mes de Mayo tornou Sayauedra outravez 
 pera a noua Espanha, & ouue vista de hua costa da parte do Sul 
 em dous graos daltura, foy em leste ao longo della mais de quin- 
 
 ' Dele. 
 
 And good. 
 
 3 250 ? 
 
mSCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 177 
 
 cording to their account]. The coast was cleane and ofJ^^J^'nea 
 good ankerage, but the people blacke and of curled haire ; 
 from the girdle downward they did weare^ a certaine thing 
 plaited to couer their lower parts. The people of Maluco 
 call them Papuas, because they be blacke and friseled in 
 their hair : and so also do the Portugals call them [ ]. 
 
 [Alvaro] Saavedra hauing sailed 4 or 5 degrees to the 
 south of the line, returned vnto it, and passed the equinoc- 
 tiall towards the north, and discouered an island which he 
 called Isla de los Pintados, that is to say, The Isle of painted pfntados°.^ 
 people : for the people thereof be white, and all of them 
 marked with an iron : and [according to all appearance] by 
 the signes which they gaue he conceaued that they were of 
 China. There came vnto them from the shore a kinde of 
 boate^ full of these men, making tokens of threatnings to 
 the Spanyards ; who seeing that the Spanyards would not 
 
 betas legoas, te o fim D’Agosto : & segundo o q’ della contauam 
 era limpa & de bos Surgidouros, & a gete da terra preta, & cabello 
 reuolto : trazia da cinta pera baixo huas faldas de penas, bem 
 feytas, muyto coradas, com que cobriam suas vergonhas, & os 
 Maluqueses chama a estes homes os Papuas por serem pretos de 
 cabello frizado, & assi Ihe chamam os Portugueses, pello tomarem 
 delles. 
 
 Aluaro Sayauedra, como hia ao Sul quatro on cinco graos affa- 
 stado da linha, tornou a buscala, & passado aa outra banda do 
 norte, descobrio hua ylha, a q’ pos nome das Pintadas, por serem 
 homes brancos, todos ferrados, & segundo o q’ parecia, & sinais 
 que dauam, deuiam alii de vir da China, donde sahio hum Parao a 
 elles com grande oufania, ascenando que amainassem. Vcndo que 
 nam obedecia, tiroulhes com hua funda, & logo sahio hum golpe 
 de Paraos da ylha a elles, todos fundeyros : & come^aram hua 
 peleja com ho nauio, mais soberba & menos perigosa, que a de 
 
 ' Skirts of feathers, well made of various colours. 
 
 ^ With great bi^avado, making signs that they should strike sail. 
 
178 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Los Jar- 
 dines. 
 
 obey them, they began to skirmish with slinging of stones,^ 
 but Saavedra would suffer no shot to be shot at them, be- 
 cause their stones were of no strength, and did no harme. 
 
 A little beyond this island, in 10 or 12 degrees, they 
 found many small low islands full of palme trees and grasse, 
 which they called Los Jardines, and they came to an anker 
 in the middest of them, where they taried certaine daies. 
 The people seemed [from their carriage and complexion] to 
 descend from them of China, but by reason of their long 
 continuance there they become so brutish, that they haue 
 neither law [nor religion], nor^ yet giue themselues to any 
 honest labour. They weare white clothing, which they 
 make of grasse. They stand in maruailous feare of fire, 
 because they neuer saw any. They eate cocos in steede of 
 bread, breaking them before they be ripe, and putting them 
 vnder the sand, and then after certaine daies they take them 
 
 Xeuena : pello que Sayauedra mandou mesurar a vella, & foy 
 esperando sem Ihe tirar nem fazer dano, ate que gastarain toda a 
 menigam que traziam. 
 
 Acima desta ylha em dez ou doze graos daltura, acharam muytas 
 juntas, pequenas & rasas, cheas de palmeiras & verduras : pello 
 q’ Ihe poseram nome bom Jardim, surgiram no meo dellas, onde 
 esteueram algus dias, os habitadores pareciam na feigam & aluura 
 descendere da China, & pellos largos tempos que aueria que aly 
 estauam, eram tarn Barbaros que nam tinham ley, nem ceyta, nem 
 criauam cousa viua. Vestlam panes brancos que fazia deruas, 
 espantaram se do fogo, porque nunca o viram : comia por pao 
 cocos, que antes que fossem maduros os cascaua, metia nos de- 
 
 '' And presently came out a number of canoes from the island towards 
 them, all slingers ; and they commenced a fight with the vessel, more 
 furious, but less dangerous, than that of Xevena, at which Saavedra 
 ordered the sail to be shortened, and went on slowly, without firing on 
 them or doing them any mischief, until they had used all the ammuni- 
 tion they had brought. 
 
 ^ Do they bring up any living thing. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARHS. 
 
 179 
 
 out and lay them in the sunne, and then they will open. 
 They eate [raw] fish, which they take in a kinde of boate 
 called a parao, which they make of pine wood, which is 
 driuen thither at certaine times of the yeere, they know not 
 how, nor from whence, and the tooles wherewith they make 
 their boates are of shels of cockles, ? or oysters. 
 
 Saavedra perceiuing that the time and weather was then 
 somewhat better for his purpose, made saile towards the 
 firme lande and [isthmus of the] citie of Panama [it being 
 not more than seventeen or eighteen leagues across], where 
 he might vnlade the clones and marchandise which he had, 
 that so in cartes it might be carried [across the plains] fewer 
 leagues, to the riuer of Chagre, which they say is nauiga- 
 ble, running out into the North sea not far from Nombre 
 de Dios, where the ships ride which come out of Spaine : 
 by which way all kinde of goods might be brought vnto 
 them in shorter time, and with lesse danger, then to saile 
 about the Cape of Bona Speran^a. For from Maluco vnto 
 Panama they saile continually betweene the Tropickes and 
 the line : but they neuer found winde to serue that course : 
 
 baixo darea, & em certos dias os descobriam : & tanto q’ Ihe o sol 
 daua se abriarn. Tambe se mantinha em peyxe cru, q’ pescaua 
 em Paraos, q’ faziam de madeira de pinho, q’ ali vinha ter em 
 certo tempo, sem saber donde, & pera fazer a tal obra, era a ferra- 
 menta de cascas damejias, briguigoes, ou hostras. 
 
 Vendo Sayauedra q’ ho tempo era mais a seu proposito, se fez 
 a vela na volta da terra & jsmo da cidade de Penama, por na ser 
 mais q’ dezasete dezoyto legoas em largo, ode podia descarregar o 
 crauo & mereadoria q’ leuaua, & em carretas hiria per capinas iiij 
 legoas, ate o rio Lagre, que dize ser nauegauel & desemhoca no 
 mar do Norte, juto de nobre Dios, onde csta naos de Castella, q’ 
 os podia leuar a elle em mais breue tepo, & caminho menos peri- 
 goso que do cabo de boa esperanga : porque de Maluco a Penama 
 sempre vam por antre o Tropico em a linha, mas nunca poderam 
 achar vento nem tempo pera comprir este desejo : pello que se 
 
180 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Fower nar- 
 row pas- 
 sages from 
 sea to sea in 
 the West 
 Indies. 
 Gomara, 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 4, cap.l4 
 
 The north- 
 west pas- 
 sage very 
 beueflciall. 
 
 and therefore they came backe againe to Maluco very sad, 
 because Saavedra died by the way d who, if he had lined, 
 meant to haue opened the land of Castillia de Oro and New 
 Spaine from sea to sea. Which might have beene done 
 in fower places : namely from the Gulfe of S. Michael to 
 Vraba, which is 25 leagues, or from Panama to Nombre de 
 Dios, being 17 leagues distance : or through Xaquator, a 
 riuer of Nicaragua, which springeth out of a lake three or 
 fower leagues from the South sea, and falleth into the North 
 sea ; whereupon doe saile great barks and crayers. The 
 other place is from Tecoantepec through^ a riuer to Verda- 
 dera Cruz in the Bay of the Honduras, which also might be 
 opened in a streight. Which if it were done, then they 
 might saile from the Canaries vnto the Malucos vnder the^ 
 climate of the zodiake, in lesse time and with much lesse 
 danger, then to saile about the Cape de Bona Speranqa, or 
 by the streight of Magelan, or by the Northwest. And yet 
 if there might be found a streight there to saile into the 
 
 tornarao a Maluco assaz tristes, por Sayauedra ser falecido, do 
 qual diziam que leuaua em proposito de fazer com o emperador, 
 que mandasse abrir esta terra de Castella do ouro & noua Espanha 
 de mar, a mar, porque se podia fazer por quatro lugares, que he 
 do Golfam desam Miguel a Vraba, em que ha vinte & cinco legoas 
 de trauesa, ou de Penama ao nombre de Dios, que ha dezasete, ou 
 pello Sangra douro de Nicaraga, que comeQa em hua alagoa tres 
 ou quatro legoas da parte do sul, & vay sair a agoa della ao norte, 
 por onde nauegam barcas, & nauios pequenos. Ha outro passo de 
 Tagante pera o rio da Vera Cruz, que tambem se podia abrir es- 
 treito, & se se fizesse, nauegar se hia das Canarias a Maluco por 
 baixo do zodiaco clima temperada, & em menos tempo & com 
 menos perigo, que pello cabo de Boa esperan9a nem estreito do 
 
 ^ Of whom it is said that he intended to arrange with the emperor 
 that he should give orders to open, etc. 
 
 - The river of Vera Cruz. ^ Zodiack in a temperate climate. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARHS. 
 
 181 
 
 sea of China, as it hath beene sought (it would doe much 
 good.)^ 
 
 In this yeere 1529 one Damian de Goes, a Portugal, being 
 in Flanders, after that he had trauailed ouer all Spaine, was 
 yet desirous to see more countreyes, and fashions, and diuer- 
 sities of people ; and therefore went ouer into England and 
 Scotland, and was in the courts of the kings [and of the 
 principal persons] of those parts : and after that came againe 
 into Flanders, and then trauailed through Zealand, Holland, 
 Brabant [Guildres], Luxenburge, [to] Suitzerland, and so 
 [along the riuer] through the cities of Colen, Spyres, Ar- 
 gentine, Basill, and other parts of Alemaine, and then came 
 backe againe into Flanders : and from thence he went [a 
 second time] into France through Picardie, Normandie, 
 Champaine, Burgundie, the dukedome of Borbon, Gas- 
 coigne, Languedoc, Daulphinie, the dukedome of Sauoy, and 
 [having visited the wEole of beautiful France] passed into 
 Italy into the dukedome of Millaine, Ferrara, Lombardie, and 
 so to Venice, and turned backe againe to the territorie of 
 
 Magalhaes, nem terra dos corte Reays, ainda que se nella achara 
 estreito ao mar da China, como se ja buscara. 
 
 Neste anno de 1529 achando se Damiam de goes, Portugues em 
 Frandes, depois de correr toda Espanha, desejoso de ver mais terra, 
 costumes, trajos, diuersidades de gentes della, passou a Inglaterra, 
 Escorcia, & esteue nas cortes dos Reys principaes, & senhores 
 daquellas partes : & bem vistas se tornou ao condado de Frades, 
 & correo todo em ho diicado de Salandia, Olanda, Barbante, Gel- 
 dija, Lusamburg, Lotoringia, a Suycia, & ao longo do Rio as 
 cidades de Costancia, Basilea, Argentina, Espiram, Voimatia, Ma- 
 guueya, Colonia, & outras de baixa alenianha : donde tornou 
 
 outra vez a Frandes, & entrou em Franca polla Picardia, Norman- 
 dia, Gasconha, & foy ao ducado de Borbo Lingado, o Dalfinado, 
 & ducado de Saboya, & de Borgonha, Campania. Correo toda a 
 bella Fran 9 a, passou a Italia, esteue no ducado de Milam, Fer- 
 
 ' Not in Portuguese. 
 
18 ^ 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Genoa^ and the dukedome of Florence^ through all Tus- 
 cane : and he was in the citie of Eome, and in the kingdome 
 of Naples, from the one side to the other. 
 
 From thence he went into Germanie to Vlmes, and other 
 places of the empire, to the dukedome of Sueuia and of 
 Bauier, and the archdukedome of Austrich, the kingdome 
 of Boeme, the dukedome of Morauia, and the kingdome of 
 Hungarie, and so to the confines of Grsecia. From thence 
 he went to the kingdome of Poland [Sarmatia], Prussia, and 
 the dukedome. of Liuonia, and so came into the great duke- 
 dome of Moscouia. From whence he came backe into High 
 Alemayne, and through the countreyes of the Lantzgraue, 
 the dukedome of Saxonie, the countreyes of [Dacier or] Den- 
 marke, Gotland, and Norway, trauailing [through the greater 
 parte of it] so farre, that he found himselfe in 70^ degrees of 
 latitude towards the north. He did see, speake, and was 
 conuersant with all the kings, princes, nobles, and chiefe 
 cities of all Christendome in the space of yeeres [occu- 
 pied in this work] so that by reason of the greatnes of his 
 
 rara, & por toda a Lombardia, foy a Veneza, tornou a ribeira de 
 Genoua, & ducado de Floren9a com toda Toscana, & a cidade de 
 Eoma, Romania, & o Reyno de Napoles, dhua parte & outra da 
 Marinha. 
 
 Dahi se passou Alemanha, esteue na cidade de Vlma, & outras 
 imperiaes. Sc no ducado de Sueuia, & de Bauaria, & Archeducado 
 Daustria, Reyno de Boemia, ducado de Morauia, & no Reyno de 
 Vngria : ate os Confinis da Grecia. Passou ao Reyno de Polonia, 
 Sarmatia, Brusia, Sc ducado de Liuoni, chegou ao gram ducado de 
 Moscouia, donde se tornou pella alta Alemanha, Sc terras de Lant- 
 graue, ducado de Xaxonia, & Reino de Dacia, ou Dinamarcha, 
 donde passou Agotia, Noruega, andou a mor parte della, ate se 
 poer em oytenta graos daltura, da parte do norte, vio, falou, con- 
 uersou com todos os Reis, principes, nobres, pouos de toda a 
 Christandade, em vinte Sc dous annos q’ gastou nestes trabalhos. 
 
 1 80 ? 
 
 ^ He traversed the greater part of Europe by his own free will, a 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 183 
 
 trauell, I thought him a man woorthie to be here remem- 
 bred. 
 
 In the [same] yeere 1529 or 1530 one Melchior de Sosa 
 Tauarez went from the citie of Ormuz vnto Balsera and the 
 Islands of Gissara with certaine ships of warre^ and passed 
 vp [the Gulf of Persia] as farre as the place where the riuers 
 Tygris and Euphrates meete one with the other. And 
 although other Portugals had discouered and sailed through 
 that streight, yet neuer any of them sailed so farre vpon the 
 fresh water till that time, when he discouered [the shore of] 
 that river from the one side to the other, wherein he saw 
 many things which the Portugals^ knew not. 
 
 Not long after this one Eerdinando Coutinho, a Portugall, 
 came vnto Ormuz, and being desirous to see the world,^ he 
 determined to goe into Portugalls, from thence ouer land to 
 see Asia and Europe. And to doe this the better he went 
 
 vio, & correo a mor parte de Eiiropa, por suas liiire vontade, cousa 
 digna de louiior & memoria, pois deu luz a sen patria, de muitas 
 cousas occultas a ella. 
 
 No anno mesmo de vinto & none on trinta, partio Belchior de 
 sonsa Tauares da cidade Dormuz pera Bagora, & ylhas de Gozara 
 com certos nauios, em que adaua darmada, pello estreito da Persia, 
 & Rio Tygre, & Eufrates acima, ate onde se ajuntam hum co ho 
 outro : & ainda que outros Portugueses tiuessem descuberto & 
 nauegado este estreito, nenlium foy tanto pella agoa doce acima, 
 ate aquelle tempo, descobrindo aquella ribeira dua parte & outra, 
 em q’ vio cousas que aos Espanboes nao eram sabidas. 
 
 Despois disto nam muyto tempo, veio ter a Ormuz Fernam cou- 
 tinho, desejoso de ver mundo, como ja auia tocado Africa, & a 
 India, determinoii de hir a Portugal por terra, & ver a mor parte 
 
 thing worthy of praise and remembrance, since he enlightened his 
 country with many things unknown to her. 
 
 ^ Spaniards. 
 
 As he had already visited Africa and India, determined to go to 
 Portugal by land, and to see the greater part of Asia and Europe, and 
 for this purpose he went to Arabia, Persia, etc. 
 
184 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Gomara, 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 5, cap. 
 
 into Arabia, Persia, and vpwards the riuer Euphrates the 
 space of a moneth ; and saw many kingdomes and coun- 
 treies, which in our time had not beene seene (by the Por- 
 tugals)d He was taken prisoner in Damasco, and afterward 
 crost oner the prouince of Syria, and came vnto the citie of 
 Aleppo.^ [It is said] Pie had beene at the holy Sepulchre 
 in Jerusalem, and in the citie of Cayro, and at Constanti- 
 nople with the Great Turke ; and hauing seene his court 
 [and the greater part of his country] he passed ouer vnto 
 Venice, and from thence into Italie, Prance, Spaine, and so 
 came againe to Lisbon. So that he and Damian de Goes 
 were in our time the most noble Portugals, that had (disco- 
 uered and)^ seene most countreyes and realmes of their owne 
 affections^ [which, as a signal of a noble mind, I wanted here to 
 relate with the names of the other discoverers and navigators.] 
 
 In the same yeere 1530, little more or lesse, one Francis 
 Pizarro, which had been in Spaine to obtaine the gouern- 
 ment of Peru, turned backe againe to the citie of Panama 
 
 Dasia, Europa, & pera isso diz q’ foy Arabia Persia, & polio rio 
 Eufrates acima hum mes de caminho, & vio muitos reynos : & 
 senhorios que em nossos tempos nam eram vistos, foy aa cidade 
 de Lepe, atrauessou a prouincia da Suria : em Damasco ho pren- 
 deram, & diz que esteue na casa Santa de Hierusalem, & na cidade 
 do Cairo, na de Constantinopla, com ho grande Turco, & depois 
 de visto sua corte, & a mor parte de sua terra, foy ter aa cidade de 
 Veneza : & visto Italia, Franqa, Espanha, veo ter aa cidade de 
 Lisboa, aszi q’ elle & Damiam de goes foram em nossos tempos os 
 mais nobres Portugueses & os que mais prouincias & terras viram 
 por suas liures vontades : que he sinal de nobre pensamento, quis 
 aqui com os mais descobridores & nauegadores que tenho aponta- 
 dos declarar. 
 
 No mesmo ano de 1530 pouco mais ou menos tornou Francisco 
 Pigarro que em Espanha andaua, sobre a gouernan9a de Peru, aa 
 
 ^ Not in Portuguese. 
 ^ Not in Portuguese. 
 
 ^ Transposed from Portuguese. 
 ^ By their own free will. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 185 
 
 with all things^ that he desired : he brought with him lower 
 brethren [bastards], Ferdinand, John, Gonzaluo, and Francis 
 Martines de Alcantara. They were not well receiued by 
 Diego de Almagro and his friends, for that Pizarro had not 
 so much commended him. to the emperour as he looked for, 
 but omitted the discouerie, wherein he had lost one of his 
 eies, and spent much : yet in the end they agreed, and 
 Diegro de Almagro gaue vnto Pizarro 700 pezoes of golde, 
 victuailes and munition, wherewith he prepared himselfe 
 the better for his iourney. 
 
 Not long after this agreement Francis Pizarro and his 
 brethren went in two ships with the most^ of their soldiers 
 and horses [as possible]; but he could not arriue at Tumbez 
 as he was minded [on account of contrary winds], and so 
 they went on land in the riuer of Peru ; and went along the 
 coast with great paines, because there were many bogs and 
 riuers in their way, wherein some of his men were drowned 
 [they being swollen]. They came to the towne of Coache 
 [which is well prouided], where they rested, where they 
 
 cidade de Perama, com ella como desejaua, Trazia con sigo quatro 
 irmaos bastardos, Fernando, Joha, Gon9alo Pizarro, Francisco 
 martiz dalcantara. Nam foram bem recebidos de Diogo dalmagro, 
 & sens amigos, por nam fazer delies tanta men^am ao Emperador 
 como deuera, nem ho meteo na gouernan^a & descobrimento, em 
 q’ Diogo dalmagro perdeo hum olho, & fez muyto gasto. Mas por 
 fim de tudo se concertaram, & Diogo dalmagro Ihe deu seet 
 cetos pesos douro, vitualhas, armas com que se apercebeo pera ho 
 caminho. 
 
 Partio logo Fracisco pizarro & seus hirmaos em doiis nauios, co 
 os mais soldados & caualos que poderam, teue veiitos contraries 
 pera chegar a Tumbes como era seu proposito, desembarcaram 
 no Rio de Peru, foram ao longo da costa, com muyto trabalho, por 
 ser baixa alagadiga de muytas ribeiras, onde se algus afogaram 
 por serem crecidos, chegaram a villa de Cos, q’ he bem prouida, 
 
 ^ That which. 
 
 As many. 
 
186 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Much gold 
 atid eine- 
 raulds. 
 
 Gomara, 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 5, cap. 4, 
 The Isle of 
 Puna. 
 
 Gomara, 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 5, cap. 5, 
 
 found much gold and emeraulds, of which they brake some 
 to see if they were perfect. From thence Pizarro sent to 
 Diego de Almagro twenty thousand^ pezos of gold to send 
 him men, horses, munition, and victuailes ; and so he went 
 on his iourney to the hauen named Porto Viejo : and thither 
 came vnto him one Sebastian de Benalcazar, with all such 
 things as he had sent for, which pleased and pleasured him 
 very much. 
 
 In the yeere 1531,^ he hauing this aide, passed ouer into 
 a rich island called Puna, where he was well receiued of the 
 gouernour : yet at last [Pizarro having offended him] he 
 conspired to kill him and all his men : but Pizarro pre- 
 uented him, and tooke many of the Indians, and bound 
 them with chaines of gold and siluer. The gouernour^ 
 caused those that kept his^ wiues to haue their noses, armes, 
 and priuie members to be cut off, so jealous was he.^ Here 
 Pizarro found aboue sixe hundred men prisoners belonging 
 to the king Attabalipa, who waged warre against his eldest 
 
 onde descansara, auia ahi muyto ouro, & esmeraldas : quebrara 
 dellas por ver se eram verdadeiras : daqiii mandou Francisco 
 
 pigarro a Diogo dalmagro mil pesos douro, pera que Ihe mandasse 
 gente, canalos, armas, vitualhas, elle foy sen caminho ao porto 
 velho, onde chegou Sebastiam de benalcacere com tudo ho que 
 pediam, que os alegrou muyto. 
 
 No anno da era de quinhentos & cincoenta & tres, vendo Fran- 
 cisco pigarro tarn bom socorro, passouse a hua ylha rica, que se 
 chama Puna, onde foy be recebido do gouernador della, mas por 
 Ihe fazer offensa, determinou matalo, com quantos leuaua, ouue 
 Pigarro victoria, ainda que os Indios com feros douro & prata. Os 
 principaes desta ylha, mandauam cortar narizes, bragos, membros 
 a os que guardauam suas molheres, tarn ciosos eram : achou aqui 
 
 ^ One thousand ? 
 
 The date in the Portuguese (1553) must be an error. 
 
 ^ Chiefs of that island. ^ Ti^eir. ^ Were they. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 187 
 
 brother Guascar. [And] to winne reputation, these he set 
 at libertie, and sent them to the citie of Tombez (who 
 promised to be a meane that he should be well receiued in 
 those partes) d But when they saw themselues out of bond- 
 age, they forgat their promise, and incited the people 
 against the Spaniards^ Then Pizarro sent three Spaniards 
 to Tombez to treate for peace, whome they tooke and slew 
 and sacrificed, and their priestes wept not for pitie but of 
 custome. Pizarro hearing of this cruell fact, passed ouer to 
 the maine, and set vpon the citie [to take vengeance for the 
 injury wrought upon his people] one night suddenly and^ 
 killed many of them, so that they presented him with gifts 
 of gold and siluer and other riches, and so became friends. 
 
 This done, he builded a towne vpon the riuer of Cira, and 
 called it Saint Michael of Tangarara, which was the first s. Michael 
 
 ^ of Tanga- 
 
 towne inhabited by Christians in those partes ; whereof 
 Sebastian de Benalcazar was appointed captaine. Then he 
 
 Pizarro mais de seis centos homes presos del rey Atabaliba, de q’ 
 soube ter guerra com sen irmao Gascar mais velho, & na Ibe pesou 
 nada, & por cobrar fama, madou os aa cidade de Tumbos : mas 
 como se la viram, disseram que os Barbados era & como tomauam 
 tudo por foi’9a, mandou la Pizarro tres Castelhanos a pedir pazes, 
 foram mortos, & sacrificados, & os sacerdotes que isto faziam diz 
 que cborauam, nam tato por piedade, como por ser assi costume. 
 
 Sabendo Francisco pizarro isto, passouse a terra firme, pos se 
 sobre a cidade por tomar vinga9a da offensa que aos seus fora feyta, 
 estando os immigos de noite descuydados, matou muitos, deram 
 Ihe presentes douro, prata, & outras riquezas que auia na terra, 
 ficaram amigos & em Tangara, Ribeira de Choya, edificaram bua 
 cidade, a que poseram nome sam Miguel de tangara q’ foy a pri- 
 meira pouoa^am de Cbristaos naquella terra capitam & tenente 
 
 ^ Not in Portuguese. 
 
 3 But when they arrived there, they described the bearded ones or 
 Spaniards as men who took all by force, 
 
 ^ And the enemy being careless at night, he. 
 
188 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Payta an ex- 
 cellent har- 
 bour in 5 
 degrees to 
 the south ol 
 the line. 
 Gomara, 
 historisB 
 general, 
 lib. 3, cap. 
 37. 
 
 The famous 
 riuer 
 
 Maragnon. 
 
 John de 
 Barros, 
 factor of the 
 bouse of 
 India. 
 
 searched out a good and sure hauen for his ships, and found 
 that of Payta to be an excellent harbour.^ 
 
 In this same yeere 1531, there went one Diego de Ordas^ 
 to be gouernour in the riuer of Maragnon, with three ships, 
 sixe hundred soldiers, and 36 horses. He died by the way, 
 so that the intention came to none effect. After that (in 
 the yeere 1534)^ there was sent thither one Hierome ArteP 
 with 130 soldiers, yet he came not to the riuer, but peopled 
 Saint Michael de Neueri, and other places in Paria. Also 
 there went vnto this riuer Maragnon a Portugall gentleman 
 named Aries Dacugna, and he had with him ten ships, nine 
 hundred Portugals, and 130 horses. He spent much [so that 
 those who fitted out the expedition were great losers], but he 
 that lost most was one J ohn de Barros [factor of the casa 
 da India,” who being noble and of condition payed largely 
 for Ayres da Cunha and others who died there, out of pity 
 towards their wives and children who were left.] This riuer 
 standeth in three degrees toward the south, hauing at the 
 entrance of it 15 leagues of breadth and many islands inha- 
 
 della Sebastiam de benalcacere, & mandaram os nauios ao porto 
 de Paeta por ser mais seguro. 
 
 Neste mesmo anno de 1531 foy por gouernador ao Pio Maranho 
 Diogo de sordas : co tres naos & seis centos soldados, trinta & seis 
 caualos, faleceo no caminho, por onde na teue sen desejo effecto, 
 depois foy la mandado Hieronimo fortal com cento & trinta com- 
 panheyros. Na chegou ao rio, pouvou sam Miguel de neuery & 
 outros lugares. Foy tambe a este rio Maranho hum fidalgo Por- 
 tugues que se chamaua Aires da cunha, leuou dez nauios, noue 
 centos Portugueses, ceto & trinta caualos : fez grande gasto, em 
 que se perderam os que armaram, & o que mais perdeo nisso foy 
 Joa de Barros feitor da casa da India, que por ser nobre & de con- 
 digam larga pagou por Ayres da cunha, & outros que la falceram 
 com piedade de molheres filhos q’ Ihe ficaram, & dizem q’ este rio 
 
 ^ The ships were sent to the port of Paita for greater safety. 
 
 Sordas ? ^ Not in Portuguese. ^ Fortal. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 189 
 
 bited, (wherein grow trees that beare)’ incence of a greater 
 bignes then in Arabia^ gold, rich stones, and one emeraud 
 was found there as big as the palme of a mans hand. The 
 people of the countrey [said that higher up the river were 
 rocks, and they] make their drinke of a kinde of dates, 
 which are as big as quinces. 
 
 In the yeere 1531 one Nunnez de Gusman went from the oomara, 
 
 , , ^ . hist- gen., 
 
 citie of Mexico towards the north-west to discouer and con- 
 
 lb. 
 
 quer the countreies of Xalisco, Ceintiliquipac, Ciametlan, 
 
 Toualla, Quixco, Ciamolla, Culhuacan, and other places. 
 
 And to doe this he caried with him 250 horses, and hue 
 hundred soldiers. He went through the countrey of Me- 
 chuacan, where he had much gold, ten thousand marks of 
 sillier, and 6000 Indians to carrie burdens. He [discouered 
 and] conquered many countreyes, called that of Xalisco 
 Nueua Galicia, because it is a ragged countrey, and the Nueua 
 
 Galicia. 
 
 people strong. He builded a citie which he called Com- compo- 
 postella, and another named Guadalajara, because he was 
 borne in the citie of Guadalaiara in Spaine. He likewise santo 
 
 ^ ^ ^ Espirito, De 
 
 builded the townes de Santo Espirito (de la Conception),^ 
 
 esta em tres graos da parte do sul, em que tera em boca quinze 
 legoas, & muitas ilhas pouoadas, encenso mais crecido que o de 
 Arabia, ouro, pedraria, & que se achara hua esmeralda como hua 
 palma, & diziam os da terra que pella ribeira acima auia rocas, & 
 que faziam aqui vinho de tamaras como marmelos. 
 
 Nesta era de 1531 foy Nuno de Guzmao da cidade de Mexico 
 contra o Norte, descobrir & conquistar Xalisco, Suntelipac, Cha- 
 melam, Tanola, Quisco, Chimola, Huluacam. E leuou pera ysso 
 dozentos & cinqueta caualos & quinlietos soldados, passou por 
 Mexuacao, onde ouue muito ouro, dez mil marcos de prata, seys 
 mil Indies pera carrega. Descobrio & conquistou muita terra, pos 
 nome a de Xalisco noua Galiza, por scr regiam aspcra, & de gente 
 esfor 9 ada, pouoou Compustclla, Guadalajara por ser natural della, 
 
 & has villas do Spirito saiicto, Sam Miguel de Saluagam, que 
 
 ^ Not in Portuguese. 
 
190 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Gomara, 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 2, cap. 
 74. 
 
 sau Miguel, and de San Miguel [de Salvacam], standing in 34 degrees of 
 northerly latitude. 
 
 In the yeere 153^ Ferdinando Cortes sent one Diego 
 Hurtado de Mendoza vnto Acapulco, 70 leagues from 
 Mexico, where he had prepared a small fleete to discouer 
 the coast of the South sea as he had promised the empe- 
 rour. And finding two ships readie, he went into them, and 
 sailed [westward] to the hauen of Xalisco, where he would 
 haue taken in water and wood : but Nunnez de Gusman 
 caused him to be resisted, and so he went forward : but 
 some of his men mutinied against him, and he put them all 
 into one of the ships, and sent them backe into New Spaine. 
 They wanted water, and going to take some in the bay of 
 the Yanderas, the Indians killed them. But Diego Hur- 
 tado sailed 200 leagues along the coast, yet did nothing 
 woorth the writing. 
 
 In the yeere 1533 Francis Pizarro went from the citie of 
 Tumbes to Caxamalca, where he tooke the king Attabalipa, 
 who promised for his ransome much gold and siluer : and to 
 
 Gomara, 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 5, cap. 6, 
 7, &8. 
 
 dizem estar em trinta & quatro graos daltura da mesma banda do 
 Norte. 
 
 No anno de 1532 mandou Ferna cortez Diogo furtado de men- 
 do 9 a a Capulco cento & vinte legoas de Mexico, onde madaua 
 fazer armadas pera descobrir a costa da banda do Sul, como c5 o 
 Emperador tinha assentado, achou Diogo furtado dous nauios 
 prestes, meteose nelles. Foy ao ponente ao porto Xalisco, onde 
 quisera tomar agoa & lenha, Nunho de guzmao mandou defen- 
 derlha, passou diante, amotinou selhe algua gete, meteos e hu dos 
 nauios, eriviou os a noua Espanha, teuera falta dagoa, sayra a 
 tomala na baia das badeiras, os Indios os inataram, Diogo furtado 
 andou bem dozentos legoas ao longe da costa, sem fazer cousa que 
 de contar seja. 
 
 No anno de 1533 partio Francisco pigarro da cidade de Tumbez 
 pera Xamalca, onde prendeo el Rey Tabaliba, que prometeo por si 
 muyto ouro, & prata, & pera isso foram a cidade de Cusco, que diz 
 
DISC0T3EH1ES OF THE SPAN YARDS. 
 
 191 
 
 accomplish it they went to the citie of Cusco standing in 17 
 degrees on the south side [principal city of that country], 
 Peter de Varco,^ and Ferdinand de Sotto (who)*^ discouered 
 that iourney,^ being 200 leagues, all causies of stone, and 
 bridges well made of it, and from one iourney to another, 
 lodgings made for the Yngas : for so they call their kings. 
 Their armies are very great and monstrous. For they bring 
 aboue an hundred thousand fighting men to the field. They 
 lodge vpon these causies and haue their prouision suffi- 
 cient and necessarie, after the vse and custome of China (as 
 it is^ said). [This people appear to be all of one descent.] 
 Ferdinando Pizarro with some horsemen went vnto Pacia- 
 cama, 100 leagues from Caxamalca, and discovered that 
 prouince : and comming backe he vnderstood how Guascar, 
 brother to Attabalipa, was by his commandement killed, and 
 how that his captaine Puminaguy rose vp in armes with the 
 citie of Quito. After this Attabalipa was by the commande- 
 ment of Pizarro strangled.® 
 
 que estaa em dezasete graos da parte do Sul, cabega daquelle im- 
 perio, Pero daluarado, & Fernam do souto, descobriram aquella 
 terra & caminho, em que auia dozentas legoas, todas calgadas de 
 pedra, & pontes bem feytas deltas ; & de Jornada em Jornada, apo- 
 sentos pera os Inguas, que assi chamao la aos Keys, & seus exer- 
 citos, cousa monstruosa : por q’ leuariam mais de cem mil homes 
 de guerra, & tudo se nestes pa9os aposentauam, & tinham raanti- 
 mento & o necessario em abastanga, ao costume da China (como 
 Ja disse). Esta gente parece toda dua costa. Pigarro co algus de 
 caualo foy a Pachacoma, cem legoas de Caxamalca, descobrio 
 aquella prouincia, & tornado soube como Guascar, hirmao de Ta- 
 baliba, era por seu mandado morto, & sen capitam Reymmegay 
 aleuantado com a cidade de Quito, & Atabaliba depois disto, foy 
 por mandado de Pigarro degolado. 
 
 ' D’Alvarado. ^ Dele. ^ Country and route. 
 
 And all are lodged in these buildings. 
 
 ^ As has been already. 
 
 Guacas 
 s’.aiiie. 
 Gomar, 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 5, cap. 
 11 . 
 
 Attabalipa 
 
 strangled. 
 
 « Beheaded ? 
 
19 !^ 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 In the yeere 1534 Francis Pizarro^ seeing that the two 
 kings were gone, began to enlarge himselfe in his signiories, 
 and to build cities, forts, and townes, to haue them more in 
 SsioS subiection. Likewise he sent Sebastian de Benalcazar, the 
 captaine of S. Michael of Tangarara, against Ruminaguy 
 vnto Quito. He had with him two hundred footemen and 
 80 horsemen. He went discouering and conquering 120 
 leagues from the one citie to the other, east, not farre from 
 the equinoctiall line d where Peter Aluarado found moun- 
 crueii snow taines full of snow, and so cold, that 70^ of his men were 
 G^^mara, fi’osen to death. When he came vnto Quito, he began to 
 general, lib. inhabite it, and named it S. Francis. In this countrey there 
 Gomara, is plentie of wheate, barlie, cattell and plants of Spaine. 
 
 hist. gen., ^ 
 
 lib. 5, cap. which is Very strange [and not to be expected under the 
 line]. Pizarro went straight to the citie of Cusco, and found 
 by the way the captaine Quisquiz (risen in armes, whome 
 shortly he defeated).^ About this time there came vnto him 
 a brother of Attabalipa named Mango, whom he made ynga 
 or king of the country [by that means quieting a great part 
 
 No anno de 1534 Vendo Francisco pigarro estes dous Keys fora 
 do mundo, come 90 Use a estender por sen senhorio, & a fazer nelle 
 for 9 as, cidades, villas pello ter mais sojecto, & mandou logo 
 Sebastiam de Benalcacer, que por capitam em S. Miguel de Tan- 
 gara estaua, contra Remuregai a Quito, leuou dozentos de pee & 
 oytenta de cauallo, foy descobrindo & conquistandos aquellas cento 
 & vinte legoas, que ha dua cidade a outra contra o leuante ao 
 longo da linha, onde acharam serras neuadas : & tarn frias que se 
 enregelauam alguas pessoas. Chegado a Quito : come^ou a po- 
 uoalo, & pos Ihe nome sam Franciso, diz que se da nesta terra 
 muito trigo, ceuada, gados, plantas de Castella, cousa espantosa 
 de que se nam esperaua debaixo da linha. Francisco pigarro 
 partio logo a cidade de cusco, & achou no caminho aleuantando o 
 capitam Quisquis, mas veo a elle hum hirmao de Atabaliba que se 
 
 * Towards the east along the line. 
 ^ Not in Portuguese. 
 
 Several. 
 
mSCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 193 
 
 of the countrey]. (Thus marching forward on his iourney 
 after certaine skirmishes he tooke that exceeding rich and 
 wealthie citie of Cusco. 
 
 In this same yeere 1534 a Briton/ called Jaques Cartier, 
 with three ships, went to the land of Corterealis, and the 
 Bay of Saint Laurence, otherwise called Golfo Quadrato, 
 and fell in 48 degrees and an halfe towards the north ; 
 and so he sailed till he came vnto 51 degrees, hoping to 
 haue passed that way to China, and to bring thence drugs 
 and other marchandise^ into France. The next yeere after 
 he made another voiage into those partes, and found the 
 countrey abounding with victuailes, houses, and good habi- 
 tations,'^ with many and great riuers. He sailed in one riuer 
 toward the southwest 300 leagues, and named the countrey 
 thereabout Noua Francia : at length finding the water fresh 
 he perceiued he could not passe through to the South sea 
 (and hailing wintered in those parts, the next yeere follow- 
 ing)^ he returned into France. 
 
 In the yeere 1534, or in the beginning of the yeere 1535, 
 
 chamaua Mango, que elle fez Ingua & Rey da terra, com que paci- 
 ficou grande parte della. 
 
 Neste mesrno anno de 1534 diz que foy hu Frances chamado 
 Jaques cartiel, co tres galeoes a terra dos Cortes Reais, & Golfani 
 quadrado tomaua em quarenta [oito ?] graos da banda do Norte : 
 foy por ella ate cincoenta & hum por ver se achaua saida a outra 
 banda da China, & trazer della a Franga as especearias, & drogas 
 das Indias : & segundo contauam a terra era abastada de man- 
 timentos, casas, & bem pouoada, q’ auia nellas muitas & grandes 
 ribeiras, & que foram por hua contra o ponente trezentas legoas, 
 poseram Ihe nome a Noua Franga: & como agoa era doQe bem 
 viram que nam atrauessava a outra parte pello que se tornaram. 
 
 Neste anno de 1534 ou na entrada de quinlientos & trinta & 
 
 Cusco 
 
 taken. 
 
 The Bay of 
 S. Jjaurence 
 discouered. 
 
 ^ Not in Portuguese. 
 Well peopled. 
 
 ^ Frenchmen. 
 
 ^ Not in Portuguese. 
 
 ^ Spice. 
 
194 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Gomar.. 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 2, cap. 
 74, A lib. 2, 
 cap. 98. 
 
 Plaia de 
 Santa Cruz. 
 
 Don Antonie de Mendoca came vnto the citie of Mexico as 
 viceroy of New Spaine. In the meane while Cortes was 
 gone for more men to continue his discouerie, which imme- 
 diately he set in hand, sending foorth two ships [towards 
 the west] (from Tecoantepec)^ which he had made readie. 
 There went as captaines in them Fernando de Grijalua, and 
 Diego Bererrade Mendoca, and for pilots there went a Portugal 
 named Acosta, and the other Fortunio Ximenez, a Biscaine. 
 [Making sail they went forth to discover the secrets of 
 those coasts.] The first night they deuided themselues.^ 
 Fortunio Ximenez killed his captaine Bezerra and hurt 
 many of his confederacie : and then he went on land to take 
 water and wood in the Bay of Santa Cruz, but the Indians 
 there slue him, and aboue 20 of his companie. Two mari- 
 ners (which were in the boate escaped, and)^ went [in a 
 small boat] vnto Xalisco, and told Nunnes de Gusman that 
 they had found tokens of pearles : he went into the ship, 
 and so went to seeke the pearles, he discouered along the 
 coast aboue 150 leagues. They said that Ferdinando de 
 
 cinco chegou dom Antonio de mendoca a cidade de Mexico, por 
 Visorey da noua Espanha & era ja partido Ferna cortez catar gente 
 pera continar sen descobrimento, & mandou logo a ella contra 
 ocidente dons nauios que achou acabados, & capitaes dellas Fer- 
 nam de grijaluarez, & Diogo bezerra de medoca, & pilotos hum 
 Portugiies que se dizia da costa, & do outro Furtum Ximenez 
 Biscainho. Badas as vellas foram descobrindo os secretos daquellas 
 ribeiras, & apartados hum do outro, Furtu ximenes matou o capi- 
 tam Bezerra & feriram os de sua valia, & deitados em terra tomou 
 agoa & lenha na Baya de Sancta Cruz, onde os Indios ho mataram 
 com vinte & tantos companheyors : & dous marinheyros foram no 
 batel a Xalisco, & dixeram a Nuno de guzman como acharam 
 mostras de perolas, meteose no nauio, foy buscalas : descobrio por 
 esta costa mays de cento & cincoenta legoas, Fernam de Grijal- 
 
 ^ Not in Portuguese. ^ And separated one from the other. ^ Dele. 
 
DISCOUERTES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 195 
 
 Grijalua sailed three hundred leagues (from Tecoantepec)^ 
 without seeing any land, but only one island, which he 
 named the Isle of Saint Thomas, because he came vnto it on Theisieof 
 
 ’ ^ S. Thomas. 
 
 that saints day : it standeth in 20 ^ degrees of latitude. 
 
 In this yeere 1535 Pisarro builded the citie de los Peyes 
 vpon the riuer of Lima. The inhabitants of Xauxa went to Lima 
 
 ^ ^ ^ builded. 
 
 dwell there, because it was a better country, standing in 12 
 degrees of southerly latitude. In this same yeere of 1535 
 he caused the citie of Truxillo to be builded on a riuers 2 . 3 .'^’ 
 side vpon a fruitfull soile, standing in 8 degrees on that 
 side. He built also the citie of Saint Ja^o in Porto Vieio : s. Jagode 
 besides many others along the sea coast and within the land : 
 where there breede many horses [mares], asses, [baggage] 
 mules, kine, hogs, goates, sheepe, and other beasts ; also 
 trees and plants, but principally rosemary,^ oranges. Unions, 
 citrons, and other sower fruits [vineyards], vines, whcate, 
 barlie, and other graines [cabbages], radishes [pot herbs], 
 and other [things] (kinde of herbage and fruits)"^ brought 
 out of Spaine (thither to be sowne and planted).^ 
 
 uarez diz que andou trezentas sem ver terra, se nam liiia ylha a 
 que poz nome de sani Thomas, pella descobrir em tal dia, & que 
 estaua em dezanoue graos daltura. 
 
 No anno de 1535 fundou Francisco piQarro aa cidade dos Keys, 
 na ribeira de Lima, passou a ella os vezinhos de Xauxa, por ser 
 melhor terra esta da parte do sul em doze graos daltura. Neste 
 mesmo anno de cincoenta,^ edificou a cidade de Trogilho, ao longo 
 dua ribeira, terra fresca, em oyto graos da mesma banda, & assi 
 foy feyta a cidade de Santiago, em porto vellio & outros muytos ao 
 longo do mar, polla terra dentro : em que se criam muytos caualos, 
 egoas, asnos ; azemelas, vacas, porcos, cabras, ouelhas, & outras 
 alimarias, & assi aruores & outras prantas, principalmete romeyias, 
 laranjas, limdes, sidras, & outras fruytas agras, vinlias, parreiras, 
 trigo, ceuada, graos, couues, rabaos, ortaliva, & outras cousas cf 
 leuaram d’Fspanlia. 
 
 ' Not in Portuguese. 
 
 ^ Trinta c ciiico ? 
 
 11). 
 
 ^ Pomegrauatos. 
 
 P'cle. 
 
196 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Gomara, 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 5, cap. 
 21 . 
 
 Chili. 
 
 Lib. 5, cap. 
 25. 
 
 Lib. 7. cap. 
 17. 
 
 In the same yeere 1535 one Diego de Almagro went 
 from the citie of Cusco to the prouinces of Arequipa and 
 Chili, reaching [upwards] (beyond Cusco)^ towards the 
 south vnto 30 degrees. This voiage was long, and he dis- 
 couered much land, suffering great hunger, cold, and other 
 extremities, by reason of the abundance of [snow and] ice, 
 which stoppeth the running of the riuers [at least after sun- 
 set, while at midday they melt] ; so that men and horses 
 die in those parts of the colde.^ About this time Ferdi- 
 nando Pisarro came out of Spaine to the citie de los Reyes, 
 and brought with him the title of marquisate of Atanillos 
 for his brother Francis Pisarro, and vnto Diego de Almagro 
 he brought the gouernment of 100 leagues ouer and besides 
 that which was discouered, and named it The New king- 
 dome of Toledo. Ferdinando Pisarro went straight to the 
 citie of Cusco : and one John de Rada went to Almagro into 
 Chili with the emperours patents. 
 
 Diego de Almagro hauing receiued the letters patents 
 which the emperour had sent him, went straight from Chili 
 
 No mesmo anno da era de mil & quinhentos & vinte^ cinco, foy 
 Diogo Dalmagra da cidade de Cusco pera aas prouincias de Ari- 
 quipa, Chily que estam daly pera cima da parte do Sul ate tre- 
 zentos graos daltura, & neste caminho por ser comprido, desco- 
 hriram muita terra, passaram muyta fome, frio, trabalho, grandes 
 neues, & geadas, que ha tantas naquellas partes : que dizem que 
 os Rios nam correm se nam depois do Sol fora, & alto dia que as 
 derrete, pella qual causa Ihe morreram muitos caualos & homes 
 enregelados. Neste meio tempo chegou Fernam pigarro a cidade 
 dos Keys de Castella & trazia o marquesado de Tuuilhos a seu 
 jrmao Francisco pi9arro, & a Diogo dalmagro a gouernan9a de 
 gem legoas, ale do descuberto a que poseram nome o Nouo reyno 
 de Toledo, foy logo Fernam pigarro pera a cidade de Cusquo, & 
 Joam de Rada a Chily [onde ?]. Almagro estaua com as pro- 
 
 Dele. 
 
 ■2 Frozen. 
 
 Trinta ? 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 197 
 
 vnto Cusco, to haue it, seeing^ it did appertaine vnto him. 
 Which was the cause of a ciuill warre. They were mightily 
 oppressed with want of victuailes and other things in this 
 their returne,^ and were enforced to eate the horses, which 
 had died fower moneths and a halfe before, when they 
 passed that way [and it is said they were as fresh as when 
 they died]. 
 
 In this same yeere 1535, Nunnez Dacuha being gouer- 
 nour of India, while he was making a fortresse at the citie 
 of Diu, he sent a fleete to the riuer of Indus, being fro 
 thence 90 or 100 leagues towards y® north vnder the Tro- 
 picke of Cancer. The captaines name was Vasques Perez 
 de San Paio : also he sent another armie against Badu the 
 king of Cambaia, the captaine whereof was Cosesofar, a 
 renegado. They came to the barre of that mighty riuer in 
 the moneth of December, of the water whereof they found 
 such triaP as Quintus Curtins writeth of it, when Alexander 
 [the Great] came thither. 
 
 nisoes que Ihe o Emperador manclaua, ho qual se partio logo do 
 Chily a Cusco pera tomalo, dizendo que Ihe pertencia, de que se 
 come 90 u naquella parte a guerra ciuil, nam Ihe faltaram femes & 
 fries, como a yda, ate comerem os caualos, que auia quatro meses 
 q’ Ihe morreram quado por aly passaram, & diz que estauam ta 
 frescos como se entam os mataram. 
 
 No mesmo anno de 1535 fazendo Nuno dacunha gouernador da 
 India a fortalcza da cidade de Dio, mandou hiia armada ao llio 
 Indio, quo estava della nouenta, ou cem legoas contra o Norte 
 dehaxo do Tropico do Cancro, & era capitam della Vasco pircz de 
 Sampayo, & assi hia outra armada do Badu Bey de Cambaya, quo 
 era capitam Cojc 9 ofar arrencgcgado. Chegaram a barra daquelle 
 gram Bio no mcs do Dezembro : & contaua o mesmo daquella 
 terra & agoa (pie Quinto Curcio dcixou escripto (piando o grande 
 Alexandre ali die gar a. 
 
 ^ Saying. - Journey. 
 
 ■* And related the same ot that land and river as, etc. 
 
 The for- 
 tresse of 
 Diu. 
 
 Badu, king 
 of Cambaia. 
 
198 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Gomara, 
 bistoria3 
 general, lib 
 2, cap. 61. 
 
 In this yeere 1535 one Simon de Alcazaua went from 
 Siuill with two ships and 240 Spaniards in them. Some say 
 they went to New Spaine, others that they went to Maluco, 
 but others also say to China, where they had beene with 
 Ferdinando Perez de Andrada. Howsoeuer it was, they 
 went first vnto the Canaries, and from thence to the streight 
 of Magelan, without touching at the land of Brasill or any 
 part at all of that coast. They entred into the streight in 
 the moneth of December with contrarie windes and cold 
 weather. The soldiers would haue had him turne backe 
 againe, (but he would not).^ He went into an hauen on the 
 south side in 53 there the captaine Simon of Alcazaua 
 commanded Roderigo de Isla with 60 Spanyards to goe and 
 discouer land : but they rose vp against him, and killed him, 
 and appointed such captaines and officers as pleased them, 
 and returned. Comming thwart of Brasil they lost one of 
 their ships vpon the coast, and the Spanyards that escaped 
 drowning were eaten by the sauages. The other ship went 
 
 Neste anno de 1535 partio Sim 90 Dalca 9 oua co duas naos de 
 Seuilha, dozentos q’reta castelhanos nellas. Hus dizem q’ hiam 
 pera a noua Espanha, outros querem dizer q’ pera Maluco, outros 
 a China, onde ja esteueram com Fernam perez Dandrade : como 
 quer q’ seja foram as Canarias, dahi atrauessaram ao estreito que 
 Magalhaes tinha descuberto, sem tocar na terra do Brasil & toda 
 sua costa. Entraram o estreito no mes de Dezembro com tempo 
 contrario, & frio : diz que Ihe requereram os soldados que se tornasse 
 pera fora, meteo se em hu porto da parte do Sul em quarenta & cinco 
 graos daltura, donde mandou Simao Dalcaqoua o capita Rodrigo 
 de Hisla com sessenta Castelhanos descobrir terra, & elles se amo- 
 tinaram & o prendeia & tomaram as naos, & mataram Simao Dal- 
 ca 90 ua, & poseram capitaes officiaes quern quiseram, no Brasil 
 deram co hua nao a costa, os da terra os comeram. A outra nao 
 
 1 Not in Portuguese. 
 
 2 From what follows, and if the latitude 45 written in the Portuguese 
 is correct, it seems that he did return. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 199 
 
 to Saint Jago in Hispaniola, and from thence to Ciuill in 
 Spaine. 
 
 In this same yeere 1535 Don Pedro de Mendo 9 a went 
 from Cadiz towards the riner of Plate with twelue ships 
 [the largest and finest vessels that euer went to those parts], 
 and had with him two thousand men : (which was the great- 
 est number of ships and men that euer any captaine carried 
 into the Indies)^ He died by the way returning home- 
 wards. The most part of his men remained in that riuer, 
 
 (and builded a great towne containing now about two thou- 
 sand houses, wherein great store of Indians dwell with the 
 Spanyards).^ They discouered and conquered^ the countrey 
 till they came to the mines of Potossi and to the towne La 
 Plata [by which the Spaniards of Peru with those of this p?tosd.^^ 
 river, and it is said that more than 600 leagues were disco- 
 vered by other fleets that ascended the river] (which is 500 
 leagues distant from them).^ 
 
 In the yeere 1536 Cortes [being at Tagantepec] vnder- 
 
 de que era capitao Rodrigo de Hisla, & vinha hum filho de Simao 
 Dalca 9 oua, foy ter a cidade de Santiago da ylha Espanhola, & dahi 
 a Seuilha. 
 
 Neste mesmo anno de 1535 partio do Pedro de Mendoza de 
 Calex pera o Rio da prata com doze naos, as mayores & melliores 
 que nunca foram aquellas partes, leuaua dous mil homes, por hir 
 mal desposto tornou se, mas faleceo no caminho, & ficou no Rio a 
 mor parte da gente, q’ foy por elle dentro descobrindo, conquis- 
 tando, & pouoando ate chegar as minas de Patoci, & villa da prata: 
 por onde se comunicam os Castelhanos de Peru com os destc Rio, 
 & diz q’ tern dcscuberto rnais de seis centas legoas com ajuda 
 doutras armadas que foram a este Rio & por elle dentro. 
 
 Dizem que no anno de 1536 estando Ferna Cortez em Tagante- 
 
 ’ Dele. - Not in Portuguese. 
 
 ^ They went up the river discovering and conquering, etc. 
 
 ^ Not in Portuguese. 
 
200 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Goniara, Standing that his ship (wherein Fortunio Ximenez was 
 lib. 2. cap. pilote)^ was seased on by Nunnez de Guzman, he sent foorth 
 
 74&98.J ^ . 
 
 three ships [which he had prepared at Chimalam] to the 
 place where Guzman was, and he himselfe went by land 
 well accompanied, and found the ship which he sought all 
 spoiled and rifled. When his three other ships were come 
 about, he went aboord himselfe with the most part of his 
 men and horses, leaning for captaine of those which re- 
 mained on land one Andrew de Tapia. So he set saile, 
 and comming to a point the first day of May he called 
 it Saint Philip, and an island that lieth fast by it he called 
 santJago Sant Jago. Within three daies after he came into the bay 
 where the pilot Fortunio Ximenez was killed, which he 
 Sntatiruz^ Called La Plaia de Santa Cruz, where he went on land, and 
 commanded Andrew de Tapia to discouer.^ Cortes [having 
 given him time to arive] tooke shipping againe and came to 
 pldfo^y sL I’iuer now called Pio de San Pedro y San Paulo, where 
 Paulo. ^ tempest the ships were separated, one was driuen to 
 
 pee, soube corao a sua nao era por Nuno de Guzmao tomada, des- 
 pachoii tres nauios que acabados tinha pera Chimalao a onde Guz- 
 mao estaua, & foy se por terra bem acompanhado, & achou a sua 
 nao roubada, & a traues deitada. Chegados os tres nauios que 
 mandara embarcou se nelles com a mais gente & cauallos que 
 pode, deixando por capitao dos que sobejara Andres de Tapia. 
 Dada a vela foy tomar hua ponta ho primeiro dia de Mayo, & por 
 isso Ihe pos nome Felipe, & hua ylheta que ahi esta perto Sant- 
 iago. Dahi a tres dias entrou na baya, em que mataram o piloto 
 Furtum ximenes, & chamou Sancta Cruz, sahio em terra mandou 
 ali vir Andres de Tapia por ser b5 porto, & descobrir a terra 
 dentro. Cortez embarcado deu Ihe hum tempo, foy ter a dous Rios 
 q’ se agora chama sam Pedro & Paulo, carregou tanto vento, que 
 se apartaram hus nauios dos outros, & foy hum ter a baya de Sata 
 
 * Not in Portuguese. 
 
 ^ To come there, it being a safe harbour, and to discover the country 
 inland. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYAEDS. 
 
 201 
 
 the bay de Santa Cruz, another to the riuer of Guajaual, 
 and the third was driuen on shore hard by Xalisco, and the 
 men thereof went by land to Mexico. 
 
 Cortes long; expected his two ships that he wanted d but MarVer- 
 
 o i: ^ mejo or the 
 
 they not comming he hoised saile & entred into the gulfe now California, 
 called Mar de Cortes, Mar Vermejo (or the Gulfe of Califor- 
 nia),^ (and shothimselfe)'^ 50 leagues within it [under the tro- 
 pick of Cancer] : where he espied a ship at anker, & sailing 
 towards her [he ran his ship ashore] he had beene [well nigh] 
 lost [and deprived of everything], if that ship had not sue- SSfooffoi. 
 cored him. But hauing graued his ship, he departed with both 
 the ships from thence. Hee bought victuals (at a deererate)^ 
 at Saint Michael (of Culhuacan)d and from thence he went to 
 the hauen of Santa Cruz, where hee heard that Don Antonio de 
 Mendoca was come [to Mexico] out of Spaine to be viceroy. 
 
 He therefore left to be captaine of his men one Francis de 
 Vlloa [and went himselfe to Tagante for the purpose of send- 
 ing thence,] (to send him certaine)^ ships to discouer that 
 coast. While he was at Acapulco messengers came vnto him 
 
 Cruz & outro a Gayal, outro encalhou junto de Xalisco, os delle se 
 tornara por terra a Mexico. 
 
 Fernam Cortez esperou pellos nauios, & vendo que nam apare- 
 ciam, mandou dar a vella, & entrou o estreyto que se agora chama 
 de Cortez, & mar vermelho, cinquenta legoas por elle detro, ate o 
 Tropico de Cancro, vio hua nao surta, arribou a ella, foy dar em 
 seco, esteue quasi perdido, & fora de todo se Ihe a Nao nam socor- 
 rera, & pos a sua em terra, & corregela. Ambos se tornaram a 
 comprar em sam Miguel matimento, & dahi ao porto de sancta 
 Cruz, onde deixara a gente, aq’ Ihe disseram como dom Antonio 
 de mendoga era chegado a Mexico, o gouernador da noua Espaha, 
 deixou aq’ por capita da gente Francisco dilhoa, foyse a Tagante 
 p’a de la mandar nauios em q’ fosse descobrir a costa. Chegado 
 a Capulco, Ihe veo mesageiro do viso rey do Antonio, em q’ Ihe 
 
 ^ Waited for the ships. ^ Not in Portuguese, 
 
 ^ l)ele. Not in Portuguese. ° Dele. 
 
202 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 from Don Antonio de Mendoca the viceroy to certifie him of 
 hisarriuall: and also he sent him the coppie of a letter, wherein 
 Francis Pisarro wrote that Mango Ynga was risen against him, 
 and was come to the citie of Cusco with an hundred thousand 
 fighting men, and that they had killed his brother, John 
 Pisarro, and aboue 400 Spaniards (and 200 horses),^ and he 
 himselfe was in danger,^ so that he demanded succour and 
 aide. Cortes being informed of the state of Pisarro, and of 
 the arriuall of Don Antonio de Mendoca [in order that he 
 might not rob him of the blessing or glory] (because he would 
 not as yet be at obediece ; first he/ determined [to be the 
 first] to sende to Maluco to discouer that way a long vnder 
 the equinoctial line, because the Islands of Clones stand 
 vnder that paralele : and for that purpose he prepared 2 
 ships with prouision, victuaP & men, besides all other things 
 necessarie. He gaue the charge of one of these ships to 
 Ferdinando de Grijalua, and of the other vnto one Alua- 
 rado, a gentleman. They went first^ to Saint Michael de 
 Tangarara in Peru to succour Francis Pisarro, and from 
 thence to Maluco all along neere the line as they were com- 
 
 daua cota de como era naqTa terra : & tabe Ihe dera hu trelado 
 dua carta q’ Francisco pi 9 arro dezia como selhe leuantara Magro 
 ingou, & viera sobre a cidade de Cusco co ce mil homes de peleja, 
 & Ihe matara seu irma Joa piqarro, & mais de 400 soldados & o 
 tinha e grade ap’to, pelo q’ pedia a todos socorro. Vendo Cortez 
 isto, & a chegada de do Antonio de medo 9 a, por Ihe na furtar a 
 begam determinou primeiro madar a Maluco descobrir aq’le ca- 
 minho ao logo da linha, por estare as ylhas do crauo naq’le para- 
 lelo, & p’a isso madou aparelhar dous nauios de matimetos, armas, 
 getes, & todo necessario, deu a capitania dua nao a Ferna de gri- 
 jaluerez, & a outra a hu Aluarado home fidalgo. Fora direitos a 
 S. Miguel de Tangaraga pera fauorecere Fracisco picarro, & dahia 
 Maluco ao logo da linha como Ihe era mandado, & deziam q’ an- 
 daria mais de mil legoas se vere terra dhua parte & outra da linha 
 
 ^ And kept him on the alert '? 
 
 ^ Arms. ® Direct. 
 
 ^ Not in Portuguese. 
 ® Dele. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 20S 
 
 manded. And it is declared that they sailed aboue a thou- 
 sand leagues without sight of land, on the one side nor 
 yet on the other of the equinoctiall. And in two degrees 
 toward the north they discouered one island named Asea, mand 
 which seemeth to be^ one of the Islands of Clones : 500 
 leagues little more or lesse [to the west] as they sailed, they 
 came to the sight of another, which they named Isla de los pgggaL\°es 
 Pescadores. Going still in this course they sawe another 
 Island called Hayme towards the south, and another named 
 Apia : and then they came to the sight of Seri : turning 
 towards the north one degree, they came to anchor at 
 another Island named Coroa, and from thence they came to coroa. 
 another vnder the line named Meousum, and from thence Meosum. 
 vnto Bufu standing in the same course.^ ^ufu. 
 
 The people of all these islands are blacke, and have their 
 haire frisled, whom the people of Maluco do call Papuas. ospapuas. 
 The most of them eate man’s flesh, and are witches, so giuen 
 to diuilishnes, that the diuels walk among them as copa- 
 nions. If these wicked spirits do flnde one alone, they kill 
 him with cruell blowes or smother him. Therefore they 
 vse not to goe, but when two or three may be in a com- 
 
 & en dous graos do norte, descobrira hua ylha q’ se chama o 
 Acea, q’ parece estar das ilhas do crauo quinhentas legoas pouco 
 mais ou menos a loeste : pera onde hia ouuera vista doutra q’ 
 posera nome dos Pescadores. Indo assi nesta derrota vii’a hua 
 ylha q’ se chama Haime, da parte do sul, outra q’ se diz Apia, foy 
 logo ver Seri ; tornados ao norte e liu grao, surgira e outra q’ se 
 chama Coroa. Daqui fora ter a outra debaxo da linha q’se diz 
 Meosu, & day a de Bufu no mesrno paralelo. 
 
 Todas estas ylhas sam de getes pretas, cabelo reuolto, a q’ os 
 de Maluco chama Papuas, os mais come came humana, grades 
 feiticeiros, ta dados aos diabos q’ anda antrelles como c5panheiros, 
 se acha hu so matano as pancadas, ou o afogam, por onde na sam 
 ousados de andare sena o dous ou tres jutos. Ha aq’ hua aue do 
 
 * Five hundred leagues more or less from the islands of Cloves, to the 
 west. 2 Parallel. 
 
204 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 These 
 seeme to 
 be like 
 ostriches. 
 
 Guelles 
 
 Islands. 
 
 Tern ate. 
 
 Moro. 
 
 Molucco. 
 
 Antonio 
 Galuano the 
 author of 
 this booke. 
 
 panic. There is heere a bird as bigge as a crane : be flietb 
 not, nor bath any wings wherewith to flee, be runneth on 
 the ground like a deere : of their small feathers they do 
 make haire for their idols. There is also an herbe, which 
 being washed in warme water, if the leafe thereof be laide 
 on any member and licked with the toong, it will draw out 
 all the blood of a mans body : and with this leafe they vse 
 to let themselues blood. 
 
 From these islands they came vnto others named the 
 Guelles, standing one degree towards the north, east, and 
 west^ from the Isle Terenate, wherein the Portugals haue a 
 fortresse : these men are haired^ like the people of the 
 Malucoes. These islands stande 124 [or 125] leagues from 
 the Island named Moro ; and from Terenate betweene 40 
 and 50. From whence they went to the Isle of Moro, and 
 the Islands of Clones, going from the one vnto the other. 
 But the people of the countrey would not suffer them to 
 come on lande, saying vnto them : Go vnto the fortresse 
 where the captain Antonio Galuano is, and we^ will receiue 
 you with a good will : for they would not suffer them to 
 
 tamanho dhu grou, na voa ne te penas p’a isso, corre a pe como 
 hu veado, das penas delies faze cabellos p’a sens ydolos, & assi ha 
 hua erua q’ lauando co agoa quete qualq’r mebro do corpo, e 
 podoa encima labedo c6 aligoa, tirara o sangue todo dua pessoa, & 
 CO elle se sangra. Destas ylhas foram a outras q’ se chama os 
 Gueles, esta e hu grao da parte do norte leste oeste c6 a ylha 
 de Ternate em q’ esta a fortaleza portugueza. Estes homes sam 
 bassos de cabelo corredio como os Maluq’ses, estam estas ilhe- 
 tas 124 ou 125 legoas da ylha de Moro, & esta de Ternate 40 
 ate 50 donde foram ter ao Moro & ylhas do Crauo, & andaram 
 huas & outras, sem os da terra Ihe deixarem tomar porto, dizendo 
 q’ se fossem aa fortaleza q’ achariam o capita Antonio galuao q’ o 
 receberia com boa vontade, q’ eles o nam fariam sem sua licenga, 
 por ser pay da patria, que assi Ihe chamaua : cousa digna de notar, 
 
 1 In the same parallel. 
 
 - Have lank hair. 
 
 3 Who. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 205 
 
 come oil land without his licence : for he was factor^ of the 
 countrey, as they named him. A thing woorthie to be 
 noted, that those of the countrey were so aifectioned to the 
 Portugals, that they would venture for them their Hues, 
 wiues, children and goods. 
 
 In the yeere 1537 the licenciate John de Vadlllo, gouer- 
 nour of Cartagena, went out with a good armie from a^ porte 
 of Vraba called Saint Sebastian de buena Vista (being in 
 the gulfe of Vraba), ^ and from thence to Rio verde, & from 
 thence by land without knowing any way (nor yet hauing any 
 carriages),^ they went to the end of the countrey of Peru, 
 and to the towne of La plata, by the space of 1200 leagues 
 [from that river] : a thing woorthie of memorie. For from 
 this riuer to the mountaines of Abibe the countrey is full 
 of hils,^ thicke forests of trees [valleys of jungle], and many 
 riuers [which descended from the mountain over which 
 they travelled], (and)® for lacke of a beaten way [and sure 
 guides ?] (they had pierced sides). ^ Pdie mountaines of 
 Abibe as it is recorded haue 20 leagues in bredth. They 
 
 The case is 
 now much 
 altered. 
 
 Pedro de 
 de Cie^a, 
 parte pri- 
 mera de la 
 Chronica 
 del Peru, 
 cap. 9, & 
 107. 
 
 La Plata. 
 
 The moun- 
 taines of 
 Abibe. 
 
 porq’ os daq’lla terra sam afeigoados a castellianos® q’ poe por elles 
 vidas, molheres, filhos, & fazendas. 
 
 No anno de 1537 gouernando a prouincia de Cartagena o 
 Liceceado Joao de vadilho sahio della com boa armada, & foram 
 ao porto d’Uraba, & a cidade de Sam Sebastiam de boa vista, & 
 dahi ao Ilio verde : & por terra caminharam sem caminho nem 
 carreira, ate fim da prouincia do Peru & villa da prata, mil & 
 dozetas legoas desta ribeira. Feito digno de memoria, porq’ deste 
 Ilio ate as rnontanhas de Abibi auera quinhentas legoas do terra 
 chaa, & campina, bosques, valles espessos, muitos aruoredos, rios 
 q’ descende da serra por onde hia, por falta d’estrada & carreira, 
 pera q’ ha mister guias certas. 
 
 1 Father. And went to the. ^ Not in Portuguese. ^ Dele. 
 ° There were five hundred leagues of burning land, flat open country. 
 6 Dele. ^ Dele. ^ Portuguese 1 
 
Villa de la 
 Plata. 
 
 ^06 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 must be passed ouer in Januarie, Februarie, March and 
 Aprill. And from that time forward it raineth much, and 
 the riuers will be so greatly encreased, that you cannot 
 passe for them. There are in those mountaines many (heards 
 of swine, many dantes),^ lyons, tygers, beares, ounses, and 
 great cats (and monkeis, and mightie)^ snakes and other such 
 vermine.^ Also there be in these mountaines abundance of 
 [swine, deer of two kinds, hares, rabbits, and other game], 
 partridges, quailes, turtle doues, pigeons, and other birds 
 and foules of sundrie sorts. Likewise in the riuers is 
 such plentie of fish, that they did kill of them with their 
 staues : and carrying canes and nets they affirme that a 
 great army might be sustained [pleasantly] (that way with- 
 out being distressed for want of victuals).^ Moreouer they 
 declared the diuersities of the people, toongs, and apparell 
 that they obserued in the countries, kingdomes, and pro- 
 uinces which they went through, and the great trauels^ and 
 dangers that they were in till they came to the towne called 
 Villa de la Plata, and vnto the sea [on the other side] (there- 
 unto adioyning).® This was the greatest discouerie that 
 
 Estas montanhas Dabibi, diz q’ teram vinte legoas de largo, 
 ham se de atrauessar no mes de Janeiro, Feuereiro, Mar^o, Abril, 
 porq’ dahi por diante choue tanto que va as ribeiras crecidas, & nam 
 se pode caminhar por ellas, Ha tambem muitos leoes, tygres, 
 hussos, on 9 as : & grandes gatos, cobras, & outras feras diuersas. 
 Nestas montanhas assi ha tantos porcos, veados, corqos, Guazelas, 
 lebres, coelhos : & outras muitas ca 9 as, perdizes, codirnizes, pom- 
 bos, rolas : & outras aues de diuersas castas. E nos Kips tatos 
 pescados, q’ com os paos os matauan, & leuando caes, redes, diz 
 q’ poderam manter hu exercito com desenfadamento. Assi conta- 
 uam das muitas prouincias, regnos, senhorios q’ atrauessaram, & 
 diuersas gentes, linguages, & trajos q’ viram, muitos trabalhos & 
 perigos q’ passarao, ate chegarem a villa da prata, & mar da outra 
 
 1 Dele. 
 4 Dele. 
 
 ‘ Dele. 
 
 ® Troubles. 
 
 ^ Wild beasts. 
 ® Dele. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 207 
 
 hath beene heard of by land, and in so short a time. And 
 if it had not beene done in our daies, the credite thereof 
 would haue beene doubtfull. 
 
 In the yeere 1538 there went out of Mexico certaine 
 friers of the order of Saint Francis towards the north to 
 preach to the Indians the catholicke faith. He that went 
 farthest was one frier Marke de Nizza, who passed through 
 Culuacan, and came to the prouince of Sibola, where he siS. 
 found seuen cities [of which he related marvels] : and the 
 farther he went, the richer he found the countrie of gold, 
 siluer, previous stones, and sheepe bearing very fine wool. 
 Vpon the fame of this welth the viceroy don Antonio de 
 Mendoca, and Cortes, determined to send a power thither. 
 
 But when they could not agree^ thereupon Cortes went oner 
 into Spaine in the yeere 1540, where afterward he died. 
 
 In this yeere 1538 began the ciuil warre betweene Pisarro 
 and Almagro, wherein (at the last)^ Almagro was [overcome] 
 taken and beheaded. 
 
 banda : & foy o mor descubrimento q’ se ainda vio por terra : em 
 tarn breue tempo, que se nao fora TxO nosso tiuera duuidoso 
 credito. 
 
 No anno de 1538 sahiram da cidade de Mexico trades Fran- 
 ciscos contra o Norte, pregar aos Indios a nossa sancta fee catho- 
 lica, & o q’ mais se meteo pella terra, foy fre Marcos de missa, q’ 
 passou por Culuacao, & chegou a prouincia de Sibola ; & dezia 
 auer nela sete cidades de q’ coutauam marauilhas : & quanto mais 
 hia adiante, tanto mais achauam a terra rica d’ouro, prata, pedraria, 
 & gados de laa muy fina. Era tata a fama desta terra, & riqueza, 
 q’ se desauierao o Viso rey dom Antonio de mendoca, & Ferna 
 Cortez sobre mandar a ella, pello q’ se passou Cortez a Castella no 
 ano de 1540 & acabou 1’ sua vida. E nesta de 1538 foy comc' 9 ada 
 
 1 So rich was this country considered, that the viceroy and Cortez 
 disagreed about sending thither. 
 
 2 Dele. 
 
208 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Gomara, 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 5, cap. 
 34. 
 
 Antonie 
 Galliano, 
 chiefe cap- 
 tain e of 
 Maluco, 
 author 
 of this 
 worke. 
 
 In the same yeere 1538, Antonie Galuano being chiefe 
 captaine in the isles of Maluco, sent a ship towards the 
 north, whereof one Francis de Castro was captaine, hauing 
 commandement to conuert as many as he could to the faith, 
 [having been asked to do so by many of those parts.] He 
 himselfe christened many, (as the lords)^ of the Celebes, 
 Macasares, Amboynos, Moros, Moratax, and diuers other 
 places. When Francis de Castro arriued at the Island of 
 Mindanao [and other islands near them], sixe kings receiued 
 the water of baptisme, with their wiues, children and sub- 
 iects : and the most of them Antonie Galuano gaue com- 
 mandement to be called by the name of John, in remem- 
 brance that king John the third raigned then in Portugall 
 [so much had he that name in his memory] . 
 
 The Portugals and Spaniards which haue beene in these 
 islands affirme, that there he certaine hogs in them, which 
 besides the teeth which they haue in their mouthes, haue 
 other two growing out of their snouts, and as many behinde 
 their eares, of a large span and an halfe in length. Like- 
 
 a guerra ciuil antre Pigarro & Almagro, por onde elle foy desba- 
 ratado, & preso, & degolado. 
 
 No mesmo anno de 1538 mandou Antonio galuano, q’ estaua 
 por capita em Maluco, cotra o norte hu nauio, & capita dele Fra- 
 cisco de castro, co regimeto q’ fizesse quantos christaos podesse, 
 por ser dalgus daq’las partes req’rido p’a isso, & o mesmo Antonio 
 galuao ter muitos feitos [fieis] dos celebres^ Mocasares, Amboynos, 
 Moros, Maratax, & outras diuersas partes. Chegado Francisco de 
 Castro a ylha de Midanao, & outras q’ descobrio acima dellas, 
 tomara seis Keys agoa de baptismo c6 molheres, filhos, vassalos, 
 & aos mais deles mandou Antonio galua por nome Joannes, em 
 memoria do terceiro q’ em Portugal reynaua, tanto trazia na sua. 
 
 Os Portugueses & Castelhanos q’ por estas ylhas andaram, con- 
 tauam q’ auia nellas porcos, q’ ale dos detes q’ tinha na boca, Ihe 
 suya outros dous pelos focinhos, & outros tatos por detras das 
 orelhas, & tinha de coprido palmo & meo. E auia hua aruore q’ o 
 
 1 Dele. 
 
 " Celebes ? 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 209 
 
 wise they say there is a tree, the one halfe whereof, which 
 standeth towards the east, is a good medicine against all 
 poyson, and the other side of the tree, which standeth 
 toward the west, is very poison ; and the fruite on that side 
 is like a bigge pease ; and there is made of it the strongest 
 poyson that is in all the world. Also they report that there 
 is there another tree, the fruite whereof whosoeuer doth 
 eate, shall be twelue houres besides himselfe [and sh&ll act 
 without judgment] , and when he commeth againe vnto him- 
 selfe he shall not remember what he did in the time of his 
 madnes. Moreouer there are certaine crabs of the land, 
 whereof whosoeuer doth eate shall be a certaine space out of 
 his wits. Likewise the countrey people declare that there 
 is a stone in these islands whereon whosoeuer sitteth shall 
 be broken in his bodie.^ It is further to be noted, that the 
 people of these islands do gild their teeth [and fix, across 
 their privy parts a bar of gold or silver, and rivet the points 
 in the form of a rose, which causes a woman to bleed]. 
 
 In the yeere 1539 Cortes sent three ships with Francis pomar., 
 
 hist, gen., 
 
 Vlloa to discouer the coast of Culuacan northward. They 
 
 Eamusius, 
 
 3vol.,fol.329. 
 
 meio dela q’ estaua cotra o oriete, era muy medicinal, & cotra toda 
 pe^onha, o outro meio da aruore q’ estaua cotra o ponete he muy 
 pegonheto, & o fruito daq’la bada he todo como tramasso, & 
 se faz delle a mais forte pegonha q’ ha na redodeza, & assi se 
 dizia q’ auia outra aruore q’ qiie comia seu fruto estaua doze eras 
 fora de si, & fazia cousas de homem sem siso, quando tornana 
 nam daua nenhum acordo disso, & auia bus cangrejos da terra que 
 que os comia, tambe estaua certas oras da mesma maneira. Assi 
 diziam os da terra que auia alii hua pedra q’ one se assentaua nela 
 criaua potra, os homes destas ylhas douram os dentes, & atraues- 
 sam sua natura c5 liiia barra douro on prata, & nas pontas rebatem 
 huas rosas, com que ensanguentam liiia molher toda. 
 
 No anno de 1539 madou Ferna cortez tres nauios a Fracisco guil- 
 
 Rupturcd. 
 
SJIO 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 The hot- 
 tome of the 
 gulfe of 
 California 
 discouered. 
 
 California 
 
 doubled. 
 
 Cabo del 
 Enganno. 
 The dis- 
 tance be- 
 tween Ame- 
 rica and 
 China in 32 
 degrees is 
 1000 leagues. 
 Gomara, 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 6, cap.17. 
 
 went from Acapulco, and touched at S. Jago de buena spe- 
 ranca, and entred into the gulfe that Cortes had discouered, 
 and sailed till they came in 32 degrees, which is almost the 
 farthest end of that gulfe, which place they named Ancon de 
 Sant Andrew, because they came thither on that saints daie. 
 Then they came out a long the coast on the other side, and 
 doubled the point of California and entred in betweene cer- 
 taine islands and the point,^ arid so sailed along by it, till 
 they came to 32 degrees, from whence they returned (to 
 newe Spaine),^ enforced thereunto by contrarie windes (and 
 want of victuals) f hauing beene out about a yeere. Cortes, 
 according to his account, spent 200,000 ducates^ in these dis- 
 coueries. 
 
 From Cabo del Enganno to another cape called Cabo de 
 Liampo in China there are 1000 or 1,200 leagues sayling, [of 
 which] Cortes and his captaines discouered [and conquered] 
 (new Spaine),^ from 12 degrees to 32 from south to the north, 
 being 700 leagues [of coast from east to west], finding it more 
 warm then cold, although snow do lie vpon certaine moun- 
 
 hoa p’a descobrir a costa de Culuacam p’a cima. Partiram deCapuleo 
 tocaram Santiago de boa esperanga, entrara no estreito q’ Cortez 
 descobrira : chegaram por ele acima ate trinta & dous graos dal- 
 tura, que he o fim dagoa, poseram Ihe nome Ancon de sancto 
 Andre por ser em seu dia. Tornaram p’a fora ao longo da costa 
 da outra banda, dobrara a pota de California, & metera se por 
 antre as ylhas & a terra : forao ao longo della ate se poere em 32 
 graos, donde arribaram por vento contrario auendo hu anno q’ la 
 andauam, dizem q’ gastou Ferna cortez nestas armadas & desco- 
 brimetos dozentos mil cruzados, & q’ desta ponta do engano auera 
 a outra de Liampo da China mil ou mil & dozentas legoas de rota 
 abatida, & q’ o q’ descobrio & conquistoro Fernao Cortez & sens 
 capitaes he de doze graos ate trinta & dous de Leste oeste, em q’ 
 auera setecentas legoas pella terra dentro, que he mais quente que 
 
 ^ Main. 
 
 Not in Portuguese. 
 
 ^ Crusadoes. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 211 
 
 taines most part of the yeere. In new Spaine there be many 
 trees, flowers and fruits of diners sorts and profitable for many 
 things. The principall tree is named Metl [or the honey tree] . JeiienTtS 
 It groweth not very high nor thicke. They plant and dresse 
 it as we do our vines. They say it hath fortie kinde of 
 leaues like wouen clothes, which seme for many vses.^ When 
 they be tender they make conserues of them, paper, and a 
 thing like vnto flaxe : they make of it mantles, shooes, mats, 
 girdles, and cordage. These trees haue certaine prickles so 
 strong and sharpe, that they sewe with them [as with an 
 awl]. The roots^ make Are and ashes, which ashes make 
 excellent good lie. They open the earth from the roote and 
 scrape it, and the iuice which commeth out is like a sirrupe. 
 
 If you do seeth it, it will become honie ; if you purifie it 
 it will be sugar. Also you may make wine and vinegar 
 thereof.^ (It beareth the coco)d The rinde (rested and)'^ 
 crushed [and squeezed] vpon sores and hurts healeth and 
 cureth.® The iuice of the tops^ and roots mingled with [the 
 
 fria, ainda que ha serras que dura a neue & geada quasi todo o 
 anno. 
 
 Ha na noua Espanha muito aruoredo de flores & fructos, di- 
 uersos & proueitosos pera muitas cousas, & a mais principal della 
 se chama aruore metel, ou do mel, nao he muy grande nem grossa: 
 pranta na, poda na, concerta na como vinha : diz q’ tern quarenta 
 folhas de feigam de telhas & seruem disso & quando sam tenras 
 fazem conseruas dellas, papel, flames como linho, fazem dellas 
 matas, alpargates, esteiras, cintas, xaquemas : tern cstas aruores 
 huas espinhas ta duras & agudas q’ cozem c6 ellas como com so- 
 uellas, & o tronco da bo lume & cinza pera de coada, escauam na 
 ao pee, & agoa q’ estila he como arrobe se a cozem flea mel, se a 
 puriflea, aguquere, se llie deitam patalim, vinlio, se a destempe- 
 ram, vinagre, as pencas assadas & exprimidas sobre chagas ou 
 
 ‘ Like tiles, and are used as such. ^ Stem. 
 
 ^ If be thrown into it, wine, if diluted, vinegar. 
 
 ^ Not in Portuguese. Dele. Forms a crust. ^ 
 
212 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 juice of] incense are^ good against poyson, and the biting of 
 a viper. (For these manifold benefits)^ [Thus] it is the most 
 profitable tree knowne (to growe in those parts).^ 
 
 Also there be there certaine small birds named Vicmalim. 
 Their bill is smalP and long. They line of the dewe [honey] 
 and the iuice of flowers and roses. Their feathers be verie 
 small and of diners colours. They be greatly esteemed to 
 worke golde with. They die or sleepe euerie yeere in the 
 moneth of October : sitting^ vpon a little bough in a warme 
 and close place/ they reuiue or wake againe in the moneth 
 of Aprill after that the flowers be sprung, and therefore they 
 call them the reuiued birds. 
 
 Likewise there be snakes in these parts, which sound as 
 though they had bels when they creepe. There be other 
 which engender at the mouth, euen as they report of the 
 viper. There be hogges which haue a nauell on the ridge 
 of their backs, which assoone as they be killed and® cut, will 
 by and by corrupt and stinke. 
 
 ferida, sara & encoura, o sumo das espigas & rayzes emburilhadas 
 com sumo de encenso, he bo contra a pegonba & mordedura de 
 bibora, assi que he mais proueitosa aruore que se la sabe. 
 
 Ha la hus passarinhos q’ se chama Vicincilim sam pequenos, o 
 bico delgado & comprido, matem se do rocio, mel, licor de flores, 
 & rosa, tern as penas meudas & de diuersus cores, preza nas muito 
 pera laurar ouro, morre ou adormece cada ano : no mes Doutubro 
 posto em hum raminho em lugar abrigado resuscita, ou acorda no 
 mes Dabril depois & que ha flores, pello q’ Ihe chamam o resus- 
 citado. Ha cobras q’ sam como cascaneis quando anda : ha outras 
 q’ emprenha pella boca, como dize da bibora : ha porcos c5 em- 
 bigos no espinha90, que matandoos se Iho nam cortam fede logo : 
 ha pexes que guincham como porcos & roncam, per onde Ihe 
 chamam roncadores. 
 
 1 Is. 
 
 ^ Placed. 
 
 ^ Not in Portuguese. 
 ® Sheltered place. 
 
 ^ Slender. 
 
 ® If it be not. 
 
DISCOUEKIES OF THE SPANYAEDS. 
 
 213 
 
 Besides these there be certaine fishes which make a noyse 
 like vnto hogs, and will snort, for which cause they be 
 named snorters. 
 
 In the yeere 1538 and 1539, after that Diego de Almagro 
 was beheaded, the Marquis Francis Pisarro was not idle, 
 
 For he sent straight one Peter de Baldiuia with a good com- 
 panie of men to discouer and conquere the countrey of 
 Chili. He was wel receiued of those of the countrey, but 
 afterwards they rose against him and would haue killed him 
 by treason. Yet for all the warre that he had with them, 
 he discouered much land, and the coast of the sea toward 
 the southeast,^ till he came into 40 degrees and more in 
 latitude. While he was in these discoueries he heard newes 
 of a king called Leucengolrna, which commonly brought to 
 the field two hundred thousand fighting meiP against another 
 king his neighbour [who brought as many], and that this 
 Leucengolrna had an island, and a temple therein with two 
 thousand priestes : and that beyond them were the Amazones, 
 whose queene was called Guanomilla, that is to say, the cie^Tch^- 
 
 103 . 
 
 golden heauen [whence the Spaniards concluded that there 
 
 No anno de 1538 & 1539, depoys de Diogo Dalmagro degolado, 
 ho marquez Fernam Pigarro nam esteue ocioso, mandou logo Pero 
 de baldiua com muita gente ao descobrimento & conquista de 
 Chily, foy hem recebido dos da terra, & depois o quiseram matar 
 por enganos, & com toda a guerra que teue descobrio muita terra 
 & costa, do mar da banda de Leste ate quarenta & tantos graos 
 daltura : & ouuiram dizer dos naturaes de Hulcham, quejuntaua 
 dous mil homes de peleja, contra outro rey sen vezinho, q’ traria o 
 mesrno : & Hulcham colma tinha hua ylha & templo co dous mil 
 sacerdotes. Detro & mais adiante auia amazonas, & a raynha 
 dellas se chamana Ganomilha, q’ quer dizer ceo douro, donde os 
 Castelhanos tomaram aucr ali muita riqueza, & assi do hua ylha 
 
 1 The coast runs nearly north and south. 
 
 ^ They heard tell by the natives of Hulcham, who collected two 
 thousand fighting men, etc. 
 
214 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 were great riches to be found there, and also at an Island 
 called Solomon]. But as yet there are none of these things 
 discouered. About this time Gomez de Aluarado went to 
 conquer the prouince of Guanuco : and Francis de Chauez 
 went to subdue the Conchincos, which troubled the towne 
 of Truxillo, and the countreyes adioyning. Peter de Ver- 
 gara went to the Bracamores, a people dwelling toward the 
 north from Quito. John Perez de Vagara went against the 
 Ciaciapoians : Alfonsus de Mercadiglio went vnto Mulu- 
 bamba. Perdinando and Gonzaluo Pisarros went to subdue 
 Collao, a [healthy] countrey very rich in gold [and silver], 
 Peter de Candia went [above] (to the lower part of)^ Collao 
 [a barren country with a warlike population] . Peranzures 
 also went to conquer the said countrey. And thus the 
 Spanyards dispersed themselues, and conquered aboue seuen 
 hundred leagues of countrey in a very short space, though 
 not without great trauailes and losse of men.^ [In the year 
 1540 Captain Fernando Alcarano went, by command of the 
 Viceroy Don Antonio de Mendoza, with two ships to discover 
 the coast.] 
 
 que se chama de Salamam, tambem dizem ser muy rica, mas nada 
 disto se vio ategora. Gomez Daluarado foy a prouincia de Ganuco, 
 Francisco de Chaues aos Conchucos q’ corriam a Trozilho, por 
 serem vezinhos, Pero de Vergara ao Bracamoros que estam ao 
 norte de Quito, Joam perez de veragar contra os Chachapoyos, 
 Alonso de mercadilho a Malubumbo, Fernando & Gon 9 alo pigarro, 
 ao Colao terra sadia & rica douro & prata, Pero de Candia acima 
 de Colao, terra aspera de gente belicosa. Perancuris tambem foy 
 descobrir, coquistar, & pouoar terra, & outros per outra banda se 
 estenderam mays de setesentas legoas com gram presteza. 
 
 No anno de 1540 foy o capita ferna alcarao por madado do viso 
 rey do Antonio de medoga com dous nauios descobrir a costa. 
 
 • Dele. 
 
 2 Perancuris also went to discover, conquer, and people fresh coun- 
 try; and others on the other side extended themselves more than seventy 
 leagues very rapidly. 
 
DISCOtJERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 215 
 
 The countreyes of Brasill and Peru stand east and west 
 almost 800 leagues (distant)d The neerest^ is from the Cape 
 of Saint Augustine vnto the hauen of Phuixillo : for they 
 stand both almost in one parallele and latitude [of six de- 
 grees]. And the farthest is^ [more than] 950 leagues, 
 reckoning from the riuer of Peru to the streits of Magellan, 
 which places lie directly north and south, through which 
 countrey passe certaine mountaines named the Andes, which Themoun- 
 diuide Brasill from the empire of the Ingas. After this 
 maner the mountaines of Taurus and Imaus diuide Asia into 
 two parts : which mountaines begin in o6 and 37 degrees of 
 northerly latitude at the end of the Mediterran sea ouer 
 against the Isles of Rhodes and Cyprus, running still towards 
 the east vnto the sea of China. And so likewise the moun- 
 taines of Atlas in Africa diuide the tawnie Moores from the 
 blacke Moores which haue frisled haire, beginning [at the 
 Red Sea] (at mount Meies about the desert of Barea),^ and 
 running along vnder the Tropicke of Cancer vnto the At- 
 lanticke Ocean. 
 
 Estas terras do Brasil & Peru teram cle Leste oeste perto de 
 oitocentas legoas pello mais largo, q’ he do cabo de Sancto Agus- 
 tinho ao porto de Trozillio : porque estam ambos em hum para- 
 lelo em seis graos daltura, & de comprido mais de nouecentas & 
 cinquenta, q’ se contem do Rio Peru ao estreito q’ ho Magalhaes 
 descobrio norte sul dereitas, em que ha hiias serras a que chamam 
 os Andes, que apartam o Brasil do imperio dos Inguas, assi & da 
 maneira que os motes Taurus & Imaos, o fazem em Asia os Indi- 
 dios dos Sytas, os quaes montes comegam em trinta & seis on 
 trinta & sete graos daltura, na fim do mar Mediterraneo, defronte 
 das ylhas de Rodes & Chipre, & vam sempre a leste ate o mar da 
 China, como os montes Atalantes : diuidem em AfFrica os mouros 
 brancos dos negros do cabello reuolto, come^ando no mar roxo, 
 vam ao longo de Tropico de Cancro, ate o mar chamado Ata- 
 lantico. 
 
 Of length. 
 
 ‘ Dele. Widest part. 
 
 ^ Not inPortuguese. 
 
216 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 The mountains of the Andes be high, ragged [craggy], 
 and in some places barren without trees or grasse, whereon 
 it raineth and snoweth most commonly. Vpon them are 
 windes and sudden blastes ; there is likewise such scarcitie 
 of wood, that they make fire of turffes, as they do in Flan- 
 ders. In some places of these mountaines and countries the 
 diuers earth is of diners colours, as blacke, white, red, greene, 
 to dy blew, yellow, and violet, wherewith they die colours with- 
 out any other mixture. From the bottomes of these moun- 
 taines spring^ many small and great riuers, principally from 
 the east side, as appeereth by the riuers of the Amazones, 
 [and Maranhan], of S. Francis, of Plata, [of St. John], and 
 many others which runne through the countrey of Brasil, 
 being larger then those of Peru, or those of Castilia del oro. 
 There grow on these mountaines many turneps, rapes,^ and 
 other such like rootes and herbes. One there is like vnto 
 Aipo or rue^ which beareth a yellow flower, and healeth all 
 kinde of rotten sores, and if you apply it vnto whole and 
 cleane flesh it will eate it vnto the bone : for that it is good 
 for the vnsound and naught for the whole. 
 
 As montanhas dos Andes, sam altas, asperas, fragosas, & ha lu- 
 gares escaluados, sem aruores, ne heruas, chouendo & neuando de 
 contino nellas, c5 vetos & trouoadas, earece tato de lenha, q’ faze 
 fogo de terra como em Frandes. Ha partes nestas serras, & terras 
 de cores diuersas, hua preta, outra branca, vermelha, verde, azul, 
 amarella, & mirada, de que fazem tintas sem mais mesturas. 
 Saem das rayzes destas montanhas muitas ribeiras peqnenas & 
 grandes, principalmente da parte de Leste, como se parece no rio 
 das Amazonas & Maranho de sam Francisco, da prata, sam loam, 
 & outros muitos q’ ha na terra do Brasil, por ser mais largo q’ o 
 do Peru «& noua Castela. Criam se nesta serra muitos nabos, 
 tramossos, & outras : ha hua como aypo, da flor amarela, q’ sara 
 toda chaga podrida, & se a poe em came saa & limpa come ate o 
 osso, assi q’ he boa pera o mao & ma pera o bo. 
 
 3 ? 
 
 ' Run. 
 
 ^ Beans. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF TtlE SPANYARDS. 
 
 217 
 
 They say there be in these mountains tigers, lions, beares, 
 woollies, wilde cats, foxes, [antas],^ (clantes, dunces),^ hogs, 
 [goatsj, and deere : birdes as well rauenous as others, and 
 the most part of them are blacke, as vnder the north botli^ 
 beasts and birdes be white. Also there be great & terrible 
 snakes which destroied a whole armie of the Ingas passing 
 that way, yet they say that an olde woman did in chant them 
 in such sort that they became so gentle, that a man might 
 sit vpon one of them.*^ The countrey of Peru adioining vnto 
 the mountaines of Andes westward toward the sea, [is di- 
 vided into three parts, the Andes, which are very high, some 
 mountains which skirt them, and in the flat valleys which 
 are along the coast, running inland from 15 to 20 leagues], 
 (and containing 15 or 20 leagues in bredth, is)'^ all of very 
 hot sand, yet fresh, bringing foorth many good trees and 
 fruites because it is well watered : where there growe abun- 
 dance of^*^ [reeds] flags, rushes, herbes, and trees (so slender 
 and loose), ^ that laying your hands vpon them the leaues 
 
 Dizem q’ ha nestas montaiihas, tigres, lioes, hussos, lobos, gates, 
 raposos, antas, porcos, veados, guazelas, aiies, assi de rapina coino 
 destroutras, & as mais sam pretas como debaxo do norte : as 
 mesmas alimarias & aues sam brancas. Ha tambe grandes cobras 
 & tarn feras, q’ passando hum exercito dos Inguas o destruju-am, 
 mas dizem q’ Ima velha as encantou de maneira, q’ ficaram tarn 
 mansas q’ andao homes caualgados sobre ellas. As terras do Peru 
 q’ jaze das serras dos Andes, a loeste cotra a marinlia, he em tres 
 partes diuidida, os Andes q’ sam muy grades, & algus montes q’ 
 jazem na fralda delles, & e campos, valles, q’ vam ao longo da 
 costa, & alargamse pella terra dentro quinze on vinte legoas, todas 
 d’areaes muy quentes, frescos de diuersos aruoredos & fruitos, per 
 serem regados : & por debaxo canas, espadanas, juncos, heruas, &: 
 aruorcs, q’ pondo a mao nellas, caellie a ibllia ; & por autre estas 
 
 ^ Tapir ? Dele. The same. 
 
 ^ That men rode astride upon them. Dele. 
 
 '' And in the lovv grounds. " Not in Portuguese. 
 
218 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 will fall off. And among these herbes and fresh flowers the 
 men and women line and abide without any houses or bed- 
 ding, euen as the cattell doe in the fields ; and some of them 
 haue tailes. They be grosse, and weare long haire. They 
 haue no beards, yet haue they diuers languages. 
 
 Those which liue on the tops^ of these mountains of Andes 
 betweene the cold and the heate for the most part be blinde 
 of one eie, and some altogether blinde, and scarce you shall 
 finde two men of them together, but one of them is halfe 
 blinde. Also there groweth in these fields, notwithstanding the 
 great heate of the sand, good maiz, and potatos, and an herbe 
 coca which they name coca, which they carrie continually in their 
 fieth hunger mouthcs, as in the East India they vse another herbe named 
 
 and thirst. 
 
 betele, which also they say satisfieth both hunger and thirst. 
 Also there are other kindes of graines and rootes whereon 
 they feede. Moreouer there is plentie of wheate, barly, 
 millet, vines, and fruitful trees, (which are brought out)^ of 
 Spaine and planted there. For all these things prooue well 
 in this countrey, because it is so commodiously watered. 
 
 verduras, flores, & frescuras, se criao os homes & molheres sem 
 casas, & camas, como os gados nos campos : & algus tern rabos, 
 sam grosseiros, cabellos, compridos, nam tern barbas, mas diuersas 
 lingoas. 
 
 Os q’ viuem nas fraldas destas motanhas dos Andes, antre a 
 frialdade & quentura, sam pela mayor parte tortos, & algus cegos : 
 de marauilha se acham dous homes juntos, q’ hum defies nam 
 seja torto. Tambe se da por estes campos, ainda q’ d’area cali- 
 dissimos, muito bo maiz & batatas, & huas heruas a q’ chamam 
 coca, q’ traze sempre na boca, como na India o betele, q’ dize q’ 
 mata a sede & fome. E assi ha outros graos & rayzes q’ la comem, 
 muito trigo, ceuada, milho, vinhos, & outras aruores Despanha q’ 
 la prantaram, porq’ tudo se da bem naquella terra, por ser regada. 
 Tambem se semea muito algodam, q’ de sen natural he branco, 
 
 2 ? 
 
 I Skirts. 
 
DISCOUERTES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 219 
 
 Also they sow much cotton wooll, which of nature is 
 white, red, blacke, [blue], greene, yellow, orange, tawnie, 
 and of diuers other colours. 
 
 Likewise they affirme, that from Tumbez southward it 
 doth neither raine, thunder, nor lighten, for the space of 
 flue hundred leagues of land : but at some times there falleth 
 some little shower [or dew]. Also it is reported, that from 
 Tumbez to Chili there breede no peacocks, hennes, cocks, 
 nor eagles, falcons, haukes, kites, nor any other kinde of 
 raueniug fowles, and yet there are of them in all other 
 regions and countreies : but there are many duckes, geese, 
 herons, pigeons, partriges, quailes, [owls, nightingales], 
 and many other kindes of birdes. There are also a certaine 
 kinde of fowle like vnto a ducke, which hath no wings to 
 Hie withall, but it hath fine thinne feathers [or veil] which 
 couer all the body. Likewise there are bitters^ that make 
 war with the seale or sea wolfe : for finding them out of the 
 water they will labour to picke out their eies, that they may 
 not see to get to the water againe, and then they doe kill 
 them. They say it is a pleasant sight to behold [this sport] 
 (the fight betweene the said bitters and seales).^ With the 
 
 vermelho, preto, azul, verde, amarelo, aleonado, & doutras diuersas 
 cores. 
 
 Assi dizem q’ de Tumbez por diante, nao choue, nem trouoeja, 
 ne relampaguea, mais de quinhentas legoas, as vezes cae algu 
 orualho, & tabem quere dizer q’ de Tumbez a Chili, nam se criem 
 pauas, galinbas, nem galos, nem aguias, falcoes, agores, ganiaes, 
 nem outras aues de rapina auendoas em toda a outra terra & co- 
 marca : mas ha muitos patos, ades, gar^as, rolas, pdbos, perdizes, 
 codornizes, mouchos, petos, roxinoes, & outras aues, hiias como 
 patos sem penas, tern hum veo delgado q’ as cobre todas : ha 
 butres q’ tern guerra com os lobos marinhos, como os acliam fora 
 dagoa qucbram llie os ollios aas picadas, por sc nam acolheram a 
 
 V ultures. 
 
 ^ Not ill Portuguese. 
 

 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Xacos a 
 kinde of 
 great 
 sheepe 
 that men 
 ride vpou, 
 
 beards of these seales men make cleane their teeth, because 
 they be wholesome for the toothach. There are certaine 
 beastes which those of the countrey call Xacos, and the 
 Spanyards sheepe, because they beare wooll like vnto a 
 sheepe, but are made much like vnto a deere, hauing a 
 saddle backe like vnto a camell. They will carrie the bur- 
 then of 100 weight. The Spanyards ride vpon them, and 
 when they be wearie they will turne their heads backward, 
 and void out of their mouthes a woonderful stinking water. 
 
 From the riuer of Plata and Lima south war d^ there 
 breede no crocodiles nor lizards, no snakes, nor any kinde 
 of venomous vermine,^ but great store of good fishes breede 
 in those riuers. On the coast of Saint Michael in the South 
 sea there are many rocks of salt couered with egges. On 
 the point of Saint Helena are certaine well-springs which 
 cast foorth a liquor, that serueth in stead of pitch and 
 tarre. They say that in Chili there is a fountaine, the water 
 whereof will conuert wood^ into stone [and clay into great 
 stones]. In the hauen of Truxillo there is a lake of fresh 
 
 ella, assi os matam : diz q’ he pera folgar de ver esta caga : co as 
 barbas dos lobos alimpam os dentes, por ser bom pera a dor defies. 
 Ha huas alimarias que os da terra chama xacos, os Castelhanos 
 ouelhas por terem laas como elles, sam da fei 9 am de ceruos : tern 
 gibas como camellos, leuam peso de quatro arrobas, os Castel- 
 hanos caualga nellas, quando cansam volvem a cabega, & deitao 
 hua agoa muy fedorenta. 
 
 Dos Rios da prata & Lima pera cima nam se criam lagartos, 
 cobras, nem bichos pegonhetos por onde ha muitos & bos pesca- 
 dos. Na costa de sam Miguel, no mar ha grades pedras de sal 
 cubertas d’ouas. Na p5ta de sancta Elena ha fontes q’ deitam 
 licor q’ seme de pez & alcatram. Dizem q’ em Chicha ha hua 
 fonte q’ sua agoa couerte a terra em pedra, & o barro penedo. No 
 porto de Trugilho ha hua alagoa d’agoa doce, & o fundo de bom 
 
 ^ Upwards. ^ For which reason there be great store of good fish. 
 
 3 Earth. 
 
DISCOUERTES OF THE SPAN YARDS. 
 
 221 
 
 water, and the bottome thereof is of good hard salt. In 
 the Andes bej^ond Xauxa there is a riuer of fresh water, 
 in the bottome whereof there lieth white salt. Also 
 they affirme by the report of those of the countrey, that 
 -Ahere haue dwelt giants in Peru, of whose statures^ they 
 found in Porto viejo, and in the hauen of Truxillo, bones 
 and iawes with teeth, which were three and fower fingers 
 long. (In the yeere 1540 the captaine Ferdinando Alorchon 
 went by the commandenient of the Viceroy Don Antonio de 
 Mendoca with two ships to discouer the bottome of the 
 gulfe of California, and diners other countries.)^ 
 
 In this yeere 1540 Gonsaluo Pizarro went out of the citie 
 of Quito to discouer the countrey of Canell or Cinamome, a 
 thing of great fame in that countrey. He had with him 
 two hundred Spanyards horsemen and footemen, and three oomara, 
 
 _ hist, gen., 
 
 hundred Indians to carrie burthens. He went forward til iii^-5.cap.36. 
 he came to Guixos, which is the farthest place gouerned by 
 the Ingas : where there happened a great earthquake with 
 raine and lightning, which sunke 60 houses. They passed 
 ouer cold and snowie hils, where they found many Indians 
 frozen to death, maruelling much of the great snowe that 
 
 sal coalhado. E nos Ancles cletras de Xauxa ha hum Pio dagoa 
 doce, & o fundo de sal branco : assi dizem os da terra que ouue 
 gigates nella, cujas estatuas acharam em Porto velho, & no de 
 Trugilho grades ossos & cauernas c6 detes de tres ou quatro dedos 
 em largo. 
 
 No anno de 1540 partio Gon9alo pigarro da cidade do Quite ao 
 descohrimento da canella, cousa muito nomeada naquella terra, 
 leuaua dozentos Espanlioes de pe & cauallo, trezentos Indios de 
 carrega, caminhou ate Quixos que he a derradeira cousa q’ os 
 Inguas scniiorearam, ondc Ihe tremeo a terra, & cliouco, & rclam- 
 pagucou, tanto que sc fundiram scssenta casas : passaram huas 
 serras muy frias & ncuadas, ondc Ihe ficaram muitos Indios rcgc- 
 
 ^ Not in Portuguese. 
 
 Statues. 
 
222 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Curaaco. 
 
 Cinamom- 
 
 trees. 
 
 Wild cina- 
 mom in the 
 Islands of 
 J ana. 
 
 Coca. 
 
 El pongo.a 
 mighty fall 
 of a riuer. 
 
 they found vnder the equinoctiall line. From hence they 
 went to a prouince called Cumaco, where they tarried two 
 monethes because it rained continually. And beyond they 
 sawe the cinamome-trees, which be very great, the leaues 
 thereof resembling bay leaves, both leaues, branches, rootes, 
 and all tasting of Cinamome. The rootes haue the whole 
 taste of Cinamome. But the best are certaine knops like 
 vnto alcornoques or acornes, which are good marchandise.’ 
 It appeereth to be wilde cinamone, and there is much of it 
 in the East Indies, and in the Islands of Jaoa or Jaua. 
 
 [In this year 40 Fernando Cortez returned with his wife 
 to Castile and died of disease.] From hence they went to 
 the prouince and citie of Coca, where they rested fifty dales. 
 From that place forwards they trauailed along by a riuers 
 side being 60 leagues long, without finding of any bridge, 
 nor yet any forde, [nor meanes] to passe ouer to the other 
 side. They found one place of this riuer, where it had a 
 fall of 200 fathomes deepe, where the water made such a 
 noise, that it would make a man almost deafe to stand by it. 
 And not far beneath this fall, they say they found a chanell 
 
 lados, & elles espantados da gram neue q’ auia debaixo da linha. 
 Daqui foram a hua prouincia q’ se chama Cumaco, onde esteuera 
 dous meses por Ihes chouer contino : & ao diante viram as aruores 
 de canella q’ sam grandes, & as folhas como de loureiro, & ellas, 
 & codea, & rayzes tern tudo sabor de canella, mas o melhor della 
 he hus capulhos como dalcornoques, de que ha gram trato : & 
 segundo parece deue ser canella braua que ha muyta na India, & 
 ilhas de Java. E neste anno de quarenta foy Fernam Cortez com 
 sua molher pera Castella, & faleceo la de doenga. 
 
 Daqui foram a prouincia ou cidade de Coca, onde repousaram 
 cinqueta dias. Dahi por diate caminharam ao longo de hua ribeira 
 muy grande sessenta legoas sem acharem ponte, vao, nem por 
 onde passassem a outra banda, somete acharam o rio de dozentos 
 
 ' With which there is great trade. 
 
DISCOTJETIIES OF THE SPA NYA TIES. 
 
 223 
 
 of stone very smooth, of two handrecP foote broad, and the 
 liner runneth by and there they made a bridge to passe 
 oner on the other side [it is said to be a better country] ; 
 where they went to a country called Guema, which was so g 
 poore, that they could get nothing to eate but onely fruits 
 and herbes [some like truffles]. From that place for- 
 ward they found a people of some reason, wearing certaine 
 clothing made of cotton wooll, wdiere they made a brigan- 
 dine [payed with resin] ; and there they found also certaine 
 canoas, wherein they put their sicke men, and their treasure 
 and best apparell, giuing the charge of them to one Francis 
 de Orellana : and Gonsaluo Pizarro went by land with the 
 rest of the companie along by the riuers side, and at night 
 went into the boates, and they trauailed in this order two 
 hundred leagues as it appeereth. When Pizarro came to 
 the place where he thought to finde the brigandine and 
 canoas, and could haue no sight of them nor yet heare of 
 them, he thought himselfe out of all hope, because he was 
 in a strange countrey without victuales, clothing, or any 
 
 estadios, onde a agoa fazia tarn grande roydo q’ parecia q’ ein- 
 mouq’cia a que junto estaua : & nam muito abaxo diz q’ acharam 
 hum canal de pedra, talhada de vinte pes em largo, por onde todo 
 o Rio passa, em q’ fezeram ponte pera a outra banda : dizem ser 
 melhor terra. Foram a hua que se chama Gema, tarn pobre que 
 nam comiam se nam frutas & heruas, & hiias como tubaras da 
 terra. Adiante acharam gente de razam, que vestiam algodam, 
 onde fezeram hum bergantim brado com rasina, & acharam alguas 
 canoas cm q’ metcram os doentes, & o melhor vcstido & pc9as q’ 
 Icuaua : & deram carrcgo dcsta armada a Fracisco dorilhana, & 
 Gdgalo pigarro foy por terra co a mais gente ao longo da ribeira, & 
 como era noitc recolhiam se aos nauios, & caminliariam assi dozen- 
 tas Icgoas scgundo llic parecia. 
 
 Chcgado Pizarro onde espcraua achar o bergantim Sc canoas, & 
 
 ^ Twenty. 
 
 Through which the whole river passes. 
 
224 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Rio cle 
 Orellana. 
 
 thing else : wherefore they were faiiie to eate their horses, 
 yea and dogs also, because the countrey was poore and 
 barren, and the iourney long, to goe to Quito. Yet not- 
 withstanding, taking a good hart to themselues, they went on 
 forwards in their iourney, trauailing continually 18 monethes, 
 and it is reported that they went almost five hundred leagues, 
 wherein they did neither see sunne nor any thing else 
 whereby they might be comforted, wherefore of two hun- 
 dred men which went foorth at the first, there returned not 
 backe past ten vnto Quito, and these so weake, ragged, and 
 disfigured that they knew them not. Orellana went five 
 hundred or sixe hundred leagues downe the riuer, seeing 
 diners countreyes and people on both sides thereof, among 
 whom he afiirmed some to be Amazones. He came into 
 Castile, excusing himselfe, that the water and streames 
 draue him downe perforce. This riuer is named The riuer 
 of Orellana, and other name it the riuer of the Amazones, 
 because there be women there which Hue like vnto them. 
 
 In the yeere 1540 Cortes went with his wife into Spaine, 
 where he died of a disease seuen yeeres after. ^ 
 
 como as nam vio ne nouas dellas ficou muito agastado por se ver 
 em terra alhea, sem mantimento, vestido, nem cousa algua q’ ate 
 os cauallos & caes comeram, & a terra pobre, fragosa, caminlio 
 comprido pera tornar a cidade de Quito, & com tudo poseram se a 
 isso & no caminho andaram anno & meo : & diz q’ andariam qua- 
 trocentas ou quinhentas legoas, onde nam acharam sol nem cousa 
 que os podesse confortar, por onde de dozentos que eram nam 
 tornaram a Quito dez, & estes tarn fracos, rotos, & trasfigurados, 
 que os nam conheciam, Orilhana andaria quinhentas ou seis 
 centas legoas pello Rio abaxo, vendo diuersas terras & gentes de 
 hua parte & de outra, & diz q’ ha Amazonas. Veyo ter a Castela 
 desculpado se q’ a agoa o trouxera por forga : a qual se chama 
 o rio Dorilhana, & outros das Amazonas pelas auer nesta terra, ou 
 molheres q’ viue como elas. 
 
 ' See back, page 222. 
 
DISCOUEllIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 225 
 
 In the yeere 1541 it is recorded that Don Stephan de 
 Gama, gouernour of India, sailed toward the streit of Mecca. 
 
 He came with all his fleete vnto an anker in the Island of 
 Macua, and from thence vpwards in small shipping^ he Ma 9 ua 
 went along the coast of the Abassins and Ethiopia [step by 
 step] till he came to the Island of Suachen, standing in 20 suachen. 
 degrees towardes the north, and from thence to the hauen 
 of Cossir, standing in 27 degrees, and so he crossed oner to cossh-. 
 the citie of Toro, standing on the shore of Arabia, and along Toro, 
 by it he went vnto Suez, which is the farthest ende of the Suez, 
 streit, and so he turned backe the same way, leaning that 
 countrey and coast discouered so far as neuer any other 
 PortugalP captaine had done, although Lopez Snares, go- 
 uernour of India, went to the hauen of Juda, and the hauen 
 of Mecca, standing on the coast of Arabia, in 23 degrees of 
 latitude, and 150 leagues from the mouth of the streit. Don 
 Stephan (de Gama)'^ crossing oner from Cossir to the citie of 
 Toro, as it is reported, found an Island of Brimstone, which An island of 
 
 brimstone 
 
 was dispeopled by the hand of Mahumet, wherein many 
 
 No anno de 1541 diz q’ partio d5 Esteua da gama gouernador 
 da India pera o estreyto de Meca : foy com toda armada surgir a 
 ylha de Masna, & dahi pera cima em nauios de remos, costeado a 
 costa do Abexim & Affrica, de pedra e pedra ate a ilha do Siiaque, 
 q’ estara e xx graos daltura da parte do norte, dahi ao porto Dal- 
 corer q’ esta e xxvij atrauessou p’a a cidade de Toro da parte da 
 ribeira, & ao longo della foy a Suez, qiie he o fim do estreito, por 
 onde se tornaram pello mesmo caminho, deixando aqnela terra & 
 costa descuberta, onde capitam Espanliol nunca cliegara : ainda q’ 
 Lopo Soarez gouernador da India foy a cidade Juda, & porto de 
 Meca, q’ esta da banda Darabia em vinte & tres graos daltura, & 
 cento & cinquenta Icgoas da boca do estreito. 
 
 Atrauessando dom l^lstcuam Dalcocer pera o Toro, dizem q’ se 
 aclioii hua ylha d’enxofre (f foy da mao de Mafamede despouoada, 
 
 ^ In row boats. ^ Spanish 'I ^ Not in Portuguese, 
 
 20 
 
226 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Gomara, 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 6, cap. 17. 
 
 Sibola. 
 
 crabs doe breede, which increase^ nature : wherefore they 
 be greatly esteemed of such as are vnchaste. Also they 
 say that there are in this streit many roses which open when 
 women are in their labour. 
 
 John Leo writeth in the (very end of his)^ geographie 
 which he made of Africa, that there is in the mountaines of 
 Atlas a roote^ called surnag, ouer which if a maid [pass] 
 (chance to make water)^ shee shall loose her virginitie. 
 
 In the same yeere 1541 [on twelfth day] Don Diego de 
 Almagro killed the Marques Francis Pizarro, and his bro- 
 ther Francis Martinez of Alcantara (in the citie de los Eeyes, 
 otherwise called Lima),'^ and made himselfe gouernour of 
 that countrey. 
 
 In the [same] yeere 1540® the Viceroy Don Antony de Men- 
 doza sent one Francis Vasquez de Coronado by land vnto the 
 prouince of Sibola with an armie of Spaniards and Indians. 
 They went out of Mexico, and came to Culuacan, and from 
 thence to Sibola, which standeth in 30 degrees of latitude. 
 
 & muytos cangrejos nella q’ ajudam a natureza : pelo q’ sam rnuy 
 estimados, principalmente dos pouco castos. Assi dizem q’ ha 
 neste estreito muitas rosas das q’ se abrem quando as molheres 
 parem. Joam Liam escreue na geographia q’ fez Dafrica, q’ nos 
 montes Atalantes ha hua herua que a molher que passa per cima, 
 perde a virgindade. Neste mesmo anno de 1541 naudade’’' dos Peis 
 matou dom Diogo Dalmagro ao Marquez Fracisco pigarro, & a sen 
 yrmao Francisco mez dalcatara, & se aleuatou por gouernador da 
 terra. 
 
 Neste mesmo anno de 1539® mandou o Viso rey do Antonio de 
 medoga por terra a prouincia de Sibolla Francisco vasquez Coro- 
 nado c5 bo exercito de Castelhanos & Indies. Partiram de 
 Mexico, foram a Culuacam, dahi a Sibolla, que esta em trinta & 
 oito graos daltura, requereram aos da terra pazes & mantimentos. 
 
 1 Assist, 
 ^ Dele. 
 
 Not in Portuguese. 
 ® Not in Portuguese. 
 
 ® 1541 ? 
 
 ^ A herb. 
 ^ No dia? 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 227 
 
 They required peace with the people and some victuals, 
 being thereof destitute. But they answered that they vsed 
 not to giue any thing to those that came vnto them in war- 
 like manner. So the Spaniards assalted the towne and 
 tooke it, and called it Nueua Granada, because the generall 
 himselfe was borne in Granada. The soldiers found^ them- 
 selues deceiued by the words of the friers, which had beene 
 in those parts before ; and because they woulde not returne 
 backe to Mexico againe with emptie hands, they went [from 
 Sibolla] to the towne of Acuco, where they had knowledge acuco. 
 of Axa and Quiuira,^ where there was a king very rich, that 
 did worship a crosse of golde, and the picture of the queene 
 of heauen.^ They indured many extremities in this journey 
 [and crossed frozen riuers], and [one night all] the Indians 
 fled away from them, and in one morning'^ they found 
 thirtie of their horses dead. From Cicuic they went to Circuic. 
 Quiuira,^ which was two hundred leagues off, according to Quiuira. 
 their account, passing all through a plaine countrey [with- 
 out tree or stone], and making by the way certaine hillocks 
 
 que leuauam disso falta. Besponderam q’ nam daiia nada a 
 quern hia de guerra : combateram a vila, foy tomada, poseram Ihe 
 nome Granada, por o Viso Bey ser natural della. 
 
 Achando se os soldados dos frades enganados, por nam tornare 
 com as maos vazias a Mexico, foram de Sibolla a cidade de Suco, 
 donde teueram noua de Xaqueuira onde estaua hum Bey muito 
 rico, q’ adoraua hua Cruz douro, & hua mollier de prata, q’ o ceo 
 senlioreaua. Neste caminlio passaram muito trabalho, perigo, & 
 Bdos neuados, & Ihe fogiram liiia noite todos os Indios, & aman- 
 heceram trinta caualos mortos. E do Suco foram a Xaqueuira, 
 quo segundo sua conta eram dozentas logoas, tudo campina rasa 
 pelada, sem aruore nem pedra. Faziam por ella montcs de bostas 
 
 ' Finding, 2 Xa(picuira. 
 
 And a woman of silver who governed heaven. 
 
 At dawn. From Suco they went to Xaqueuira. 
 
THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Gomara, 
 hist, gen., 
 lib. 6, cap.: 
 & 19 . 
 
 Sheepe as 
 
 bigas 
 
 horses. 
 
 of cowe dung, because thereby they might not loose their 
 way in their returne. [It is said] they had there haile- 
 stones as bigge as oranges [which caused them fear and 
 tears]. Now when they were come to Quiuira [said to be 
 in 42 degrees of latitude], they found the king (called 
 Tatarrax)^ which they sought for, with a iewell of copper 
 hanging about his necke, which was all his riches. They 
 saw neither any crosse [of gold], nor any image of [siluer] 
 (the queene of heauen),^ nor any other token of Christian 
 religion. It is written of this countrey that it is but 
 smally inhabited, principally in the plaine and champion 
 places, because the men and women goe in herds with 
 their cattell, whereof they haue great plenty euen as the 
 Arabians do in Barbarie, and they remooue from place to 
 place, euen as the season serueth, and the pastures to 
 feede their cattle. In these parts are certaine beasts almost 
 as bigge as horses, they haue very great homes, and 
 they beare wooll like vnto sheepe, and so the Spaniards 
 call them. They haue abundance of oxen verie monstrous, 
 being camel backed, and hauing long beards, and on their 
 
 de vaca, por se nam perderem a tornada : diz que Ihe choueo & 
 cahio pedra do tamanho de laranjas, pello que ouue temor & lagri- 
 mas. Chegados a Xaqueuira que dizem estar em quarenta & dous 
 graos daltura, acharam ho Bey que buscauam com hua joya de 
 cobre ao pescogo, q’ era toda sua riq’za, na viram cruz douro, ne 
 molher de prata, nem quern Ihe desse razam da nossa sancta fe 
 catholica. 
 
 O q’ contauam desta terra era ser pouco pouoada, principalmente 
 na campina, porq’ os homes & molheres costumam andar por ella 
 com seus gados, q’ te muitos, como os alarues : & muda se segundo 
 o tempo & pasto. Diziam q’ auia ahi huas alimarias do tamanho 
 da zemelas, tinham grandes cornos, & laa como carneyros, & assi 
 Ihe chamam os Castelhanos. As vacas sam muitas & muy mon- 
 struosas, com grandes corcouas sobre as espaduas, & compridas, 
 
 ^ Not in Portuguese. 
 
 2 Dele. 
 
DISCOTJERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 229 
 
 necke long manes like vnto horses. [In this prouince there 
 is neither wheat nor barley, millet nor maize, nor do they 
 make bread.] They line with eating of these oxen and 
 drinking of their blood, and apparell themselues with the 
 skins of the same. The most parte of the flesh that they 
 do eate is rawe, or euill rosted, for they lacke [wood] (pots 
 to seeth it in)T They cut their meat with certaine kniues 
 made of flint stone. Their fruite are (damsons, hazel nuts),^ 
 walnuts, melons, grapes [plums], pines,^ and mulberies. 
 
 There be dogges [and mastiff’s] so bigge, that one of them 
 alone will hold a bull, though he be neuer so wilde. When 
 they remooue, these dogs do carrie their children, wines, 
 and stuffe vpon their backes (and they are able to carrie 
 fiftie pound waight.)^ [Also there are many dogs in the on 
 jungle, wild, in drones like cattle.] I passe ouer many 
 things, because the order which I follow will not permit me 
 to be long. 
 
 In the yeere of our Lord 1542 one Diego de Freitas being 
 in the realme of Siam, and in the citie of Dodra as captaine 
 of a ship, there fled from him three Portugals in a junco 
 
 barbas pelo espinhago, & pescogo, sedas como de canallos. Nam 
 ha nesta prouincia trigo, ceuada, milho, mayz, nem fazem pao de 
 nenhua cousa : das vacas comem, bebem sen sangiie, vestem, 
 calgam, a mais da came crua, ou mal assada aa mingoa de lenha : 
 cortam na c6 facas de pederneyra. As fmtas sam nozcs, melaas, 
 huiias, ameixas, pinboes, & amoras, Ha caes & rafeyros taman- 
 hos, que hum so tern hum touro por brauo que seja. Quando se 
 mudam leuam o fato, filhos, & molheres encima ; tambe ha muitos 
 caes no mato brauos cm manadas como gados : por muitas cousas 
 passo, porque a regra q’ sigo me nam da a mais espa^o. 
 
 No anno de 1542 achandosc Diogo de freytas no llcyno do 
 Syam na cidadc Dodra capitam de hu naulo, llie fogiram trcs Por- 
 
 ^ Dele. ~ Dele. 
 
 Not in Portuguese. 
 
 ^ Cones of the pine tree. 
 
2S0 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 (which is a kind of ship) towards China. Their names were 
 Antony de Mota, Francis Zeimoro, and Antony Pexoto, 
 directing their course to the citie of Liainpo, standing in 30 
 and odde degrees of latitude. There fell vpon their sterne 
 such a storme, that it set them off the land, and in fewe 
 daies they sawe an island towards the east standing in 32 
 Japan dis- decrees, which they do name Japan, which seemeth to he 
 chance. jgjg Zipaiigri, whereof Paulus Venetus maketh men- 
 
 tion,^ and of the riches thereof. And this Island of Japan 
 hath gold, siluer, and other riches. 
 
 In this [same] yeere 1542 Don Antonio de Mendo 9 a, 
 Viceroy of Nueua Spagna, sent his captaines and pilots to 
 discouer the coast of Cape del Enganno, where a fleete of 
 Cortez had been before. They sailed till they came to (a 
 place called Sierras Neuadas, or)^ The snowie mountaines, 
 standing in 40^ degrees toward the north, where they saw 
 ships with merchandises, which carried on their stems [for 
 device or crest] (the images of certaine birdes called/ alca- 
 trarzi [and other birds of gold and silver], (and had the 
 
 tugueses em hu junco q’ hia pera a China, chamauase Antonio da 
 mota, Francisco zeimoto, & Antonio pexoto. Hindo se caminho 
 p’a tomar porto na cidade de Liampo, q’ esta em trinta & tatos 
 graos daltura, Ihe deu tal tormenta aa popa, q’ os apartou da 
 terra, & em poucos dias ao Leuate viram hua ylha em trinta & 
 dous graos, a q’ chamam os Japoes, que parecem ser aquelas 
 Sipangas de que tanto falam as escripturas, & suas riquezas : & 
 assi estas tambem tern ouro, & muyta prata, & outras riquezas. 
 
 Neste mesmo anno de 1542 mandou dom Antonio de mendoga 
 Viso rey da noua Espanha seus capitaes piloto, descobrir a costa 
 do cabo del enganbo, onde os de Cortez chegara pera cima, foram 
 ate as serras neuadas, que dize estar e quarenta & cinco graos da 
 parte do norte, onde viram naos co mercadorias, q’ traziam nas 
 proas por diuisas alcatrazes, & outros passaros douro & prata, q’ 
 
 Of which writers say so much. 
 
 '2 Dele. 
 
 3 45 % 
 
 " Dele. 
 
DISCOUEIIIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 2Sl 
 
 yards of their sailes gilded, and their prowesse laid oner 
 silaer)d They seemed to be of the Isles of Japan, or of ^ 
 
 China ; for they said that it was not abone thirtie daies sail- 
 ing vnto their country. 
 
 In the (same)^ yeere 1542, [in the month of October], 
 
 Don Antony de Mendoca [the viceroy] sent vnto the Islands 
 of Mindanao [Gebii and Nota, where Magellan died] a 
 fleete of sixe ships, with fower or fine hundred soldiers, RamSis!^! 
 and as many Indians of the countrey, the generall whereof pag! s’. ' 
 was one Rui Lopes de villa Lobos, being his brother in 
 law and a man in great estimation. They set saile from 
 the hauen of Natiuidad, standing in 20 degrees towards 
 the north, vpon All Saints eeue, and shaped their course 
 towards the west [and in the south-west quarter in 19 
 degrees]. They had sight of the Island of S. Thomas, 
 which Hernando de Grijalua had discouered, and beyond 
 in 17 degrees they had sight of another island, which they 
 named La Nublada (that is. The cloudie Island). From 
 thence they went to another island named Roca partida 
 (that is, The clouen Rocke). The S of December they 
 
 pareciam sere dos Japoes on Chinas, & diziam q’ auia pouco mais 
 de trinta dias de nauegaQam a sua terra. 
 
 No anno de 1542 em mes Doutubro, madoii o viso rey d5 An- 
 tonio as ylhas de Mindanao, Cebu, & Nata, ode Magalhaes fora 
 morto hua armada de seis velas, q’trecetos on quinhetos soldados 
 nelas, & outros tatos Indies da terra : & por capitam mor Ruy 
 lopez de Vilhalobos seu cunbado, pessoa de muita estiina. Parti- 
 ram do porto do Natal, q’ esta em vinte graos ao norte, vespera de 
 todos os sanctos gouernaram a loeste, & a quarta do Sudoeste em 
 dezanoue graos, ouueram vista da ylba de sancto Thomas q’ F er- 
 nam de grijaluerez descobrira. Mais a diantc em dezasete graos 
 viram outra, a q’ poseram nome a Nublada. Dabi foram a outra 
 q’ chamam lloca partida. A tres dias de Dczebro acbaram bus 
 baxos de seis on sete bra^as de fundo, A vinte & cinco deste 
 
 Not in Portuguese. 
 
 Dele. 
 
232 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 Baxos. 
 
 Los Reyes. 
 
 found certaine baxos or dates of sixe or seuen fathoms 
 deepe. The of the same moneth they had sight of the 
 islands, which Diego de Koca, and Gomez de Sequeira, and 
 Aluaro de Saauedra had discouered, and named them Los 
 E,eyes, because they came vnto them on Twelfe day. And 
 beyond them they found other islands in 10 degrees all 
 standing round, and in the midst of them they came to an 
 anker, where they tooke fresh water and wood. 
 
 In the same yeere 154^ Don Diego de Almagro was 
 slaine in Peru by the hands of one Don Yaca de Castro. 
 
 In the yeere 1543, in Januarie, they departed from the 
 foresaid islands with all the fleete, and had sight of certaine 
 islands, out of which there came vnto them men in a cer- 
 taine kinde of boats, and they brought in their hands 
 crosses, and saluted the Spaniards in the Spanish toong 
 saying, Buenas dias. Matelotes, that is to say. Good morrow, 
 companions whereat the Spaniards much marueiled, being 
 then so farre out of Spaine, to see the men of that countrey 
 with crosses, and to be saluted by them in the Spanish 
 toong, and they seemed in their behauiour to incline some- 
 what to our Catholique faith. The Spaniards not knowing 
 
 mes viram as ylhas q’ Diogo da Pocha, & Gomez de Sequeira, & 
 Aluaro Sayauedra descobrira, poseram nome dos Reis por a vere 
 em seu dia. E ao diante acharam outras em dez graos, todas em 
 roda : & da mesma maneira surgira nelles, & tomaram agoa & 
 lenha. Neste mesmo ano de 1542 foy desbaratado em Peru dom 
 Diogo dalmagro por Vaca de castro. 
 
 No anno de 1543 em mes de Janeiro se fezeram aqui a vella 
 com toda a armada, & ouueram vista dalguas ylhas, de q’ sahiram 
 paraos & calaluzez com gete, & traziam nas naos cruzes, & os 
 saluaram com bos dias matalotes, de q’ ficaram marauilhados por 
 se verem de Castella tarn alongados, & homes naquella terra c6 
 cruzes, & saudare nos em lingoa Espanhol, & traziam diuisa que 
 
 1 25 ? 
 
 ^ Sailors. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 2SS 
 
 that many thereabout had beene christened by Francis de 
 Castro, at the cominandement of Antony Galuano, some of 
 them named these islands, Islas de las cruzes, and others 
 named them Islas de los Matelotes. MatJiot?s°^ 
 
 In the same yeere 1543, the first of February, Rui Lopez 
 had sight of that noble island Mindanao, standing in 9 Mindanao, 
 degrees : they could not double it nor yet come to an ancre 
 as they would, because the christened kings and people 
 resisted them, hauing giuen their obedience to Antonie 
 Galuano, whom they had in great estimation, and there 
 were fine or sixe kings that had receiued baptisme, who by 
 no meanes would incurre his displeasure. Rui Lopez per- 
 ceiuing this, and hauing a contrary winde, sailed along the 
 coast to finde some aide,^ and in 4 or 5 degrees he found a 
 small island, which they of the countrey call Sarangam, Sarangam. 
 which they tooke perforce, and in memory of the vizeroy 
 who had sent them thither they named it Antonio, where 
 they remained a whole yeere, in which time there fell out 
 things worthie to be written ; but (because there are more 
 
 parecia sentirem algua coiisa da nossa sancta fe catholica, por 
 nam saberem que auia muytos della que Francisco de Castro por 
 mandado de Antonio Galuam baptizara, hus Ihes chaniain as ylhas 
 das Cruzes, & oiitros dos matalotes. 
 
 Neste mesmo anno de 1543, o primeiro de feuereiro ouue Ruy 
 lopez vista daq’lla nobre ilha de Mindanao, ein none graos daltura, 
 nam pode dobrala, nem surgir como desejaiia, porq’ os Reys 
 Christaos & pouo della Iho defenderam, por terem dado a obedi- 
 ecia a Antonio galuam, q’ elles muito estimauam, & nam querlam 
 anojalo cinco ou seis Reys q’ tinham tornado agoa de baptismo. 
 
 Vendo Ruy lopez ysto, & o veto contrario, foy sc ao longo da costa 
 buscar algu abrigo, & cm quatro ou cinco graos daltura acharam 
 hua ylha pequena, a q’ os da terra chamam Saranguam ; & tomada 
 perforga, em memoria do Viso rey quo os la mandaua, poseram 
 Ihe nome Antonio, onde estcucram hum anno, soccderam llie 
 
 ^ (Shelter. 
 
The relation 
 of John 
 Gaietan in 
 the first Yol. 
 of Ramu- 
 sius, fol. 
 
 376 . 
 
 The Philip- 
 piuas. 
 
 Malahrigos. 
 
 Las dos 
 Hermanas. 
 
 ^•34 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 histories that intreat of the same)^ I leaue them, meaning to 
 meddle with the discoueries onely.^ 
 
 In the same yeere 1543, and in the moneth of August, 
 the generall Rui Lopez sent one Bartholomew^ de la torre 
 in a (smal)^ ship into new Spaine, to acquaint the vizeroy 
 don Antonio de Mendoca with all things. They went to 
 the Islands of Siria, Gaonata, Bisaia, and many others, 
 standing in 11 and 12 degrees towards the north, where 
 Magellan had beene, and Francis de Castro also, who [had 
 given eternal life to many who were] there baptized (many),^ 
 and the Spaniards called the the Philippinas in memory of 
 the prince of Spaine. Here they tooke victuals and wood, 
 and hoised sailes : they sailed for certaine dales with a fare- 
 winde, till it came vpon the skanting,® and came right vnder 
 the tropique of Cancer. The 25 of September they had 
 sight of certaine islands, which they named Malahrigos (that 
 is to say. The euil roads). Beyond them they discouered 
 Las dos Hermanas (that is. The two sisters). And beyond 
 them also they saw 4 islands more, which they called los 
 
 cousas dignas de serem escritas, nam me meto antre ellas por 
 serem mais historias que descobrimento. 
 
 No mesmo anno de 1543 em mes Dagosto, mandou ho Geral 
 Ruy lopez a Bernaldo dela torre em hum nauio a noua Espanha 
 dar conta a dom Antonio de medoga o q’ la passara. Fora ter aa 
 ylha de Syria, Gaonata, Bisaya, & outras q’ ahi muytas em onze 
 & doze graos da parte do Norte, por onde o Magalhaes andara, & 
 Francisco de Castro dera saude perpetua a muytos que por aly se 
 baptizaram, & hos Castelhanos Ihe poseram nome as Filipinas, em 
 memoria do principe de Castella. Tomaram mantimento, agoa, & 
 lenha, & se fezeram a vella : foram algus dias em Leste vento a 
 popa, ate que Ihe foy escasseando, & se poseram porto do Tropico 
 de Cancro : em xxv do mes de Setebro vira huas ylhas, a q’ pose- 
 
 > Dele. 2 As they belong more to general history than to discovery. 
 ^ Bernard ? ^ Not in Portuguese. ® Dele. ® Fell light. 
 
DISCOUEHIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 
 
 2S5 
 
 Volcanes. The second of October they had sight of Far- 
 fana, beyond which there standeth an high pointed rock, 
 which casteth out fire at 5 places. So sayling in 16 degrees 
 of northerly latitude [700 leagues] from whence they had 
 come, as it seemeth,^ wanting winde they arriued againe at 
 the Islands of the Philippinas. They had sight of 6 or 7 
 islands more, but they ankered not at them. They found also 
 an Archipelagus of Islands well inhabited with people, lying 
 in 15 or 16 degrees : the people be white [well disposed], 
 and the women (well proportioned, andj^ more beautifull 
 and better arraied then in any other place of those parts, 
 hauing many iewels of gold, which was a token that there 
 was some of that metal in the same countrie. Here were 
 also barkes of 4S cubits in length, and 2 fathomes and a 
 halfe in bredth, and the plankes 5 inches thicke, which 
 barkes were rowed with oares. They told the Spaniards, 
 that they vsed to saile in them to China, and that if they 
 would go thither they should haue pilots to conduct them, 
 the countrie not being aboue 5 or 6 daies sayling from 
 
 ram nome Mai abrigo. E ale delas descobrirao as duas yrmaas : 
 & mais auante quatro, a q’ chamara os Balcones. A doiis d’Outu- 
 bro oimera vista da Forfana : & alem della ha hu penedo alto, q’ 
 deita fogo por cinco partes. 
 
 Hindo assi em xvi graos daltura setecetas legoas donde partira 
 segudo o q’ Ihes j^arecia, por na achare tepo arribara as ylhas 
 Felipinas, ouueram vista de seis ou sete, mas nam surgira nellas : 
 acbaram em liu archipelago de ylhas bem pouoadas de gentc, q’ 
 estam em quinze on dezaseis graos daltura, aluas, be despostas 
 molheres mais fermosas & atauiadas q’ ha naquellas partes, com 
 muitas joyas douro, q’ era sinal auello na terra. Auia take nauios 
 de remo do quarcnta & trcs couados e coprido, duas bragas & mca 
 de largo, & o taboado de v dedos e grosso, & dizia q’ nauegauri 
 nelles p’a a China, q’ se la quisessem hir, q’ Ihes dariam pilotoa 
 pera ysso, q’ nam erao mais q’ cinco ou seis dias de caminho. 
 
 Los Vol- 
 caues. 
 
 La Fai fana- 
 
 Sixe or 
 seuPH 
 islands 
 more. 
 
 An arclii- 
 pelagus of 
 islands. 
 
 Pilots for 
 China. 
 
 * &'0C’ncd to them. 
 
 ^ Not in Portuguese, 
 
2S6 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 thence. There came vnto them also certaine harkes or 
 boates handsomely decked/ wherein the master and princi- 
 pal! men sate on high, and vnderneath were very blacke 
 moores with frizled haire [as if for parade or state] : and 
 being demanded where they had these blacke moores, they 
 answered, that they had them from certaine islands standing 
 fast by Sebut, where there were many of them, a thing that 
 the Spaniards much maruailed at, because from thence it 
 was aboue 800 leagues to the places where the black people 
 were. Therefore it seemed, that they were not naturally 
 borne in that climate, but that they be in certaine places 
 scattered oner the whole circuite of the world [like other 
 races]. For euen so they be in the Islands of Nicobar and 
 Andeman, which stand in the gulfe of Bengala, and from 
 thence by the space of 500 leagues we doe not know of any 
 blacke people. Also (Vasco Nunez de)^ Valboa declareth, 
 that as he went to discouer the South sea, in a certaine land 
 named Quareca, he found black people with frizled haire, 
 whereas there were neuer any other found either in Nona 
 Spagna, or in Castilia del Oro, or in Peru [called New 
 Castile]. 
 
 Tambe viera a elles paraos & calaluzes be laurados & guarneci- 
 dos : & os senores vinha assetados e alto, & por baxo certos negros 
 de cabello reuolto, como por estado : pergutando dode os ouuera. 
 Ilespoderam q’ de huas ylhas. Junto de Sebue mantam auia 
 muitos, de q’ se os Castelharios marauilhauam, por q’ dali a mais 
 de trezentas legoas, nam auia gentes pretas, por onde parece q’ 
 nam sam naturaes da Clima, se nam ha os eni manchas pella 
 redondeza, como qual q’r outra casta : porque assi os ha nas ylhas 
 de Nicober & Andamam, que estam no golfam de Bengala, & dali 
 a quinhentas legoas nam sabemos gentes pretas. Valboa tambem 
 conta que hindo descobrir ho mar da outra banda do Sul, que em 
 hua certa terra que se chama Cauga, achou gente preta de cabello 
 frisado, nam os auendo em toda a Nona Espanha, nem em Castella 
 
 ^ Well built and fitted. 
 
 2 Not in Portuguese. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYAEDS. 
 
 237 
 
 In the yeere 1544 Don Gutierre de Vargas, bishop of 
 Piacenza, sent a fleet from the city of Siuil vnto the streits h/i“gen., 
 of Magellan : which is reported to haue beene done by the 
 counsel of the vizeroy Don Antonie de Mendoza his cousind 
 Some suspected that they went to Maluco, others to China, 
 others that they went onely to discouer the land betwixt the 
 streite and the land of Peru on the other side of Chili, 
 because it was reported to be very rich in gold and siluer 
 [which would enrich them speedily]. But this fleete^ by 
 reason of contrary windes could not passe the streit, yet one 
 small barke passed the same, and sailed along the coast [fol- 
 lowing the land on the right hand], and discouered all the 
 land, till he came vnto Chirimai, (and Arequipa),^ which 
 was aboue 500 leagues, for the rest was alreadie discouered 
 by Diego de Almagro, and Francis Pizarro, and their cap- 
 taines and people at diners times. By this it appeereth, 
 that from the streit to the equinoctial line on both sides is 
 wholly discouered. 
 
 do ouro, nem nas terras do Peru, aque elles chamam Nona 
 Castella. 
 
 No anno de 1544 mandou dom Guterre de Vargas, Bispo de 
 Plazencia, hua armada da cidade de Seuilha ao estreyto do Magal- 
 haes, & diziam q’ por conselho do Viso rey dom Antonio de 
 medo 9 a seu cunhado : algus sospeitam se hiriam a Maluco, outros 
 a China, outros q’rem dizer q’ fossem a mais q’ a descobrirem 
 terra q’ ha do estreito a terra do Peru, da outra banda do Chily : 
 por dizerem q’ auia la muyto ouro & prata, q’ cedo os enriqiie- 
 ceria. Mas esta armada dizem q’ teue ventura contraria, porquc 
 nam passou a outra banda do estreito senam hii galcao q’ seguio 
 a costa ao longo da terra sobre a mao dcrcita, & dcscobrio toda ate 
 Chirima q’ auera quinhentas legoas, q’ a outra era ja descubcrta 
 por Diogo Balmagvo, & Francisco pigarro, & sens capitacs, & 
 
 ^ Brother-in-law. 
 
 - Is said to have been unlucky, for it did not pass, etc. 
 
 Not in Portuguese. 
 
2SS 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 The Isle of 
 Moro. 
 
 Antonio 
 Galliano 
 gon out 
 of the Ma* 
 lucas. 
 
 Os Papuas. 
 
 In the yeere 1545, and in the moneth of Januarie, Rui 
 Lopez de villa Lobos, and Giraldo, with the Castilians,^ 
 came to the Island of Moro, and the citie of Carnaf, where 
 they were well receiued of the kings of Gilolo and Tidore, 
 and of the people of the countrey (because Antony Galuano 
 was gone), and put the captaine Don George de Castro to 
 great trouble, as appeered by those things which passed 
 betweene him and the Portugals, and the great expences 
 whereunto he put the fortresse. 
 
 In the same yeere 1545 Rui Lopez de villa Lobos sent 
 from the Island of Tidore another ship towards New Spaine 
 by the south side of the line, wherein was captaine one 
 Inigo Ortez de Rotha, and for pilot one Jaspar Rico [a 
 native of Almada]. They sailed to the coast of Os Papuas, 
 and ranged all along the same, and because they knew not that 
 Saauedra had beene there before, they chalenged the honor 
 and fame of that discouerie. And because the people there 
 were black and had frisled haire, they named it Nueua 
 
 gentes em diuersas vezes & segudo isto tudo he descuberto do 
 estreito de Magalhaes ate a linha de hua parte & de outra. 
 
 No anno de 1545 em mes de Janeyro, chegou Ruy lopez de 
 Vilhalobos geral dos Castellanos, a ylha do Moro & cidade de 
 Samofo : foy bem recebido dos Reis de Geilolo, & Tidore, & gente 
 da terra : por Antonio galuam ser ja partido, q’ deu assaz de tra- 
 balho ao capitam dom Jorge de Castro, segudo parece que Ihe 
 socedeo, & aos Portugueses que c6 elle estauam, & muyto gasto a 
 fortaleza. 
 
 No mesmo ano de 1545 tornou mandar Ruy lopez de Vilhalabos 
 da ylha de Tidore, onde ja estaua da parte do Sul outro nauio 
 pera a Noua Espanha, capitam delle Ynhigo ortiz de Roda, piloto 
 Caspar Rico, natural Dalmada : foram ter aa costa dos Papuas, 
 correram na toda, & como nam sabiam q’ por ali andara Saya- 
 uedra, adquiriram assi esta honra & descobrimeto, por a gente ser 
 
 Commander of the Spaniards. 
 
DTSCOUEKIES OF THE SPANYAEDS. 
 
 2S9 
 
 Guinea. For the memorie of Saauedra as then was almost 
 
 Guinea. 
 
 lost, as all things else do fall into obliuion, which are no t 
 recorded, and illustrated by writing. 
 
 In this yeere 1515 and in the moneth of June, there went 
 a junk from the citie of Borneo, wherein went a Portugall 
 called Peter Fidalgo, and by contrary windes he was driuen 
 towards the north ; where he founde an island standing in 
 9 or 10 degrees, that stretched it selfe to 22 degrees of 
 
 latitude, which is called The Isle of the Lucones, because The isie of 
 
 * Lugoaes. 
 
 the inhabitants thereof were so named. It may haue some 
 other name and harborowes, which as yet we know not : it 
 runneth from the north vnto the south-west, and standeth 
 betweene Mindanao and China. They say they sailed along 
 by it 250 leagues, where the land was fruitfulP and well 
 couered,^ and they affirme, that there they will giue two 
 pezos of gold for one of siluer : and yet it standeth not farre snuermore 
 
 esteemed 
 
 from the countrey of China. than gold. 
 
 In the yeere 1553^ there went out of England certaine 
 shipping, and as it appeered they sailed northward along 
 
 preta & de cabelo reuolto, poseram Ihe nome noua Guinea, por ser 
 ja perdida a memoria de Sayauedra, q’ assi faz tudo o que nam 
 alumea a escriptura. 
 
 No anno de 1545 en mes de Junho, partio hum jimco da cidade 
 de Borneo, em que hia hu Portugues que se chamaua Pero fidalgo, 
 arribaram com tepo contrario, ao norte acharam hua yllia de none 
 ou dez graos, ate vinte & dous daltura, a que chamaram dos 
 Lucoes, por assi auere nome os habitadores della, pode ter outros, 
 & assi sens portos q’ indagora nam sabemos. Corre se de Nord- 
 este a Sudoeste : jaz antre Mindanao & a China, diz q’ foram ao 
 longo della dozentas & cinqueta legoas, cm q’ a terra era frcsca & 
 be assombrada, & contam q’ dam ali dous pesos douro por hum de 
 prata, ainda q’ he muy vezinha da terra da China. 
 
 No anno de 1550 em Inglaterra se fez hua armada, & scgundo 
 
 ^ Pleasant ? 
 
 ~ Well favoured. 
 
 3 1550 '! 
 
S40 THE FIRST BEGINNING OF THE 
 
 the coast of Norway and Finmark, and from thence east, 
 [because there is no certainty about the route they followed 
 nor the latitude they reached, unless from a letter of the 
 Grand Duke of Moscovy, in which it is declared that there 
 arrived at his Port an English vessel, of which was captain 
 Richard Trebuli, and that there was brought to him by an 
 Englishman called Geneloux, a letter from the king, in 
 which he asked that his subjects might come and go and 
 trade in his country. He gave leave and safe conduct. 
 This Muscovy, according to his description, extends from 
 sixty to seventy degrees] (till they came betweene TO and 
 
 Moscouie 80 degrees vnto Moscouia, for so far one of the ships went : 
 
 discouered 
 
 I know not what became of the rest: & this was the 
 last discouery made vntil this time. From this lande of 
 Moscouie eastward you saile vnto Tartary, and at the farther 
 end of it standeth the countrey and prouince of China. It 
 is said that betweene China and Tartary there is a wall 
 aboue SOO leagues in length, standing neere vnto 50 degrees 
 of latitude. 
 
 parece foy ao norte ao longo da costa de Gotea : & dahi ao leuante, 
 porq’ o caminho q’ fezeram, & altura em q’ se poseram, aindagora 
 nam ha certeza, somente ver hua carta do gram Duque de Mas- 
 couia, em q’ declaraua q’ chegara a seu porto hua Nao Dinglaterra, 
 de q’ era capitam Richarte Trebuli, q’ Ihe mandara por hum 
 Ingres q’ se dizia Geneloux, hua carta del Rey em q’ Ihe pedia q’ 
 seus vasallos podessem hir & vir, & tratar em sua terra, elle dera 
 saluo conduto & licen9a. Esta Mascouia segundo sua descripgao 
 mostra, de sessenta graos pera setenta. Os outros nauios nam sey 
 q’ fim ouueram, somente ser este derradeiro descobrimento a q’ 
 ate esta era feyto era : & desta terra de Mascouia pera o Leuante 
 vay a Tartaria, & na fim della aa prouincia da China, q’ dizem ter 
 hu muro de mais de dozentas legoas, antre hua & a outra porto de 
 cincoenta graos daltura. 
 
 • Dele. 
 
DISCOUERIES OF THE SPANYARDS. 241 
 
 Now I gather by all the precedent discoueries, that the 
 whole earth is in circnite 360 degrees according to the 
 geometrie thereof : and to every degree the ancient writers 
 allow 17 leagues and a halfe^ which amount vnto 6,o00 
 leagues [the moderns make the degree IGJ, making 6,000 
 leagues], yet I take it that euerie degree is iust 17 leagues, 
 so that the circuit of the earth is about 6,200. How- 
 soeuer it be, all is discouered and sailed from the east vnto 
 the west almost euen as the sunne compasseth it : but from 
 the south to the north there is great difference ; for towardes 
 the north pole there is found discouered no more then 77 or 
 78 degrees, which come to 1326^ leagues : and towards the 
 south pole there is discouered from the equinoctiall to 52 or 
 53 degrees, that is, to the streit which Magellan passed 
 through (which amounteth to about 900 leagues) ; and 
 putting both these saide maine sums togither, they amount 
 to 2226^ leagues. Now take so many out of 6300^ leagues. 
 
 O que disto tenlio alcanqado he ser a redodeza de trezentos & 
 sessenta graos, segudo sua geometria, a q’ deram os antiguos 
 dezasete legoas & mea, em q’ se montam seis mil & trezentas, os 
 modernos poe o grao em xvj & dous ter^os por virem seis mil 
 legoas. Com tudo eu tenho q’ sam dezasete largas, em q’ saem o 
 ambito da terra en seis mil & dozentas. Como q’r q’ seja toda he 
 descuberta & naiiegada de Leste oeste, quasi por onde o sol anda, 
 mas de Sul ao norte ha muita deferen9a, porq’ contra elle mim se 
 acha mais descuberto, q’ ate setenta & sete, ou setenta & oito 
 graos daltura, em q’ se montam mil & trezetas & tantas legoas. 
 E da parte do Sul ate nouecentas, por ser descuberto cincoeto & 
 dous, ou cincenta & tres graos, que o estreito por onde o Magal- 
 hacs passara, juntas todas faze em soma duas mil & dozentas, 
 
 ;ii 
 
 1 ,300 and odd. 
 
 ^ 2,200 
 
242 
 
 THE FIRST BEGINNING, ETC. 
 
 there remaineth as yet vndiscouered (north and south aboue 
 the space of)^ 4000 leagues. 
 
 FINIS. 
 
 To the praise of God, and of the glorious Virgin Mary, 
 this account is finished of the discoueries of the Antilles 
 and of India. It was printed in the house of John 
 Barreira, printer to the king our lord, 
 on the 15th of December, 
 
 1563. 
 
 tiradas de seis mil & dozentas, ficam por descobrir quatro mil 
 legoas. 
 
 Laus Deo. 
 
 A louuor de Deos, & da gloriosa Virgem Maria, se acabou o liuro 
 dos descobrimentos das Antilhas & India. Imprimio se em 
 casa de Joham da Barreira, impressor del Rey nosso 
 senhor. Aos quinze de Dezembro. De mil & 
 quinhetos & sessenta & tres 
 annos. 
 
 ^ Not in Portuguese. 
 
 LONDON: T. KICHAEDS, 37 , GREAT QUEEN STREET. 
 

 t 
 
 V 
 
 ^GETTY RESEARCH INSTITUTE 
 
?' J-' -Jivv-iuKi-y :>,y.'.-: V 'Am 
 
 ;J;nH;K:t:■■'.^vJ^;;!;!;!;:i^, 
 
 ,i>/a '’'■•* *